Beginner's Korean

E IPPOCRENE BEGINNER'S SERIES
seoo & K ang j in Lee

7 - Beginners
Korean with 2 A udio C D s
H IP P O C R E N E B E G IN N E R S SER IES
A rabic
A rm enian
A ssyrian -
B asque
B ulgarian {with 2 en clo sed CD s)
C hinese {with 2 en clo sed CD s)
C zech
D ari {with 1 enclosed CD)
F innish - .
G aelic .
G reek {with 2 enclosed CDs)
H ungarian
Iraqi A rabic (w ith 2 enclosed-C D s)
Irish {with 1 enclosed CD)
Japanese (w ith 2 en clo sed CDs)
L ithuanian
N orw egian (with 2 enclosed CD s)
Persian
P olish (w ith 2 en clo sed CDs)
S erbo-C roatian
Shona
Sicilian
Slovak
S w edish {with 2 enclosed CD s)
V ietnam ese
Y oruba (w ith 2 enclosed CDs)
A lso A vailable
Interm ediate C hinese {with 1 e n clo sed CD)

M astering A rabic {with 2 en clo sed CD s)
M astering Polish {with 2 enclosed CD s)
M astering Spanish (w ith 2 enclosed CD s)
H ippocrene B e g in n e r s S eries
Beginners
Korean with 2 A udio C D s
J eyseon L ee & K a n g jin L ee
Hippocrene Books, Inc.

New York
Text and Audio Copyright 2007 Jeyseon Lee and Kangjin Lee.
Second printing, 2008.
All rights reserved.
Pages 18, 1214:and 376377 feature, in slightly revised form, material that originally
appeared in Integrated Korean: Beginning J, by Young M ee Cho, Hyo Sang Lee, Carol
Schultz, Ho-M in Sohn, and Sung-O ck Sohn 2000 U niversity o f H aw aii Press. Used
w ith permission.
Original audio recorded at the University o f California at San Diego

Session speaker: Jeyseon Lee
Speakers: Cheol-U Jang, Yun Kyoung Kang, Young-Joon Park, D avid Yoo
Additional recording, editing and final m astering o f audio com pleted at W orld Music
Connections/A M Studios, N ew York City.
Session producer: R obert Stanley M artin
Speakers: Chul Hyun Ahn, D avid Rhee, Yunice Yoon
Recording engineer: Yaron Aldem a
For inform ation, address:

H ippocrenh B o o ks , In c .
171 M adison Ave.
N ew York, N Y 10016
w w w .hippocrenebooks.com
Library o f Congress Cataloging-in-Publication D ata
Lee, Jeyseon.
BegkmepS K orean w ith 2 A udio CDs / Jeyseon Lee l Kangj in Lee.
p. cm . ^ (H ippocreae beginner5s series)
ISBN-13: 978-0-7818-1092-0
ISB N -10: 0-7818-1092-2
l. K orean languageTextbooks for foteign speakersEnglish. 2. K orean language
Sclf-instruction. 1. Yi, Kang-jin, 1964- II. Title. III. Title: B eginners Korean.
PL913.L47 2007
495.7,82421-dc22
2007061355
Printed in the United States o f America.

Table o f Contents
In tro d u c tio n : A bout the K orean L anguage 1
T he K orean A lphabet & P ronunciation G uide 5
T he R om anization o f K orean * 9
R eading E xercise 15
A bbreviation Table 17
L E S S O N 1: 19
G reetings
L E S S O N 2: 45
A sking about Som eone & T elling about Y ourself
L E S S O N 3: 71
A sking D irections
L E S S O N 4: 101
A sking the D ate, Day, and T im e
L E S S O N 5: 131
M aking a T elephone C all
LESSON 6 : 161
W eather and L eisure A ctivities
vi BEGINNERS KOREAN
L E S S O N 7: s . 189
Shopping
LESSON 8: 219
F ood & R estaurants
L E S S O N 9: 251
B arbershops & B eauty Salons
L E S S O N 10: - 283
T ransportation
L E S S O N 11: .3 0 7
B anks & P ost Offices
L E S S O N 12: 335
H ospitals & D rugstores
K ey to th e E xercises 363
A ppendix 1: A B rie f K orean G ram m ar 375
A ppendix 2: K orean-E nglish Index 425
A ppendix 3: E nglish-K orean Index 467
GD T rack List 507

Introduction:
A bout the K orean L anguage
K orean is the native language o f 67 m illion people living on the

K orean peninsula, as w ell as the heritage language o f 5.6 m illion
D iaspora K oreans. *
T he K orean language consists o f -seven geographically based
dialects. D espite the differences in dialects, K o rean is relatively
hom ogeneous, w ith strong m utual intelligibility am ong speakers
from different areas. T his is because the m ass m edia and form al edu
cation are based on standard speech and strongly contribute to the
standardization o f the language.
The closest sister language o f K orean is Japanese. H ow ever,
they are not m utually intelligible and their relationship is very w eak.
Som e scholars claim that K orean and Japanese are rem otely related
to the A ltaic languages, such as native M anchu, M ongolian, and the
T urkic languages.
A lth o u g h K orean and Japanese are geographically, historically,
and culturally close to C hina, K orean and Japanese are n ot part o f the
sam e language fam ily as C h in e se ? and therefore are n o t gram m ati
cally sim ilar to C hinese. H ow ever, both K orean and Japanese have
borrow ed a large n um ber o f C hinese w ords and characters throughout
the course o f their long historical contact w ith various C hinese dynas
ties, and those b o rro w ed C hinese w ords and characters have b ecom e
an integral p art o f the K orean and Japanese vocabularies.
Since the end o f W orld W ar II K orean people have been in con
tact w ith m any foreign countries and have borrow ed thousands o f
w ords, the m ajority from E nglish. D uring the 35-year occupation
o f K orea by Japan, a considerable n u m b er o f Japanese w ords w ere
also borrow ed.
2- BEGINNER^S KOREAN
T he K orean vocabulary has three com ponents: native w ords and

affixes (approxim ately 35 percent), Sino-K orean w ords (approxi
m ately 60 percent), and loanw ords (approxim ately 5 percent). N ative
w ords denote daily necessities (food, clothing, and shelter), loca
tions, basic actions, activities, states o f being, low er-level num bers,
body parts, natural objects, anim als, and so forth.
D ue to their ideographic and m onosyllabic nature, C hinese char
acters are easily com bined and recom bined to coin new term s as new
cultural objects and concepts are created. M ost institutional term s,
traditional cultural term s, personal nam es, and place nam es are Sino-
' K orean w ords. T here are 14,000 loanw ords in K orean, alm ost 9 per
cent from English. M ost o f those loanw ords are coAimonly used,
facilitating, to a certain extent, cross-cultural com m unication.
K orean is often called a situation-oriented language in that con
textually or situationally understood elem ents, including subject and
object, are om itted m ore frequently than not. T herefore, inserting
the pronoun you or I in expressions such as ? (an-
nyeong-ha-se-yo?) / H ow are you?, or (go-m ap-sum -ni-
da) / thank you, w ould sound aw kw ard in norm al contexts.
K orean is a m acro-to-m icro language. T he larger context o f
som ething is presented first, follow ed by gradually sm aller contexts,
ending w ith the individual context. For exam ple, w hen referring to
som eone by nam e, K oreans say or w rite the fam ily nam e first and
the given nam e second, w hich m ay be follow ed by a title. An address
is given b y first indicating the country follow ed by, in descending
order, the province city, street, house num ber, and, finally, the nam e
o f the addressee. K oreans indicate a date w ith the year first, the
m onth second, and the day last.
K o rean m ay be called an honorific language in that one uses
different w ords and phrases depending on the status o f the person
being discussed or to w hom one is speaking. Differences such as age,
fam ily relationship, and social status are system atically encoded in
the structure and use o f K orean. A small num ber o f com m only used
w ords have tw o form s, one p lain and one honorific. T he honorific
Introd u ctio n : A b o u t the K orean la n g u a g e 3
form s are used w ith an adult o f equal or greater status, such as an

elder, w hereas the p lain form s are reserved for another o f lesser
status. T here are also hum ble verbs used to express deference to an
elder or one o f greater status.
K orean has an extensive set o f address and reference term s that
are sensitive to degrees o f social stratification and distance betw een
the speaker and addressee and b etw een the speaker and referent. The
m o st frequently used term s for a social superior or an adult distant
equal are com posed o f an occupational title follow ed by the gender-
neutral honorific suffix (fiim), such as (gyo-su-nim ) /
Professor.
This m ay be preceded by the full or fam ily nam e. T here are sev
eral titles. T he m ost frequently used am ong younger co-w orkers or
w hen speaking to a child or adolescent is the gender-neutral noun
Ml (ssi). T his noun is affixed to o n e s full or given nam e. W hen
speaking or referring to child, use either the given nam e alone o r the
foil nam e w ithout a title. W hen addressing a child by a given nam e,
the nam e is follow ed by a particle. W hen the nam e ends w ith a con
sonant, the particle is Oh (a). W hen it ends w ith a vow el, the particle
is (ya).
In K orean, first person pronouns the E nglish I and w e
have both plain and hum ble form s. T he plain singular form is
(na) and the plain plural is (u-ri), w hile the hum ble singular is
(je ) and the hum ble p lural is (je _hui). T he hum ble form s
are used w h en speaking w ith an elder or an adult o f higher social
status. S econd perso n pronouns, the equivalent o f the E nglish y o u ,
are used only w hen speaking w ith children. The singular form is
(neo) and the plural is (neo-hui). W hen speaking w ith an adult,
one m ust address them w ith their nam e and title. F or exam ple:
(gim -seon-saeng-nim ) / you, teacher Kim .
K orean is currently w ritten using both C hinese characters and
the K orean phonetic alphabet know n as (hanguel/hangul). C hi
nese characters w ere used exclusively in w ritten K orean until 1443,
w hen K ing S ejong the G reat, the fourth k ing o f the (jo-seon)
4 B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
D ynasty, created w ith his court scholars. has continued to

enjoy increasing favor over C hinese characters. T he la e r s contem
porary usage is largely restricted to new spapers and scholarly books,
and even there it is lim ited. C hinese characters, how ever, are very
useful in differentiating betw een w ords w ith identical pronunciation
and spelling.
T here are considerable differences betw een the K orean and
E nglish languages. Such differences range from pronunciation and
gram m ar to vocabulary principles and w riting system s to underlying
traditions and culture. T hese differences m ake K orean one o f the
m ost challengirtg languages for a native E nglish speaker to learn. We
hope this book w ill help to m ake it one o f the m ost rew arding.
K orean A lphabet &
Pronunciation Guide
The L etters o f the (H angul/han-geul)

A lphabet and T heir Pronunciation
T he current alphabet has 40 characters: 19 consonants, 8 vowels,

and 13 diphthongs. A diphthong com bines two separate vow el sounds.
In English, exam ples include the ou sound in the w ord . out and the
eo sound in the w ord people.
K orean allow s a three-w ay voiceless contrast (plain, aspirate, and

tense) in plosive consonants, and a tw o-w ay (plain and tense) or
no contrast in fricative consonants. In addition to these consonants,
K orean has the liquid consonant / w hich is pronounced as r in initial
position or betw een vow els, and three nasal consonants. T he K orean
consonant chart is illustrated below.
T here are four kinds o f consonants in K orean: plosive, fricative,

liquid, and nasal. P losive consonants have three kinds o f contrasts:
plain, aspirate, and tense. T w elve consonants are plosive, w ith four
in each contrast. T here are 3 fricative consonants, tw o using the plain
contrast and the other using the tense contrast. The one liquid con
sonant is / although it is p ro n o u n ced as r w h en it begins a w ord or
appears betw een tw o vow els. T here are three nasal consonants, but
they are not distinguished by contrasts. A pronunciation chart, w hich
also indicates the p roper tongue positio n w hen m aking the consonant
sounds, appears below :
Gum Hard Soft

Lips Ridge Palatal Palatal Throat
PLOSIVE
Plain [p/b] [t/d] [ch/j] [k/g]

baby day angel begin
Aspirate [P] [t] : [ch] [k]
public atomic achieve akin
Tense [pp] cc [tt] [tch] -> [kk]
spoon state pizza skate
FRICATIVE
Plain [s/sh] [h]

sheep home
Tense [ss]
assign
LIQUID
s [l/r]
leaf
radio
NASAL
[m] [n] [ng]
me now song
C onsonants change sounds depending on their position in a w ord.

The spellings, how ever, do not change.
In standard Korean, there are 8 vow els and 13 diphthongs. The vowels
are grouped into categories o f front and back. B ack vow els are further
categorized as round and unround. (A ll front vow els are unround.)
The K orean vow el chart, w hich indicates both these divisions and
le tongue position during pronunciation, is below :
The K orean A lp h a b e t &. P ronunciation G uide 7
Tongue Front Back

Position Unround Round Unround Round
High 1 [i] - [^] - [u]
beet good buoy
Mid te] [6] [ ]
bet mother awkward
Low H [ae] > [a]
at father
T here are tw o sem i-vow els, y and w, and they com bine w ith 8 vow els
to m ake 13 diphthongs. The K orean diphthong chart is represented
below , -
~ i
i H
y t: [ya] =1 [y ] [y ] [yu] [ui] [ye] H [yae]
yacht young yawn yukon yet yak
w l_ [wa] [wo] t I [wi] 1 [we] r-ll [we] H [waej
wander wonder win west west wangle
Syllable B locks in K o re a n
han-geul letters are com bined into syllable blocks. The syllable
blocks are constructed out o f w hat is referred to as consonant, vowel,
and diphthong positions. A square syllable block has the initial conso
nant position follow ed by a vow el or diphthong position. In the final
consonant position, one or two consonants m ay occur. I f a syllable
does not begin w ith a consonant, the syllable block m ust have the letter
in the Initial consonant position. T he letter is silent and func
tions as a zero consonant in the initial position o f a syllable block.
I f the vow el letter in the syllable block contains one or tw o long

vertical strokes, it is w ritten to the right o f the initial consonant
letter (e.g. [na], [gye]). I f the vow el letter in the syllable b lo ck
8 B EG IN N ER 'S KOREAN
contains only a long horizontal stroke, the vow el letter is w ritten

below the initial consonant letter (e.g. [m u], [gyo]). I f a diph
thong letter contains a long horizontal stroke and a long vertical
stroke, the initial consonant letter occurs in the upper left co m er (e.g.
[gw i ] [nw a]) W hen a syllable ends w ith consonants, they
occur beneath the vow el letter (e.g. [bw at ] [gim ], [heuk,
tieulk]). Final consonants can be all single consonant letters and the
follow ing tw o-letter com binations: ti (kk), aa. (Ss), i (ks ) 1 (nj),
1 (nh), an (lk), (lm), i (p )ea (Is), ee (If), an ( p)aa (lh),
^ (ps). W hen w riting the letters in syllable blocks, th ey shoufd be
balanced t a f ill the space.
To dem onstrate the construction o f a w ord in w ritten K orean, let us

consider the w ord (han-geul). It has tw o syllable blocks, (han)
and (geul). In the first syllable block, (h), h (a), and (n)
com bine like this;
(han)
In the second syllable block, the letters (g), (eu ) and (1)
com bine to form:
- (gul)
N ote how, in accordance w ith the rules outlined above, the initial
consonant (h) in (han) appears w ith (a) to its rig h t and the
final consonant (n) below. W ith the syllable block (geul), note
how the initial consonant 1 (g) is placed first, w ith the vow el
(eu ) w hich is written- as a horizontal stroke, below it, and the final
consonant (1) appearing below the vowel.
The Rom anization
o f Korean
(K orean M inistry o f Culture and Tourism proclam ation No. 2000-8)
1. B a sic p rin c ip le s o f rom an iz tioft
( 1) R om anization is based on standard K orean pronunciation.

(2) Sym bols other than R om an letters are avoided to the greatest
extent possible. .
2: S u m m ary o f the rom anization system
( 1) Vow els are transcribed as follow s:
S im p le V ow els
I a / eo I I u i eu i I i / H ae / e I \ oe I -r\ wi
D ip h th o n g s
( y a / eo / -1 / y u / W y a e I =11 e / k/ H w ae /
wo / II w e / I ui
N o te 1: I is tran scrib ed as u i
even w hen pronounced as 1 .
N ote 2: L ong vow els are not reflected in rom anization.
(2) C onsonants are transcribed as follow s:
P losives (Stop s)
g } k I ^ k k / ^ k I ^ dt 11 ^ tt I ^ t / ^ b, p I ^ p p / ^ p
A ffricates and Fricatives

^ 7 / ^ j j i : ch I s I
s }i
N asals and L iquids

* / / <=> ng I r l
N ote 1: The sounds 1, [ and are transcribed respectively as g,

d, and b w hen they appear before a vow el. T hey are transcribed as
K a n d p w hen follow ed by another consonant or form ing the final
sound o f a w ord. -f
N ote 2: is transcribed as r w hen -followed by a vow el, and l w hen

follow ed by a consonant or w hen appearing at the end o f a w ord. ^
is transcribed as 11.
3. S p ecia l provision s f o r rom anization
(1) W hen K orean sound values change as in the follow ing cases, the
results o f those changes are rom anized.
1) T he case o f assim ilation o f adjacent consonants

2) The case o f the epenthetic [inserted w ithin the body o f a
w ord] * and ^
3) Cases o f palatalization
4) C ases w here and are adjacent to
H m vever. aspirated sounds arc not reflected in case o f nouns w here

; follow s ' .-. a n J l -J.
N ote: I'cnsc iov uinU ali/cdj sounds are not reflected in cases w here
m orphem es [the sm allest part o f a w ord that has m eaning] are
com pounded.
(2) W hen there is the possibility o f confusion in pronunciation, a

hyphen m ay be used.
The H om anization o f K orean 11
(3) T he first letter is capitalized in p roper nam es.
(4) Personal nam es are w ri en by fam ily nam e first, follow ed by a

space and the given nam e. In principle, syllables in given nam es
are not separated b y hyphen, but the use o f a hyphen betw een
syllables is perm itted.
1) A ssim ilated sound changes betw een syllables in given nam es

are not transcribed.
) R om anization o f fam ily nam es w ill b e "determined separately.
(5) A dm inistrative units, such as , si, gun, g u eup,

m yeon ri, dong, and J[ ga are transcribed respectively
as do, si, gun
gu, eupy m yeon, ri, dong, and ga, and are preceded
by a hyphen. A ssim ilated sound changes before and after the
hyphen are not reflected in rom anization.
N ote: Term s for adm inistrative units such as si, gun, eup
m ay be om itted.
(6) N am es o f geographic features, cultural properties, and m anm ade

structures m ay be w ritten w ith o u t hyphens.
(7) Proper nam es such as personal nam es and those o f com panies
m ay continue to be w ritten as they have been previously.
(8) W hen it is necessary to convert ro m anized K orean back to

hangul in special cases such as in academ ic articles, rom aniza
tion is done according to hangul spelling and not pronunciation.
Each hangul letter is rom anized as explained in section 2 except
that , cz 5 1=1 and are alw ays w ritten as g, cl, and l. W hen
has no sound value, it is replaced by a hyphen. It m ay also be
used w hen it is necessary to d istinguish betw een syllables.
12 - B E G IN N E R S KOREAN
P ronunciation Rules
R u le 1. R esyllabification
W hen a syllable in a w ord ends w ith a consonant and the n ext syllable
begins w ith a vow el the consonant, w hen pronounced is p art o f the
latter syllable. For exam ple, (han-geul-eun) is pronounced
han-geu-reun. In this case, the sound o f changes from l to r
because now appears betw een tw o vow els. Sim ilarly, w hen a syl
lable block ends in a double consonant, the second consonant is pro
nounced before the vow el as part o f the latter syllable, so the K orean
w ord for (ilk-eo-yo) r e a d / is pronounced il-geo-yo.
R u le 2. F in a l closure in syllable pron u n cia tio n
A t the end o f a w ord or before a consonant, all K orean consonants

are pronounced w ithout releasing air. A s a result, consonants at the
end o f w ords or preceding other consonants change sounds. F or
exam ple, (kkoch) is pronounced kkot and (kkoch-do) is p ro
nounced kkot-do. The change o f ^ to ^ happens here because the
speech organs responsible for the articulation o f the w ord-final and
pre-consonantal are not released. T he sound o f (c h ) becom es
t because one does not release air w hen pronouncing it in these and
sim ilar w ords. The only consonant sounds that occur at the end o f a
w ord o r before another consonant are the seven sim ple consonants:
^ (p/b) [ (t/d) -] (k/g) (m )5 (n ) (ng), and ^ (1/r).
T he scmnd changes are illustrated below.
The R o m a n iza tio n o f K orean 13
R u le 5. N a s a l a s s im ila tio n
A ll plosive and fricative consonants becom e corresponding nasal con

sonants when preceding a nasal consonant. For example, (ap-mun)
front gate is pronounced am -m un and (il-hak-nyeon) first
grade/first year is pronounced il-hang-nyeon. The chart below folly
illustrates the changes.
t d tibXl > CD
[
J
L ,
: > ^
R u le 4. to assim ilation
W hen (1/r) and ' (n) appear together in a w ord, the n sound is
usually replaced by the l/r sound, as in the K orean w ord for seven
years, (chil-lyeon). W hen l/r is follow ed by the vow el I (i)
or the sem ivow el (ya) in certain com pound w ords, another l/r is
inserted betw een them , as in the K orean w ord for liquid m edicine
(mul-lyalc).
R u le 5 . Tensification
W hen a plain plosive consonant ( ^ (p/b), ^ (t/d ) (ch/j ) (k/g))

or the fricative consonant (s/sh) is preceded by a plosive or frica
tive consonant ( ^ ? : 1 ]=[[P] :t ] :c h ] ::k ]
0[pp ]
c c[tt]3 xx[tch]3 ~n[kk] ^ [ h ] , [ss]) it becom es a corresponding
tense consonant, as in the w ords t (hak~ssaeng) students,
(eop-tta) "n o t exist, and (hak-kkyo) school ,
R u le 6. A spiration a n d th e w eaken in g o f
W hen the fricative consonant (h) is preceded or follow ed by a

p lain plosive consonant ( [ p / b ] , : [t/d], ^ [ch/j] 1 [k/g]) it
m erges w ith the consonant to produce a corresponding aspirate con
sonant (: : [p ] ^ [t ] [c h ] [k 6]), as in the w ords for

(j -ta) to be g o o d (i-pak) entering sc h o o l and (cha-
ka-da) to be k in d .
R u le 7. D ou ble con son an t reduction
A s indicated in R ule 1 the second o f the tw o consonants at the end o f

a syllable is, w hen pronounced, carried over to the follow ing syllable
i f the la er syllable does not begin w ith a c.onsonant. H ow ever, one
o f the tw o consonants becom es silent at the end o f a w ord or before
a consonant, as in the w ords for p ric e , (gap) and - (gap-tto).
In E nglish, up to three consonants m ay be com bined in a syllable,
but n ot even tw o m ay be com bined in K orean. It is difficult to predict
w hich o f tw o consonants w ill becom e silent. T he silent consonant is
usually the second one, but there are exceptions.
R u le 8. Palatalization
W hen a word ending in [ (t/d) or e (t5) is follow ed by a suffix begin

ning w ith the vow el I (i) or the sem ivow el =| (yeo), the and ^
are pronounced, respectively, ch/j a n d c h as in the w ords for
(da-chyeo-yo) to be closed, and 01 [ (bu-chi-da) to attach.
This change is technically called palatalization because the original
consonants, w hich are pronounced using the gum -ridge, are articulated
w ith the hard palate.

R eading Exercise
[ ] :
P lease read the w ords below . A n answ er key, appears on the follow ing
page. '
( 1) , :
(2) , K F, , , , , -
, , , , , , , ,
I , P I , 1 , , , , ,
(3) , , I, , , , ,
, , , , , ,
, , , , ,
(4) , , , , t, 1,
(5) , , , , , , , ,
, , , , K ,
, , , ,
(6) , , , S ,
16 B EG IN N ER S K OREAN
[A nsw ers]
( 1) a-i, o-i, yo-yo, u-yu
(2) na-bi, na-ra, sa-ja, ga-ji, go-chu, gae-gu-ri, na~mu, da-ri, ra-
di-o, m o-ja, m u-ji-gae ba-ji, ba-gu-ni, sa-da-ri, ji-d o r
jo -g ea, chi-m a, hae-ba-ra-gi, a-gi, geo-m i, m eo-ri,
neo-gu-ri, so, geu-ne
(3) nun-sa-ram , dang-geun, dok-su-ri, da-ram -jw i, ri-bon,
m ul-gae, m al, beo-seot, seon-m ul, sa-seum , an-gyeong,
ok-su-su, ja-dong~cha, jam -ja-ri, ba-neul, geo-bug-i,
o-jing-eo, go-rae? y o ng, nun, m u l-so ? deu-reom , n euk-dae?
gi-rin, jin -ju
(4) ya-gu, dal-gyal, ya-ja-su, byeong-a-ri, ju -sa-w i, gyul,
yu-ram -seon
(5) chaek-sang, chil-m yeon-jo, keop, ko -k k i-ri ka-m e-ra,
ko-ppul-so, to-kki, ta-jo, tae-guk-gi, po-do, pyo-beom ,
pi-a-no, pung-cha, hae, ho-bak, p y eo n -ji? do-to-ri,
pyo-ji-pan, u-che-tong? hyu-ji-tong, keu-re-yong, pi-ra-m it
kko-ri, kka-m a-gw i, ttal, ttae, ppyam , ssa-um , ssi-reum ,
jj a-j ang-m yeon, kkol-jji
Abbreviations
abbr. abbreviation
adj. adjective (including noun-m odifier in K orean)
adv. adverb
- <
coll. colloquial
conj. conjunction
cop. copula, i.e . linking verb .
count. counter -
dat. dative/indirect object particle
dir. direction :
. for exam ple
fut' future tense
hon. honorific
loc. location .
n. noun
num. num ber
obj. object/object particle
part. particle
Pl- plural
pren. pre-noun/noun m odifier
pres. present tense
prom pronoun
pst. past tense
sing. singular
subj\ subject/subject particle
top. topic/topic particle
V. verb (including both active verb and descriptive verb
in K orean)
u stem verb stem

v. intr. intransitive verb, i.e., cannot have an object
v. tr. tran sitiv e verb, i.e., can have an object
i a
L esso n 1: G reetin g s
H 9 Patterns
?
an-nyeong-ha-sim -ni-kka?
H ow are you? / H ello.
.
an-nyeong-hi ga-sip~si-o.
G ood-bye (to the one leaving).
.
an-nyeong-hi gye-sip-si-o. -
G ood-bye (to the one g). :
_ .
cheo-eum boep-get-seum -ni-da.
N ice to m eet you. (first tim e only)
. .
da-eum -e tto boep-get-seum -ni-da.
See you next tim e.
.
o-rae-gan-m an-im -ni-da.
L ong tim e, no see.
.
don^-aii jnl ji-iiiic-sycot-seum -ni-kka?
H ow have you been? (Jit. H ave you been doing w ell?)
F?
yo-jeum eo-tteo-ke ji-nae-sim -ni-kka?
H ow are you these days?
L e sso n 1: G reetings 21
.
deok-bun-e ja l ji-n aet-seu m -n i-d a.
I have been doing fine, thanks to you.
.
deok~bun-e ja l ji-n aem -n i-d a.
I am fine, thanks to you.
.
geu-jeo geu-reot-seum -ni-da. * -
So-so.
.
m an-na boep -g e dw ae-seo ban-gap-seum -ni~da. *
N ice to m eet you.
.
m an-na boep-ge dw ae-seo jeo n g -m al jeu l-geo-w ot-seum -ni-da.
I was glad to m eet you.
.
da-si boep-ge dw ae-seo jeo n g -m al ban -g ap -seu n v n i-d a.
N ice to see you again.
.
jeo -d o ban-gap-seum -ni-da.
I am glad, too.
.
jeo -d o ja l ji-nam -ni~da.
I am doing fine too.
.
jeo -d o jeu l-geo-w ot-saum -ni-da.
I w as glad, too.
22 B E G IN N E R S K O REAN
?
sil-lye~ji-m an seong-ham -i eo-teo-ke doe-sim -ni-kka?
E xcuse m e, w hat is y o u r nam e?
?
sil-lye-ji-m an eo-tteon il-eul ha-sim -ni-kka?
E xcuse m e, b ut w hat do you do for living?
.
jeo -n e u n gim -hyeon:jun-im -ni-da.
M y nam e is H yeon-Jun"K im . (lit. I am H yeon-Jun Kim .)
.
jeo -n e u n i-jeong-ho-ra-go ham -ni-da.
M y nam e is Jeong-H o Lee. (lit. I am Jeong-H o Lee)
.
jeo -n e u n a-jik hak-saeng-im -ni-da.
I am still a student .
.
jeo -n e u n keop-pu-teo en-ji-ni-eo-im -ni-da.
I am a com puter engineer.
.
jeo -n e u n ui-kkw a-dae-hag-e da-nim -ni-da.
I am attending m edical school.
i f e lB M .
jco -n c u n a-i-bi-em -c-seo gcun-niu-ham -ni-da.
I am w orking at IBM .
L esso n 1: G reetings 23
M odel C onversations
( 1) :
: ? .
.
an-nyeong-ha-sim -ni-kka? cheo-eum boep-get-seum -ni-da.
, jeo -n e u n i-jeong-ho-ra-go ham -ni-da.
:: ^
siW ye-ji-m an seong-ham -i eo-tteo-ke doe-sim -ni-kka?
: ? . ^
: . .
an-nyeong-ha-sim ~ni-kka? gim -hyeon-jun-im -ni-da.
m an-na-boep-ge dw ae-seo ban-gap-seum -ni-da. '
: .
?
jeo -d o ban-gap-seum -ni-da.
gevi-reon-de sil-lye-ji-m an gim ~seon-saeng-nim ~eun
eo-tteon il-eul ha-sim -ni-kka?
: IB M . .
?
jeo -n e u n a-i-bi-em -e-seo geun-m u-ham -ni-da.
keom -pu-teo en-ji-ni-eo-im -ni-da.
i-seon-saeng nim -eun eo-tteon il-eul ha-sim -ni-kka?
: . .
jeo -n e u n a-jik hak-seng-im -ni-da. ui-kkw a-dae-hag-e
da-nim -ni-da.
(2)
_ , . .
an-nyeong-ha-sim -ni-kka, tae-m in-ssi. jeong-m al
o-rae-gan-m an-im -ni-da.
. , . F?
ar nyeong ha-sim -ni-kka, seong-m in-ssi. yo-jeum
eo-tteo-ke ji-nae-sim -ni-kka?
24 B EG IN N ER S K O REAN '
: .
?
deok-bun-e ja l ji-naem -ni-da. tae-m in-ssi-neun yo-jeum
eo-tteo-ke ji-nae-sim -ni-kka?
: . .
jeo -d o ja l ji-n aem -n i-d a. da-si boep-ge dw ae-seo
jeo n g -m al ban-gap-seum -ni-da.
: .
jeo -d o jeo n g -m al ban-gap~seum -ni-da.
.
(3)
: , .
.
gim -seon-saeng-nim , m an-na-boep-ge dw ae-seo
jeo n g -m al jeul-geo-w ot-seum -ni-da. geu-reom
da-eum -e tto boep-get-seum -ni-da.
: . .
jeo -d o jeul-geo-w ot-seum -ni-da. an-nyeong-hi ga-sip-si-
: .
ye, an-nyeong-hi gye-sip-si-o.
E nglish Translation
0)
Lee: H ow are you? N ice to m eet you. M y nam e is Jeong-H o Lee.
W hat is your nam e?
Kim : H ello. I am H yeon-Jun K im . N ice to m eet you.
Lee: N ice to m eet you, too. B y the way, w hat do you do for living?
K im : I am w orking a t IB M . I am a com puter engineer. W hat do
you do for living, M r. Lee?
Lee: I am still a student yet. I am attending m edical school.
(2) * . *
Park: H ello, Tae-m in. L ong tim e, no see. [lit. I t has been a really
long tim e, no see.]
Choi: Hi, Seong-m in. H ow are you?
Park: I am fine. H ow are you doing these days?
Choi: I am doing fine, too. I am so glad to see you again.
Park: I am glad, too.
(3)
Lee: Mr. K im , it w as so nice [lit. happy] to m eet you. See you
next tim e.
K im : It w as nice to m eet you, too. [///. I was happy, too.] Good-bye.
Lee: O K . G ood-bye.
Addnq oq o ; B p-dosg-insf g
90S ou Stilluo\ Bp-I-UBUI-UBg-SBJ-O 1| C H?
IJÂv sq i ^p-^t{-uooAu-tre | ~|g g
(
UOt() 33S O; CP3XU Bp-d3 q I ]
pB]^ sq i Bp-dBg-treq
('UOtf) cn tsp-dsoq-BU-uBUi )] g _|_3
ouioooq o\ ^ p -s p a b
pusmoi Bp-m-ep |
(9UX13U Aredmoo) â A\ o; B p -B q -i u u - i m s g
(-uot[) At3^s cn
- t a m f c
S cn - ]:
s q j3 A
û^pras U 9BS->[BI|
ISS-UIUI-9B1 |W |3 H3

sjiidmcK) 91-nd-iu 9>[
3 g
u m ~ ^ i c! q uim -9Bi-9 qo f3
(mmf .uoudj 3f
qof c>[joav n m
H*u 9f oq-guosf-i S g | Q
9 1JM UIIU-U9BS-U09 S-I hy j3/ |
jooqos |B0ip9UI -9 p-BMjn : | -
assuigua : 9-ra-!f-u9 K) hl Yl f o
(UOll) 9UIBU ui^q-guoss _g ^
Uip\[-U09S iss-uiui-guoss |Y/T3
UI]A[-gu 9S m ui-gu 3s- q [B
u nf-uosA jj u ir ^ unf-u 9Ai{-ixiig g g (
m u]a[ UIIU-gU 9BS-U03 S-UII HY fv
su n ou oaj sunojs^
X jB [ n q B D A |
N v a ^ io -x s ^ a N M i o a a 9Z
o m n -)siy io j
UIU3- 3Vp
OS pa-guo g
II
1['
sAl^p 9S3 umof-oA
U O ssA Ito
M q 3-03-03 K)
1{ M U09W-09 K)
Aj|tij9 B9d cA pjns iq-guosAu-OT |g p ,.jB
^nf-^ felO
9ixi ssn o x g UBUI-Tf-9A]-IIS IY It? ^
UIBB W
(noA) i s>piBqi s-xm q-ôsp IK)
stu n ix su : s-uins-B p IK) |
uib S b ' ls-Bp | y
" usq; m 9J-n9 1 =
{pldoi 9SuVlfD Mam ) Abm 9ip Aq 9p-u 9J-ns |)g P i C
Quill sip guunp uB-Suop-nsS | ]
sa o p o a n fa 3 sq a ^ A p y
P ;
p
su in p u sd s i vp-om~\[ Hn IY
sSuilddAQ J UOSSSJ
LZ
K :O R E A z
r sou : G reetings w9
nl, il l,
010I SE5 0 n et-seluxl-Il cip), w h ic h.
ffs
'-
K I (da-eum -e tto :>oep
'1
flB
65
G r ^ m m
m epnspw ee 3 olp p in nex t t im e / T hose w lio llpve pnreviousl;/ me
rt
f ,0
s one anc)ther say S , I H A& p
tt-
M o r e U s e fu l E X JP fO sslo lts I (tto boep-ge dw aelseo
ffi
I l 0 nT
t>pr-pp)-_seum-rlil<ip)o nT A I H y& T
t-
| (d a ls i oep
:
0 u n- i ia _ e d w p else o t>pr PPTSelunlni ip).
B o tl expressions m e p" n am so

u -
ff?
g o lm p p )- s e u m - n T T lp n k y x x L
n ml pa tow e pp i0
rt
T AI-EJT |-
oy
a m ls a - h a m - n 'd a .

T T lp n k y x m .
o3G5SP3G. o3e uwes llie f> p tte ma
s ^ n am e rfn
l
.
tt2
s! H}llw . c lle c ) Yu say in
r5
rl n a a n - ? 3
p p rc w e lc o m e .
0 . _ l m p l I s s e l m l l e l d - y x x J3 a - r XH ( - ) ^ u e
2-
y e (je o
n e u n n a m e nam e
(je o l
rlr

) Y o u P r6 W 6 1 c m c . In i,
l
n e u n f n a m -3 ? S O i i a r r n ild H ). W ith I l,
^ ^ . m u - s e u n m a l - s s e u m - e u l - } ,; W 6 1 cm c. n a m -(-)
rlr
Y o upr
hJ
0'
l
n,, .S.L.n-oxll ^ o ccu rs wl:
t l i e- pndc a in 2 u 3 as
n the n p m
w l E J. |n T ,jo e ls o n g lh a rn - n 'd a . p p
in consonp nt. F.c)r e x am p le , hgJffl^-B-TUe 1 (jeo-neun
I m
-
so rry . X
&T^ln ' g w a e n lc h a?se u m - n i- d a . . im 1:
yeon-Jlm
o hp m - n
-ilrp- i
i p)/
M y n pm e is
ffi
It- O K . /
T liea^ (jeo- nelm^ ) - 3 - witl:tjo tll f>pttems_
5'
, J o p r o b l e m .
yÂ-s.

CH e seo o-selyo. ( nl.(
W e lc o m e . o u j is u T 0- r n p l >
tt9
T lie i r e a n e c lu iv - e n l; o f, P T h p n k 3 I
l
^ w l T n,
| sil- ly e lh am l i ia . rp
ttoi
w e u r r d a ) , o r T>T T 3 1 : i a t e r e p l i e s
E :? c c iis 3 0 tlpsInrap).
tt0J
-
( g p l n - s a A p
i n c l u d e 2 o ( c h e o l l - m a r l- e - y x ) )0 s(b y e l
i ^ o m a l s s e u m -
D
,
,^
r^
N o te :
en
- , 3a
y o )P E T _ (m u - s e u n m a l,s s e p m .- e u l..y o - O n e m p 3
. T I T ? - H he
In K o re p n ,{ tiich 1 ( n e x t h e e q u i v a l e n t0
a l s o s m i l e s i l e n t l y : r e p l y w i t l l r -
tt>-
OE
r-
(a nyeong-ha*sim -.ni-kka), w iter-

0,
PS a ,^ r e e tir s ^ .
- 13m eprlw ,A re 3 cm at J3ea.ce"?, is u we<i l^ PH -ogg e x p jr s s io n 2 1 E
1 |. s m e p r lw o - a l l / a r u i 0
:>otrl -
ET 2.p 3 a
rt
apy ;
tim e of, It fUncticuisPS tlie e (u iv - e n t of, p o o o am o rn in g / ^ _ t r a n s l a t e a s D o n - m e n t i o nits
0,^
ô o oa pft emOn^prla H ow pre
05
G o o a everlirl It cpn plso m eprl,
'^
r
cm*?O is 21. T4I
0E

JS
3 PN ice 1; meel; 3cm T lie Pp>p>rp>rip1 ;e jresjxmse
01,
( s -0 &P, i l 0 E J
I - ? nêo3 - lp ,s im ln ilk k a -ks foI_ other r*eetin Hhe p )3 p e r respe m se IX) , In i. ( jo e - S O n g - h a m - n 'd a ) / " P 1 T L
5'
i( If
l- map3 s . ^nT ( g \ v a e n l c h a n - s e u m - n i l d a ) / "t- o e
r-
s 3=
's
fc
s o r r y i s
r2
ff>-
--
o le s , A| ( s l l 33 eorl Illi alsip- si-) ite rally

0,
w ( n ê o n ^- hg e-s" rp e l h p n v - r
JM epwe o iiiiê ace z- anci 8i . - || >1 i 3 we
( s il- 1 3 li i p ) r l B X C U m e : i s s a i d , o n e s l i o u M I- e r n e m b e l:
si'o) m eans p le p w - d i e r e i s n o pp>p>rOJ3ripte reJ313i n K O r e p n , O n e r e s p K H la s t h r oi

e I3 IJepce o n e -
'--
f a c ip l e x p r e s s io n .
ff i^ ^
rl l
n -
Thex p n x s s io n^
i0
D
s (Che eum :>oejp- et;-sssm -ni

cip), -whicli ite rally m e r- - -0 - -30 see ôc p3a I.
00
rs
30 30- p store, tlie
5'
Ji

w ile 3 v is itiri :l o m e o r e n te rin :lo st or sples-
,ffl nT
) H yET > rl (
p>eI.sorl w ill s p y he i rean e<qlaiv- en o f ,w e lc o m e ^
t-
(m an-na b o e p Ig e dwae-seo banlgap-setlm - All 2
rt
rt
ni-ap), the e q u iv a le n tJ P3 s ^ 3 s
J3
yxxl pre usea 1 3 ep nw p^pse
rt
rt
(e o lse o ? s e - y o ), w h ic h lite ra llym com e h u rry /H he
SO3a ^ - tim e . W lie n pprtin , One sp>
w lie n m eetiri s n v i ^ i t i n p S D m e n n e - h o m e 3jl T2i! I
'0
r31<

rt
\x/h
-'
'
30 B E G IN N E R S KOREAN"*
(sil-lye-ha-get-seum -ni-da), w hich m eans E xcuse m e. O ne does

not typically reply to a salesperson in this instance..
(2) D eferen tial Sen ten ce E ndin gs
T he suffixes, affixed to the verb at the close o f a sentence indicate the

relative social status and/or the personal relationship o f the speaker
and the addressee(s). T here are four speech levels or categories for
these relationships: deferential, polite, intim ate, and plain.
S tate m e n t Q uestion R eq u est Suggestion

Deferential / d . / ? ( ) ' . . ( ) .
seum/m-ni-da. ~seum /m -ni-kka? (hon.) (hon.)
) . ( ) (eu)-sip-si-o. ~(eu)-si-ji-yo.
(hon.) {hon.)
(eu)-sim-ni-da. ~(eu)-sim-ni-kka?
Polite ^ . ~ ^ ? ^ . ~ / .
~a-yo. a_yo? a_yo.
~a-yo.
; ) . ( ) ? : ) . ~ ( ) .
{hon.) (hon.) {hon.) (Jion.)
(eu)-se-yo. (eu)-se-yo? (eu)-se-yo. (eu)-se-yo.
Intimate ~/ . ~ / ? ~/ . .

-
a/eo. a/eo? a/eo. ~a/eo.
Plain ~ / ? 0 f ~
da. ni/nya? ~a/eo-ra. ja.
T he deferential style o f speech is generally spoken in form al set

tings, such as conferences, new s broadcasts, business m eetings, and
form al speeches or interviews* B y and large, m ales use this style
m ore often than fem ales, w ho generally use the polite style in these
circum stances.
A dditionally, the deferential style is frequently used w hen beginning a

conversation. This occurs w hen people, usually m ales, m eet for the first
time. A fter introductions are m ade in the deferential style, further con
versation uses the polite form , as a relationship is now established.
The table below illustrates the patterns u sed for speaking in the def
erential in both the sim ple and honorific form s. T he pattern is deter-
m in ed by w hether the verb stem (e.g. [bat] in [bat-da]/to
receive) ends in a vow el or a consonant. The consonant pattern is
indicated w ith a C and is dem onstrated w ith '. T he vow el pattern
is indicated w ith a V, w ith the form s dem onstrated using the verb "
(ga-da)/to g r r
S ta te m e n t Q uestion R e q u est S uggestion
S im ple
C + . C +
seurr ni-da. seum -ni-kka?
. ?
bat-seum-ni- bat-seum-ni-
da. kka?
v + ^ . \/4
?
m-ni-da. m-ni-kka?
. ?
gam-ni-da. gam -ni-kka?
H onorific
C + ~ . C + ~ (? C + ~ . C + ~ .
~eu-sim -ni- eu-sim -ni- ~eu-sip-si-o. -eu-si-ji-yo.
da. kka?
. ? . .
bad-eu-sim - bad-eu-sim - bad-eu-sip-si-o. bad-eu-si-ji-yo.
ni-da. ni-kka?
v + . V + ~ ? V + ~ . V + .
~sim -ni-da. sim -ni-kka? sip-si-o. si-ji-yo.
- . . .
ga-sim -ni-da. ga-sim-ni-kka? ga-sip-si-o. ga-si-ji-yo.
(3) C ase P articles
A. The Subject Particles (i) and J \ (ga)
The particles and determ ine the subject o f a sentence that

depicts an action. The subject o f a sentence is the noun denoting
w ho or w hat is perform ing the action. The particle is attached
to subject nouns that end in a consonant, such as (eum -sig)/
food in the sentence L -Yeum -sig-i m as-it-seum -
n i-da)/T he food is delicious. The p article is attached to subject
nouns that end in a vow el, such as (han-gug-eo)/ the K orean
language in the sentence rhan-gug-eo-ga
jae-m i-it-seu m -n i-d a)/ K orean is fiin. '
B. The O bject Particles (eul) a n d (reul)
T he particles ~ and indicate the object o f a sentence that depicts

an action. T he object o f a sentence is the noun denoting w hat or w hom
tlie action is being perform ed upon. T he particle is attached
to object nouns that end in a consonant, such as (a-chim )/
b reakfastas in the sentence ' (jeong-ho-
ga a-chim -eul m eok-seum ni-da)/ Jeong-H o eats breakfast. The
particle is attached to object nouns that end in a vow el, such as
(keo -p i)/coffee in the sentence
(m a-i~keul-i keo-pi-reul m a-sim -ni-da)/ M ichael drinks a coffee.
C. T he Topic PgrticIes (eim ) and (neim )
T he particles and ~ follow the topic noun o f a descriptive

sentence. T he topic noun is the noun that the sentence describes. The
p a rtic le is attached to nouns that end in a consonant, such as 0[
S (m a-i-keul)/M ichaelin the sentence g
' (m a-i-keul-eun ki-ga jak -seu m -n i-d a)/ M ichael is sm all. The
particle is attached to nouns that end in a vow el, such as

(jeong-ho)/Jeong-H oin the sentence (jeong-
ho-neun ki-ga k eum -ni-da)/ Jeong-H o is tall.
D. T h e L o cativ e Particles ~ (e) and ~ (e-seo)
The sentence p a tte r n

/ (e it-da/eop-da) is used to indi
cate w here an object exists in space. Tw o things are presented: the
n o u n s existence and its location, w hich, in the context o f the sen
tence, is unchanging. F o r exam ple: :
.
(sin-m un-i te-i-beul w i-e it-seum -ni-da) -
The new spaper is on the table.
(N ote: T he verb (it-da) roughly translates as to b e. The verb

(eop-da) is its negative, or not to b e. T hese verbs have con
ju g atio n s, c.g. :!" (it-scum -ni-da.) in the above sentence. T hey
are discussed further in U n it 4.)
W hen )11 is used w ith directional v erbs, such as (ga-da)/ to

go, (o-da) to co m e o r (da-ni-da) to attend,7, it
denotes the m ovem ent o f the subject noun to the indicated location.
E xam ples:
LA -
(m a-i-keul-eun nae-il el-e-i-gam -ni-da)
M ichael goes to L.A . tom orrow .
m .
(jeong-ho-ssi-neun u i-k kw a-dae-hag-da-nim -ni-da)
Jeong-H o goes to (attends) a m ed ical school.
T he particle ~ to indicates the location o r setting o f an activity.

Exam ples:
IB M L .
(hyeon-jun-ssi-neun a-i-bi-em -e-seo geun-m u-ham -ni-da)

H yeon-Joon w orks a t IBM .

(jeong-ho-ssi-neun byeong-w on-e=seo il-ham -ni-da)
Jeong-H o w orks a t a hospital. T
g . T he Special P articles (eun) / (neun), (do), and (m an
T he particles / ~ , and ~ are used w hen com paring things.

N ouns ending in a consonant use and nouns ending in a vow el
use . The particles ~ / are alw ays affixed to the first noun in
the com parison.
T he particles ~ / , w hen affixed to all nouns being com pared,

denote difference. T he nouns are being contrasted. F o r exam ple:
. .
(jeong-ho^nwgn ui-sa-im -ni-da. m i-syel-gH
seon-saeng-nim -im -ni-da)
Jeong-H o is a doctor. M ichelle is a teacher.
T he particle ~ denotes sim ilarity. It indicates that a noun is sim ilar

to the first one. For exam ple:
AfgJUCK 0 | .
(jeoag-ho-nuen ui-sa-im -ni-da. m i-syel: ui-sa-im -ni-da)
Jeong-H o is a doctor. M ichalle is a doctor, too.
L esso n I : G reetings 35
The particle ~ roughly translates as only. It indicates that the final

noun is unique am ong the other nouns in the comparison. For example:
. .
.
(m i-syelêun seon-saeng-nim ~im ~ni-da. m a-i-keul-do
seon-saeng~nim -im -ni-da, jeo n g -h o -w g/t ui-sa-im -ni-da)
M ichelle is a teach er/M ich ael is a teacher, too. O nly Jeong-H ois
a doctor. :
N ote the u se o f ~ to denote M ich aels sim ilarity to M ichelle.
(4) Topic-C om m ent Stru ctu re
T he topic-com m ent structure (N oun 1 is N oun 2) is one o f the basic

K orean sentence structures. It is a fundam ental w ay o f conveying
ideas. T he speaker picks a person, idea, or object and uses the struc
ture to describe atid com m ent on it.
T he topic-com m ent sentence pattern in K orean is [N oun 1] /

[N oun 2] ([N oun l]-eun/-nevm [N oun 2]-im -ni-da.). T he par
ticle - ' alw ays com es after the second noun. Its presence changes
the noun into a predicate. The pattern is com m only used w hen identi
fying oneself. Exam ples:
.
()Q ~neun gim -hveon-iu n -im -ni-dd)
M y nam e is H yeon-Jun Kim . {lit. I H yeon-Jun K im am.)
.
(je o -n e u n hak-saeng-fV/i-n i_da
I am a student, {lit I a student am.)
The negative o f the topic-com m ent structure (N oun 1 isn t N o u n 2)

in K orean is [N oun 1] / [N oun 2) / . ([N oun 1]
-eun/-neun [N oun 2]-i/-ga a-nim -ni-da.). The particle \ / J[ (-i/-ga)
only occurs in negative constructions, and the w ord
(a-nim -ni-da) is the negative o f Q- (im -ni-da). Exam ples:
.
(\eo -n eu n hak-saeng-/ a~nim ~m -da)
I am not a student.
ai b .
(m i-sy e l-e u n ui-sa a -n im n i-d a

M ichelle is not a doctor.
(5) The use ) ((eu)-si) as an honorific.
W hen the characters ) are affixed to the verb stem , it indi

cates that the subject o f the sentence is a person deserving o f respect,
such as an elderly person or som eone o f h igher social status. For
exam ple:

(hal-m eo-ni-ga g a-^ m -n i-d a)
G randm other is going.
T his m ay also be done as a sign o f courtesy.

F urther Study
(1) S ch ools a n S tu den ts
ytchi-w on kindergarten
yu-chi-w on-saeng kindergarten student
cho-deung-hak-gyo elem entary school
cho-deung-hak-saeng elem entary school student
I lI ju ng-hak-gyo m iddle school
jim g -h ak -saen g . m iddle school student
go-deung-hak-go high school
go-deung-hak-saeng high school student
dae-hak-gyo college university
dae-hak-saeng college student
dae-hag-w on graduate school
dae-hag-w on-saeng graduate student'
In K orea, one attends elem entary school for six years, m iddle school
for three years, and high school for three years. C olleges and uni
versities offer four-year undergraduate program s as w ell as graduate
education. T here are also tw o-year ju n io r colleges (often called com
m unity colleges in the U .S .). T he school y ear begins in M arch and
ends in February.
E lem entary school and m iddle school education are com pulsory in
K orea. U nlike the U nited States, kindergarten is not a part o f K orean
elem entary school. Students b etw een the ages o f 4 and 7 have the
option o f attending private institutes called (yu-chi-w on)
before they start th eir regular schooling. T he are the equiva
lent o f U .S. preschools.
38 . B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
(2) C olleges in a U niversity
( ) beop-gw a-dae-hak . law school

(beop-dae) .
( ) u i kkw a-dae-hak
m edical school
(ui-dae) -
( ) chi-kkw a-dae-hak, dental school
(chi-dae) :
( ) yak-hak-dae-hak college o f pharm acy
(yak-dae)
( ) sa-beom -dae-hak school o f teacher education
(sa-dae) ; :
( ) sang-gyeong-dae-hak school o f business
(sang-dae)
( ) gong-kkw a-dae-hak engineering school
(gong-dae)
( ) eum -ak-dae-liak school o f m usic
(eum -dae)
( ) m i-sul-dae-hak school o f art
(m i-dae)
( ) che-yuk-dae-hak college o f physical education
(che-dae)
(. ) in-m un-dae-hak school o f hum anities
(in-m un-dae)
( ) ja-y eon-dae-hak school o f sciences
Ha-yeon-dae)
(^) () a ûpations
ga-su singer
gan-ho-w on nurse
gong-m u-w on civil servant
gy -su professor
gun-in m ilitary personnel
gi-ja jo u rn alist
di-ja-i-neo designer
m ok-sa pastor
byeon-ho-sa law yer
b I bi-seo secretary
sa-eop-ga businessm an
seon-saeng teacher
yak-sa pharm acist
en-ji-ni-eo engineer
un-dong-seon-su sportsm an
un-jeon-gi-sa driver
' ui-sa doctor
jak -g a w riter
hak>saeixg student
hoe-sa-w on office em ployee
(4) N am es o f M ajors
geon-chuk-liak architecture
gyeong-yeong-hak business m anagem ent
gyeong-je-liak econom ics
gong-hak engineering
gy -yuk-hak education
dong-yang hak A sian studies
m un-hak literature
m ul-li-hak physics
Q| m i-sul fine arts
beo-pak law
sa-hoe-hak sociology
saeng-m ul-hak biology
su-hak m athem atics
sim -ni-hak psychology
eon-eo-hak linguistics
yeok-sa-hak history
eum -ak m usic

ui-hak m edicine
il-lyu-hak anthropology
I jeo n g -ch i-h ak political science
hw a-hak chem istry
C ultural N otes
(1) K orean N am es
In K orean, the fam ily nam e com es first, follow ed by the given nam e.
K orean nam es generally have three syllables: one for the fam ily nam e
and tw o for the given nam e. F o r exam ple, w ith the nam e
(i-jeong-ho), (i) is the fam ily nam e and .(jeong-ho) is the
given nam e. H ow ever, there are som e tw o-syllable fam ily nam es,
such as * (je-gal) or (hw ang-bo). K o rea has approxim ately
300 fam ily nam es. The five m ost com m on are (gim )/K im 0 | (i)/
Lee, (bak)/Park, (choe)/C hoi, and (jeong)/C hung (or Jung).
(2) - (seon-saeng-nim ) vs. (ssi)
T he w ord (seon-saeng-nim ) literally m eans teacher, but

K oreans use the w ord as a standard form o f address. It can be used
as a sim ple honorific, the equivalent o f M r. M rs. or M s. or
as a title w hen addressing o n e s elders, older people in general, or
business colleagues w ith w hom one does not have a personal rela
tionship. T he proper w ay o f u sin g the w ord w hen addressing
som eone is to add it to the end o f their full nam e or last nam e. U sing
it w ith the full nam e is m ore form al and polite.
T he honorific suffix - (-ssi), used in M od el C on versations (2)

above, is an expression o f courtesy tow ards o n e s cow orkers. It is
not appropriate w hen speaking or referring to o n e s elders or older
people. W hen using -M l one should attach it to the ad d ressees first
nam e or to the last nam e w hen preceded by the first nam e. R efer
ring to som eone by ju st his or her last n am e follow ed by is
condescending.
42 B EG IN N ER S K O REAN
(3) | (sil-lye-ji-m an) E xcu se m e, b u t
The phrase (sil-lye-ji-m an) alw ays accom panies personal

questions, such as those about o n e s age, jo b , or fam ily life (including
m arriage). In K orean culture, such questions are alw ays asked w hen
m eeting som eone for the first tim e. T he answ ers provide inform ation
that is necessary in determ ining the appropriate honorifics and sen
tence endings in further conversation.
(4) (deok-bun-e) Thanks to y o u
T he expression ? (jal ji-nae-syeot-seum -ni-kka) is

the equivalent o f H ow are yo u ? o r H ow have you b een? The
usual K orean reply is (deok-bun-e ja l ji-n aet-
seum -ni-da), w hich m eans T hanks to you, I am fine or Thanks to
you, I have been fine. T he expression o f gratitude reflects the tradi
tional K orean b e lie f that a n o th e rs concern and blessing helps one to
m aintain a safe and happy life.
(5) G reetings with a bow
B ow ing is the easiest and m ost com m on w ay to show courtesy w hen

greeting som eone. In general, the yo u n g er person initiates the bow
and the older person reciprocates. B ow ing is done by bending both
h ead and w aist about 15 degrees forw ard. M ale adults often shake
hands w ith one or both hands w hile bow ing. D uring this greeting
prt>cc^s. ii is com m on t )uriesy to ask the addressee how they have
beor w hether they have eaten.
L esso n } G reetings 43
| Exercises
1. P lease respond to the following':
( 1) ?
an-nyeong-ha-sim -ni-kka?
(2) . .
cheO'eum boep-gess-eum -ni-da. m an-na-seo ban-gap-seum -ni-da.
(3) ? :
yo-jeum eo-tteo-ke ji-nae-sim -ni-kka?
(4) ? -
sil-le-ji-m an seong-ham -i eo-tteo-ke doe-sim-ni-Tcka?
(5) ? .
sil-le-ji-m an eo~tteon il-eul ha-sim -ni-kka?
2. P lease translate the follow ing into English:
( 1) . gam -sa-ham -ni-da.

(2) . sil-le
ham -ni-da.
(3) . joe-song-ham -ni-da.
(4 ) . eo-seo o-se-yo.
(5) . byeol m al-sseum -eul-yo. -
3. Please translate the follow ing into K orean:
(1) H ow have you been?

(2) I have b een doing fine, thanks to you.
(3) L ong tim e, no see.
(4) See you next tim e.
(5) N ice to see you again.
4. Please w rite a paragraph introducing y o u rse lf (w hat your nam e

is, w here you w ork o r study, etc.).
2
L esso n 2: A sk in g a b o u t S o m e th in g &
Talking a b o u t Y o u rself
H S Patterns
?
jeo ng-ho-ssi-neun daeg-i eo-di-sim -ni-kka?
W here is y our hom e, Jeong-H o?
. '
jeo-Ki jib -eu n saen-di-e-i-go-im -ni-da.
M y hom 6 is in San D iego.
. .
jeo -n eu n han-gug-e-seo :w at-seum -ni-da.
I am from K orea.
.
jeo -n eu n su-w on-e-seo sam -ni-da.
I live in Siwon.
_?
hyeon-jun-ssi-neun han-guk bun-i~sim -ni-kka?
A re you K orean?
. .
ne, geu-reot-seum -ni-da. jeo -n eu n han-guk-sa-ram -im -ni-da.
Yes, I am. I am K orean.
_ : oi y .
a-ni-o, jeo -n eu n han-guk-sa-ram -i a-nim -ni-da.
N o, I am not K orean.
?
j eong-ho-ssi-neun-yo?
H ow about you, Jeong-H o?
L esso n 2: A s k in g a b o u t S o m eo n e ( Talking a b o u t Y o u rself 47
.
jeo -n eu n han-guk-gye m i-gug-in-im -ni-da.
I am K orean-A m erican.
.
jeo -n eu n m i-si-gan-e-seo tae-eo-nat-seum -ni-da.
I w as b o m in M ichigan.
?
jeo n g -h o -ssi-n eu n ol-hae y eon-se-ga eo-tteo-ke doe-sim -ni-kka?
H ow old are y o u this year, Jeong-H o?
. -
seo-reun dul-im -ni-da.
I am thirty-tw o.
.
jeo -d o seo-reun du-sal-i-e-yo.
I am also thirty-tw o.
.
jeo -h a-g o dong~gab-i-si-gun-yo.
You are the sam e age as me.
.
jeo -b o -d a jo m m areu-si-gun-yo.
You are a little older than m e.
.
jeo-bo~da jo m jeog-eu-si-gun~yo.
You are a little yo u n g er than me.
?
h yeon-jun-ssi-neun saeng-il-i eon-je-se-yo?
W hen is your birthday, H yeon-Jun?
4 .
jeo -n e u n sa-w ol-i-e-yo.
It is in A pril.
7 .
je o -n e u n chil-w ol-ssaeng-i-e-yo. ;
I w as b o m in July.
?
jeo n g -h o -ssi-n eu n gyeol-hon-ha-syeoss-eo-yo?
A re you m arried, Jeong-H o? .
LI . -
a-ni-o, jeo -n e u n a-jik hon-ja sal-a-yo.
N o, I m still single, {lit. N o, I still live by m yself.)
.
ne, jeo -n e u n jang -n y eo n -e haess-eo-yo.
Yes I got m arried last year.
?
hyeon-juri'Ssi-neun ga-jog-i eo-tteo-ke doe-se7yo?
H ow m any people are in your fam ily?
.
jip -sa-ram -h a-g o jeo -h a-g o dul-i-e-yo.
Two people: m y w ife and I. {lit. M y w ife and I, all are tw o.)
?
a-i-neun a-jik eops-eu-se-yo?
D o you h av e any children yet? {lit. D o n t you have children yet?)
(N ote: In K orean som etim es questions are asked in the negative

b ecau se one w ants to give the respondent the opportunity to answ er
L esso n 2: A sk in g a b o u t S o m eo n e ( Talking a b o u t Y o u rself 49
no at all tim es w ithout feeling uneasy. T his is different than E ng

lish, w here negative questions are gen erally considered rude and
confrontational.)
, .
ne, a-jik eops-eo-yo.
N o, I still d o n t have any ( lit one).
.
a-ni-o, ha-na iss-eo-yo, '
Yes, I have one. . '
?
a-i-ga m yeoch-i-se-yo?
H ow m any k ids do you have?
.
ttal dul a-deul ha-na-ye-yo.
I have tw o daughters and a son.
( 1) .
: ?
sil-lye-ji-m an seong-ham -i eo-tteo-ke doe-sim -ni-kka?
: . ?
jeo -n e u n gim -hyeon-jun-im -ni-da. seong-ham -i eo-tteo-
ke doe-sim -ni-kka?
: .
?
jeo -n e u n i-jeong-ho-ra-go ham -ni-da.
geu-reon-de sil-lye-ji-m an gim -seon-saeng-nim -eun eo-
tteon il-eul ha-sim -ni-kka?
: IB M . .
?
jeo -n e u n a-i-bi-em -e-seo geun-m u ham -ni-da.
keom -pu-teo en-ji-ni-eo-im -ni-da.
i-seon-saeng-nim -eun eo-tteon il-eul ha-sim -ni-kka?
: . .
jeo -n e u n a-jik hak-seng-im -ni-da. ui-kkw a-dae-hag-e
da-nim -ni-da.
(2)
: ?
jeong -h o -ssi-n eu n daeg-i eo-di-sim -ni-kka?
: . ?
saen-di-e-i go-im -ni-da. hyeon-jun-ssi-neun daeg-i
eo-di-sim -ni-kka?
: . .
Jeo-neun han-gug-e-seo w at-sum -ni-da. su-w on-e-seo
sam -ni-da.
: ?
geu-reom hyeon-jun-ssi-neun han-guk bun-i-sim -ni-kka?
: . ?
ne, geu-reot-seum -ni-da. jeong-ho-ssi-neun-yo?
L esso n 2: A s k in g a b o u t S o m eo n e & Talking a b out Y ourself 51
: . .
jeo -n e u n han-guk-gye m i-gug-in-im -ni-da.
m i-si-gan-e-seo tae-eo-nat-seum -ni-da.
(3)
: * ?
sil-lye-ji-m an jeo n g -iio -ssi-n eu n ol-hae yeon-se-ga
eo-tteo-ke doe-sim -ni-kka?
- .
seo-reun-dul-im -ni-da. _
:. , ;. .
a, geu-reom jeo -h a -g o dong-gab-i-si-gun-yo. jeo-do
seo-reun dii-sal-i-e-yo.
: ? ?
geu-reo-se-yo? geu-reom saeng-il-i eon-je-se-yo?
: 4 - .
sa-w ol-i-e-yo.
: ? . 7
.
a, geu-reo-se-yo? geu-reom jeo -b o -d a jo m
m an-eu-si-gun-yo. je o -n e u n chil-w ol-ssaeng-i-e-yo.
(4)
: ?
jeong -h o -ssi-n eu n gyeol-hon-ha-syeoss-eo-yo?
: . ?
a-ni-o, a-jik h on-ja sal-a-yo. hyeon-jun-ssi-neun-yo?
: .
jeo -n e u n jan g -n y eo n -e haess-eo-yo.
: ?
geu-reom ga-jog-i eo-tteo-ke doe-se-yo?
: .
jip -sa-ram -h a-g o j eo-ha-go dul-i-e-yo.
: ?
a-i-neun a-jik eops-eu-se-yo?
: .
ne, a-jik eops-eo-yo.
(i)
Lee: E xcuse m e. M ay I have y our nam e, please?
Kim : M y nam e is H yeon-Jun K im . M ay I have your nam e, please?
Lee: M y nam e is Jeong-H o Lee. E xcuse m e, but do you m ind if I
ask w hat do you do for living?
K im : I am w orking at IB M . I am a com puter engineer. W hat do
you do for livingM r. L ee? .
Lee; I am still a student. I am attending m edical school.
' "
K im : W here is y our hom e, Jeong-H o? *
Lee: I ts in San D iego. W here is your hom e, H yeong-Jun?
Kim : I am from K orea. I live in Su-w on.
Lee: A re you K orean, then?
Kim : Yes, I am. H ow about you, Jeong-H o?
Lee: I am K orean-A m erican. I was b o m in M ichigan.
(3)
Kim : E xcuse m e. H ow old are you this year, Jeong-H o?
Lee: I am thirty-tw o,
Kim ; A h, then w e are the sam e age. I am also thiry-tw o.
Lee: Is it? T hen w hen is y our birthday?
K im : I ts in A pril.
Lee: A h, is that so? T hen you are a little older than I am, I w as
born in July.
(4) .
Kim : A re you m arried, Jeong-H o?
Lee: N o, I am still single. H ow about you, H yeon-Jun?
Kim : I got m arried last year.
Lee: H ow m any people are in y our fam ily, then?
K im : M y w ife and I there are only two.
Lee: D o you have children yet?
K im : N o, not yet.
L esso n 2: A sk in g a b o u t S o m eo n e <Sc Talking a b o u t Y ourself 53
V ocabulary
N ouns and P ronoun s
4 sa-w ol A pril
7 chil-w ol-saeng b o m in July
ga-jok fam ily
daek ' hom e, h ouse (hon.)
dong-gap - sam e age
dul tw o ;
m i-guk-si-m in A m erican citizen
Jill m i-si-gan M ichigan
saen-di-e-i go S an D iego, U S A
saeng-il birthday
seo-reun-dul thirty-tw o
su-w on Su-w on, K orea
a-i child, kid
yeon-se age (hon.)
ol-hae * this year
jan g -n y eo n last year
jipnsa-ram (m y) w ife
han-guk_bun K orean (hon.)
han-guk K orea
han-guk-gye K orean-
V erbs
gyeol-hou-ha-da to get m arried

geu-reo-ta it is, I am , s/he is
m an-ta to be m ore
sal-da to live
eop-da not to exist, not to have
o-da to com e
tae_eo-na-da to be b o m
Sl-CF ha-da to do
A d v e r b s a n d C o n ju n c tio n s
ne yes
a ah
a-ni-o no
a-jik yet, still
eo-di w here
eo-tteo-ke how
eon-je w hen
jo m ; * a little
hon-ja by oneself, alone
L e sso n 2 : -Asking a b o u t S o m eo n e & Talking a b out Y ourself 55
G ram m ar
(1) The P ossessive P a rticle | (ui)
T he possessive particle I (generally pronounced like [e])

indicates ow nership and com es after the possessive noun, like s
in E nglish. T h e noun th at is possessed im m ediately follow s. For
exam ple: ,
+ . + _
han-guk ui ' dae-tong-nyeong han-gug-e dae-
tong-nyeong
K orea - (part.) president K o re a s president /
the President
o f K orea
H ow ever, I is generally only used in w ritten K orean. M ost K orean

speakers drop it in conversation. O ne only tends to hear it w hen the
possessor and p ossessed both refer to abstract concepts. In other
w ords, w hen som eone says, for exam ple, M ic h a e ls w allet in
K orean, one w ill hear !]K)I I (m a-i-keul ji-gap) instead o f [
I (m a-i-keul-e ji_gap).
(2) The Time P article [| (e)
T he particle is used w hen referring to the tim e o f day, the days

o f the w eek, and the m onths o f the year. It im m ediately follow s the
tim e w ord o r p hrase it follow s, e.g.
il-yo-il~e on Sundays
j u
m al-e on the w eekend
12 yeol-ttu-si-e at 12:00
tuJOJ s ip ui 9sn six um p jt^tpo g u jiresu i o u s^q _|]
3piA\ 9q o 13p-d] 3U ^2
pooS sq cn
a s
oxi
)-
3q i u i -P
I_|
sq i
|
*'3 3AXlTUgUT
l|STJU3 3 JO lUQÂinbs 3 UT^9J c(Bp) !] UT SpU9 SqJ3A J
u u o j A jraopoip -post! q j A sip j illioj 3ip uo p ss q ssSu^qo
Suxpus aq UJPU3 TO pu ITO^S V tp q JO 1SISUOO UB3JO:: ut sqjs/^
(VP I ] + Ui3^s qA3(V) SqA3yl f o lUAOJ[ XAVU p. tQ ()
J re s A I 9A 3 uosAn-QBui ^ [j[|
tpiIOUI ^193 p-OTiu m m
?[33Ai Î3A9 n.r-3mu
Ap I3A3 n -m m m
Avoxrouioi Jtsyp sip 3J-om |e
Avoxrouio^ n -u mVll
APJ31S3, 9JOJ9q A^p 91 3f-fi3g ||_Y C
Apj3!S9A
9-f- 3 ll-Yk)
A^poi ItlSU-O
ropnpui
3S3lI .|[ 9sn ; u op sasBjqd pire spiOAv p9
B{9J-9mi; Aire];
N v a ^ t o ^ : s .'a a N M io a a 9
J
0

__o
SHS -
h
]I0
_
sifo n ô
-
o
-
nio
---
SlK)IO
---
---
---
---
---
-

SU p d 9 0 X 9 9 U I S ( )
K)
]
K)te - te -
]te
' ' 3 CS U I3 1 S J Q l \ l \\T3 J O J 3 3 S J] (t)
] ^ m ^ a s
s - i o ^ - - 1
' . 3 ( ) -IO ( )
] J 3 i p p SI U I 9 1 S * 3 ip J O pA V O A !S 91J1 U SÂ V ( A - ^ ) ^ - | d S [ \ (I)
rsA v o ^ o j sb .a r e u i a i s j ^ j n o i ^ i B d b jo j
U i p i I 9 Q ^ u d o j d d ^ 3 i p U I l U 9 A O S 9 |I U 31{
I I I S q J 9 A 91J1 O ! U i p U 9
s ^ u d o j d d ^ s i p S u i p p ^ A q p s ^ s j o u s q i s i q j A s q i j o u u o j 3 i n d 3
s u m u ia j u is is A\uo o s p s d d o jp u s ip si S u ip u s -i^ s q
q J3 A
s i p j o u u o j A j r a o x i o x p s i p i p j s u i g a q s u o fi9 A q A p p ^ u i m j ( ) u i
p 3 ^ S I | S q J 9 A 31J1 U IO J J 113 q D iq A V cM p q S 3 { d u i^ X 9 U J -IU 3^S
3 ip UO g u i p u s d s p S U O IÎJ^ A \TSSQ A9S 9 J ^ 9JC31J1 J 3 A 3 H -U B S J O ^ I
{B U O I1B SJ3A U O D U I U i p U 9 p 9 S U A {U O U IU IO D S O U I 3 i p S I U i p U 9 9 ^ I{ d 3 1 {
(x-a/v) 5 1 g u fp u i am d 3m (p)
ig f p sunoA l n q Supfiqi :* 9u 3iuog jn o q v S u i^ sy u o ss9 j

58 B EG IN N ER'S K O R EA N
An honorific form- o f the polite ending is ( ) ([eu]-se-yo)

w hich is a com bination o f the honorific m arker ( ) ([eu]-si) and
the polite ending (eo-yo). The honorific form has tw o uses.
The first is to show respect for the person being talked about, e.g.
.
(i-seon-saeng-nim -eun jo -e u n seon-saeng-nim -i-se-yo)
Mr. L ee is a good teacher. :
T he second is to show respect, tow ards a person w hen asking he or

she to do som ething, including answ ering a question. F or exam ple;
? . _ ?
(an-nyeong-ha-se-yo? yeo-gi an-jeu-se-yo. yo-jeum eo-tteo-ke
ji-nae-se-yo?)
H ello. Please sit here. H ow are you doing these days?
(5) The P a st Tense o f Verbs
Verbs in the p ast tense use the past tense m arkers / (at/eot), w hich
are placed betw een the verb stem and the sentence endings such as
the one used in the polite form . The m arker is u sed w hen the stem
ends in (a) or (o). T he m arker is used w ith all other verbs.
C ontractions are form ed after the m arker is added. T he exam ples
below show how to create the past tense in the polite form:
to g o J } Cga-da h S ga~yo
; 3 } + 2CH2
gass-eo_yo
to be i-da > i-e-yo

> I + + > i-eoss-eo
yo (was)
L esso n 2: A s k in g b o u t S o m eo n e & Talking a b out Y o u rself 59
The chart below show s several verbs in the present and past tenses
in both the polite and honorific form s.
D ic tio n a ry F o rm ~ / ~ / H : ) )
a /e o -y o ~ a ss /e o ss -e o -y o ~ < eu)-se-yo ~ < eu)-sy eo ss-eo -y o
(p o lite {p o lite {hon. {hon.

p r e s e n t) p r e s e n t) p a s t)
p _ . . . ..
to c a tc h
ja p - d a jab -a~ y o ja b -a s s -e o -y o ja b -e u -s e -y o ja b -e u -s y e o s s-e p -y o
to m ix
se o k
da se o k k -e o -y o se o k k -e o s s-e o -y o s e o k k -e u -se -y o se o k k -e u -sy e o ss -e o -y o
to g o
g a -d a ga-yo- g a s s-e o -y o g a -se -y o g a -sy e o ss-e o -y o
sto p
se o -d a se o -y o s e o ss -e o -y o se o -s e -y o s e o -s y e o ss -e o -y o
to c o m e
o -d a w a -y o w a s s-e o -y o o -se -y o o -sy e o ss-e o -y o
to g iv e
ju -d a jw o - y o jw o s s -e o -y o ju - s e - y o ju -s y e o s s -e o -y o
to b e b u sy
b a -p p e u -d a b a -p p a -y o b a -p p a ss -e o -y o b a-pp eu ~ se-y o b a -p p e u -sy e o s s-e o -y o
to b e p re tty
y e -p p e u -d a y e -p p e o -y o y e -p p e o ss -e o -y o y e -p p e u -se -y o y e -p p e u -sy e o s s-e o -y o
" to s p e n d tim e
ji-n a e -d a j i-n ae-y o ji-n a e ss -e o -y o ji-n a e -s e -y o ji-n a e -s y c o s s -e o -y o
to d o
h a e-y o h a e s s-e o -y o h a -se -y o h a -sy e o s s-e o -y o
h a -d a
to b e
i-e-y o i-e o ss -e o -y o i-se-y o i-sy e o s s-e o -y o
i-d a
n o t to be
a -n i-e -y o a -n i-e o s s-e o -y o a -n i-se -y g a -n i-sy e o ss-e o -y o
a -n i-d a
(6) A n sw erin g Yes o r N o Q uestions
To answ er yes to a yes-or-no question in the polite m ode, one says

(n e) w hich is follow ed by the extended response. To answ er yes
in the plain and intim ate m odes, one says (eung) follow ed by the
extended response. A n exam ple in the polite m ode:
? .
(han-guk-sa-ram -i-se-yo?)
(ne, han-guk-sa-ram -i-se-yo.)
A re you a K orean? Yes, I am a K orean.
To answ er no to a yes-or-no question in the polite rqode, one saysO^

(a-ni-o) or, follow ed by the extended reply. The w ord
(a-ni) is used in the p lain and intim ate m odes. A n exam ple in the
polite m ode:
?
.
(han-guk-sa-ram -i-se-yo?) (a-ni-o, han-guk-sa-ram -i
a-ni-e-yo.)
A re you a K orean? N o, I am not a K orean.
O ne can p recede a negative reply w ith or a positive reply w ith

OK if the question is asked using the negative form . In these
instances, the E nglish equivalents w ould be closer to Yes, th a ts
F or exam ple:
correct, or N o, th a ts in co irec t.
01 ? y i 5 .
(han-guk-sa-ram -i a-ni~se-yo?) (nehan-guk-sa-ram-i a-ni-e-yo.)
A re n t you/You aren t a K orean? Yes, th a ts correct, I am not a
Korean.
> .
(a-ni-o? han-guk-sa-ram-i-e-yo.)
N o, th a ts incorrect, I am a
K orean.
L esso n 2: A s k in g a b o u t S o m eo n e & Talking a b o u t Y o u rself 61
(7) The E xpression 5 <g
The expression at the end o f a statem ent is an equivalent o f

an E nglish exclam ation point. It used to indicate that the speaker has
realized som ething for the first tim e. The ending (ne-yo) can
be used this w ay as w ell. E xam ples:
. -
(jeo-ha-go dong-gab-i~si-gun-yo.) (jeo-ha-go dong-gab-i-si-ne-yo.)
W e are the sam e age! r W e are the sam e age!
(8) The S en ten ce E n d in g (eun-yo/neurt_)

o?J
T he sentence endings / ? (eun-yo/nenun-yo) are b est

translated as H o w a b o u t...? or W hat a b o u t ? The ending ~
Q is used w hen the noun ends in a vow el, e.g.
?
(ga-jog-eun-yo?)
H ow about your fam ily?
The ending ~ is used w hen the noun ends in a consonant, e.g.
? '
(jeong-ho-ssi-neun-yo?)
H o w about Jeong-H o?
T he ending can also be u sed for such phrases as ?

(ju-m al-e-neun-yo?) / H ow about during the w eekend?
i Further Study
(1) N am in g L an gu age a n d N ation ality/E th n icity
T he K orean nam e for a co u n try s language is generally created by

taking the nam e o f the country and adding the suffix (eo The
w ord for a co u n try s nationality or ethnicity is created in the plain
form by adding the s u ffix - A [ (sa-ram ). In the form al, one adds the
suffix ~ (in). T he chart b elo w illustrates these conversions. N ote,
that, in som e instances, the language and n ationality listed are the
proper ones, not derivations o f the co u n try s nam e.
N ationality/E thnicity
C ountry Name Language Nam e Plain Form Form al Form

ho-ju yeong-eo ho-ju sa-ram ho-ju-in
Australia English A ustralian A ustralian

kae-na-da yeong-eo kae-na-da sa-ram kae-na-da-in
Canada English Canadian Canadian

jung-guk jung-gug-eo gunk-guk sa-ram gung-gug-in
China Chinese Chinese Chinese
:: ra
yeoiig-guk yeong-eo yeong-guk sa-ram yeong-gug-in
England English. British British

peu-rang-seu peu-rang-seu-eo peu-rang-seu sa~ram peu-rang-seu-in
France French French French
L esso n 2: A sk in g a b fm t Som eo n e & Talking a b o u t Y o u rself 63
dog-il dog-il-eo dog-il sa-ram dog-il-in

Germany G erm an G erm an G erm an ;
il-bon il-bon-eo il-bon sa-ram il-bon-in

Japan Japanese Japanese Japanese
:
han-guk gan-gug-eo han-guk sa-ram han-gug-in
K orea Korean Korean K orean
mek-si-ko seu-pe-in-eo m ek-si-ko sa-ram mek-si-ko-in

M exico Spanish M exican M exican
nyu-jiM aen-deu yeong-eo nyu-jil-laen-deu sa-ra.m nyu-jil-laen-deu-in

N ew Zealand English N ew Zealander N ew Zealander
reo-si-a reo-si-a-eo reo-si-a sa-ram reo-si-a-in

Russia Russian Russian Russian
seu-pe-in seu-pe-in-eo seu-pe-in sa-ram seu-pe-in-in

Spain Spanish Spanish Spanish
m i-guk yeong-eo mi-guk sa-ram mi-gug-in

U nited States English A m erican A m erican
(U.S.)
(2) The M on th s o f th e Year
I ( ) il-w ol January
2 ( ) i-w ol F ebruary
3 ( ) sam -w ol M arch
4 ( ) sa-w ol A pril
5 ( ) o-w ol M ay
6 ( ) yu-w ol June
7 ( ) c h il- w o l July
8 ( ) pal-w ol A ugust
9 ( ) gu-w ol Septem ber
10 ( ) si-w ol O ctober
II ( ) sib-il-w ol N ovem ber
12W ( ) sib-i-w ol D ecem ber
(3) Years
H jae-jang-nyeon the year before last year

jan g -n y eo n last year
} ol-hae this year
geum -nyeon this year
nae-nyeon next year
nea-liu-nyeon the year after next year
(4) F am ily Terms
!* ga-jok fam ily, fam ily m em bers (form al)

sik-gu fam ily, fam ily m em bers (casual)
jip house
daek house (hon.)
hal-a-beo-ji grandfather
[H hal-m eo-ni grandm other
a-beo-ji father
eo_meo-ni m other
L esso n 2: A sk in g a b o u t S o m eo n e & Talking a b o u t Y o u rself 65
hyeong m a n s older brother

UUo-ppa w o m a n s older brother
nix-na m a n s older sister
eon-ni w o m a n s older sister

nam -dong-saeng yo u n g er brother
yeo-dong-saeng yo u n g er sister
nam -pyeon husband
LHa-nae w ife
jip -sa-ram w ife
a-deul * son -
ttal daughter
C ultural Notes
(1) A skin g P erson al Inform ation
K oreans are alm ost certain to ask personal questions, such as o n e s age
or m arital status, w hen first m eeting som eone. The K orean language
requires that inform ationin order to determ ine the appropriate
sentence endings w hen addressing another. O ther questions that m ay
arise^ include queries about o n e Ts jo b , hom etow n, or education. These
are used to help build a rapport betw een speakers. A s the relationship
betw een the speakers develops, a shift w ill occur from the initial
deferential m ode o f speech to a b len d o f the-' deferential and polite
m odes, and then, perhaps to the polite m ode only.
(2) First-Person Possessive Pronouns and Korean Collectivism
The K orean equivalent o f the E nglish possessive pronoun m y is LH

(nae) in the plain form and (je) in the form al and deferential form s.
H ow ever, one m ust keep in m ind that K oreans consider things such
as their country, school, family, and hom e as collective possessions.
For these, the equivalent o f the E nglish our w ill alw ays be used.
In the plain form , this is (u-ri). In the form al and deferential
form s, it is (jeo-hui).
The sense o f a fam ily m em ber b e in g a collective possession can

extend even to o n e s w ife or husband. T he equivalent o f m y w ife
is ' (u-rijip -sa-ram ), w hile the equivalent o f m y husband
is (u-ri nam -pyeon).
L esso n 2: A sk in g a b o u t S o m eo n e & Talking ab o u t Y o u rself 67
(3) H u sb a n d a n d Wife
W hen referring to o n e s ow n spouse, one uses a different w ord

than w hen referring to som eone e lse s. T he appropriate w ords are
as follow s:
nam -pyeon o n e s ow n husband

a-nae o n e s ow n w ife
jip -sa-ram o n e ^ ow n w ife -
ba-kkat-eo-reun a n o th e rs husband
ju-in -eo -reu n a n o th e rs husband
bu-in a n o th e rs w ife
sa-m o-nim a n o th e rs w ife
Exercises
1. P lease respond to the follow ing: *
( 1) ? daeg-i eo-di-sim -ni-kka?

(2) ? eo-neu na-ra sa-ram -i-sim -ni-kkaj?
(3) '? yeon-se-ga eo-tteo-ke
doe-sim -ni-kka? :
(4) ? saeng-il-i eon-je-sim -ni-kka?
(5) ? gyeol-hon-ha-syeot-seum -ni-kka?
(6) ? ga-jog-i eo-tteo-ke doe-sim -ni-kka?
2. Please translate the follow ing into E nglish: '
( 1) . . -
jeo -n eu n han-gug-e-seo w at-seum -ni-da. su-w on-e-seo
sam -ni-da.
(2) . .
jeo -n e u n han-guk-sa-ram -i a-nim -ni-da.
jung-guk-sa-ram -im -ni-da.
(3) . .
jeo -h a-g o dong-gab-i-si-gun-yo. jeo -d o seo-reun-dul-im -ni-da.
(4) . .
a-i-neun a-jik eops-eo-yo. jip -sa-ram -h a-g o jeo -h a-g o
dul-i-e-yo.
3. Please translate the follow ing into K orean:
(1) I am a K orean-A m erican.

(2) I w as b o m in M ichigan.
(3) I am from Canada.
(4) I w as b o m in July.
(5) I have no brother and sister.
L esso n 2: A sk in g a b o u t S o m eo n e S Talking a b o u t Y ourself 69
4. P lease w rite a paragraph introducing y o u rse lf (your nam e,

hom etow n/nationality, age/birthday, fam ily, etc.).
3
L esso n 3: A s k in g D ire c tio n s

72 B E G IN N E R S K OREAN
H S Patterns
?
i geun~cheo-e dae-han-eun-haeng-i eo-di it-seum -ni-kka?
W here is D ae-H an B an k around here?
.
i gil-lo ttok-ba-ro ga-se-yo.
G o straight dow n this street.
.
sin-ho-deung-eul geon-neo-seo o-reun-jjog-eu-ro jju k ga-se-yo.
C ross (at) the traffic signal, turn right, and go s tr a ig h t.
.
gil geon-neo-pyeon-e dae-han-eun-haeng-i iss-eo-yo.
D ae-H an B ank is (on) across the street.
?
yeo-gi-e-seo dae-han-eun-haeng-kka-j i m eom -ni-kka?
Is it far from here to D ae-H an B ank?
F?
yeo-gi-e-seo dae-han~eun~haeng-kka-j i si-gan-i eol-m a-na
geol-lim -ni-kka?
H ow long does it take from here to D ae-H an B ank?
.
byeol-lo an m eol-eo-yo.
I ts not very far.
2 0 .
geol-eo-se han i-sip-bun-jjeum geol-lil geo-ye-yo.
It w ill take about 20 m inutes by w alking.
L esso n 3: A sk in g D irectio n s 73
?
i geun-cheo-e-seo je-il ga-kka-un keo-pi-syob-i eo-di it-seum -ni-kka?
W here is the nearest coffee shop around h e re (this area)?
?
hoe-sa yeop-e je-il-b il-d in g a-si-ji-yo?
You know the Je-il building next to (our) com pany, right? ^
? ,
je-il-b il-d in g ba^ro dw i-e han-yeong-seo-jeom a-si-jyo?
You know H an-Y eong B ookstore rig h t behind the Je-il building,
right? .
. ^
geu bil-ding ji-h a-e keo-pi.-syob-i ha-na iss-eo-yo.
T here is a coffee shop in the basem ent o f the building. '
.
han-yeong-seo-jeom an-e-do ha-na iss-eo-yo.
T here is also one inside H an-Y eong B ookstore.
.
geu bil-ding-eun yo-jeum gong-sa-jung-i-ra-seo neo-m u .
bok-ja-pae-seo-yo.
T hat building is under construction these days, so its too crow ded.
?
byeog-e i-sang-han sam -ga-kyeong-ha-go sa-ga-kyeong ta-il-i but-
eun ga-ge m al-i-jyo?
You m ean the store w here strange-looking triangle and square tiles
are attached to the w all, right?
?
i-sa ja l ha-syeoss~eo-yo?
D id y our m ove go w ell? {lit D id you m ove w ell?)
.
ji-n al ju geum -yo-il-e i-sa-ha-go ju -m a l ong-an dae-chung
jeong-ri-haess-eo-yo.
I m oved last F riday and alm ost finished putting things in order
during the w eekend.
.
go-saeng m an-I ha-syeot-gun-yo.
You w orked hard. (Jit. You did a h ard w ork.) _
?
sae-ro i-sa-ha-sin jib -e u n eo-di-se-yo?
W here is the house you ju s t (lit. new ly) m oved into? '
.
byeong-w on-e-seo a-ju ga-kka-w o-yo.
It is very close to the hospital (w here I work).
5 0 0 .
han o-baeng-m i-teojjeum doel kkeo-ye-yo.
It is about 500 m eters (from there).
?
je o -h i byeong-w on geun-cheo-e seo-sin a-pa-teu a-se-yo?
D o you know the Seo-Sin A partm ent C om plex near m y hospital?
?
geu a-pa-teu eol-m a-jeon-e sae-ro ji-eo t-ji-y o ?
T hat apartm ent com plex w as recently built a (short) w hile ago,
right?
.
ja l dw aen-ne-yo.
. T h a ts good (for you).
L esso n 3: A s k in g D irections
.
a-pa-teu dan-ji an-e sang-ga-ga iss-eo-seo a-ju pyeol-li-hae-yo.
There is a shopping center inside the apartm ent com plex, so it is
very convenient.
(1)
: ?
sil-lye-ji-m an i geun-cheo-e dae-han-eun-haeng-i eo-di
it-seum -ni-kka?
: .
; .
.
i gil-lo ttok-ba-ro ga-se-yo. geu-ri-go sin-ho-deting-eul
geon-neo-seo o-reun-jjog-eu-ro jju k ga-se-yo. geu-reom
gil geon-neo-pyeon-e dae-han-eun-haeng-i iss-eo-yo.
: . ' . ?
?
gam -sa-ham -ni-da. geu-reon-de yeo-gi-e-seo dae-han-
eun-haeng-kka-j i m eom -ni-kka? si-gan-i eol-m a-na
geol-lim -ni-kka?
: . 2 0 .
byeol-lo an m eol-eo-yo. geol-eo-seo han i-sip-bun jje u m
geol-lil kkeo-ye-yo.
: . .
a, al-get-seum -ni-da. gam -sa-ham -ni-da.
(2 )
:
(?
seong-m in-ssx5 i geun-cheo-e-seo je -il ga-kka-un keo-pi-
syob-i eo-di it-seum -ni-kka?
: ?
.
hoe-sa yeop-e je-il-b il-d in g a-si-ji-yo? pa-ran-saek
geon-m ul-i-yo. geu bil-ding ji-h a -e keo-pi-syob-i ha-na
iss-eo-yo.
L esso n 3: A s k in g D irectio n s 77
: .
.
geu-geon je o -d o al-a-yo. geu-reon~de geu bil-ding-eun
yo-jeum gong-sa-jung-i-ra-seo neo-m u bok-ja-pae-seo-yo.
: .
? .
geu-reo-kun-yo. g eu-reom je-il-b il-d in g dw i-e han-
y eong-seo-jeom a-si-jyo? h an-yeong-seo-jeom an-e-do
ha-na iss-eo-yo.
: /
? :
a byeog-e i-sang-han sam -ga-kyeong-ha-go sa-ga-
kyeong ta-il-i b u t-eu n ga-ge m al-i-jyo?
: . _
ne, m aj-a-yo.
(3)
: ?
jeo n g -h o -ssi? i-sa da ha-syeoss-eo-yo?
: I

ne, ji-n a n ju g eum -yo-il-e i-sa-ha-go- ju -m a l ttong-an
dae-chung jeo n g -ri-h aess-eo -y o .
: .
?
go-saeng m an-i h a -sy e o t-g u n -y o . geu-reon-de sae-ro
i-sa-ha-sin jib -e u n eo-di-se-yo?
: . 5 0 0
. ?
je o -h i b y eong-w on-e-seo a-ju ga-kka-w o-yo. han
o -baeng-m i-teo-jjeum doel geo-ye-yo.
b y eo n g -w o n geun-cheo-e seo-sin a-pa~teu a-se-yo?
: . ?
.
ne, al-a-yo. geu a-pa-teu eol-m a jeo n -e sae-ro
ji-eo t-ji-y o ? ja l dw aen-ne-yo. *
: .
.
ne, geu-ri-go a-pa-teu dan-ji an-e sang-ga-ga iss-eo-seo
a-ju pyeol-li-hae-yo.
L esso n 3: A sk in g D irections 79
( i)
Kim: E xcuse m e, w here is the D ae-H an B ank around here?
P edestrian G o straight dow n this road. A nd cross at the signal
light, turn right, and go straight. T he D ae-H an B ank is
right across the street.
,K im : T hank you. B y the way, is the D ae-H an B an k far from
here? H ow m uch tim e w ill it take to get there?
Pedestrian I ts not v ery far. It should take about 20 m inutes by
w alking.
Kim : A h, I see. T hank you.
(2)
Kim : Seong-M in, w here is the closest coffee shop near
here?
Park; You know the Je-Il building next to ou r office, right? I
m ean the blue colored building. T here is a coffee shop
in the basem ent o f the building.
Kim : I know that one. B u t that building has had construc
tio n these p ast few days, so it is too crow ded.
Park: T h a ts r i g h t . . . T hen you know tlie Han-Y eong
B ookstore right b ehind the Je-Il building, right? T here
is one inside the H an-Y eong B ookstore, too.
K im : A h, you m ean the store w here the w all is covered w ith
sange-looking triangle and square tiles, right?
Park: Yes, th a ts right.
(3)
Choi: Jeong-H o, did your m ove go w ell?
Lee: Yes, I m oved last Friday and alm ost nished putting
things in order during the w eekend.
Choi; You did a lot o f hard w ork. B y the way, w here is the
n ew house you m oved to?
Lee: It is very close to the hospital w here I w ork. It is

about 500 m eters from there. D o you know the
S eo-Sin A partm ent C om plex near the hospital?
Choi; Yes I know i t T hat apartm ent com plex w as recently
b u ilt a short w hile ago, right? T h a ts good for you,
Lee: Yes. A n d there is a shopping center inside the
apartm ent com plex, so it is v ery convenient.
L esson 3: A sk in g D irections 81
V ocabulary
N ou n s / P ronoun s
20 l-sip-bun-jjeum about 20 m inutes

5 0 0 o-bang-m i-teo-jjeum , about 500 m eters
g;a-ge store, shop
geon-neo-pyeon the other side o f a street
georvrmul building
go-saeng hard w ork r
SA(- g gong-sa-jung on the construction
geun-cheo near
geum -yo-il " F riday
gil street, road
dan-ji - (apartm ent) com plex
dae-han-eun-haeng D ae-H an B ank
ba-ro dw i right behind
byeok w all
byeo'ng-w on hospital
sa-ga-kyeong square
sam -ga-kyeong triangle
sang-ga m all, shopping center
seo-sin a-pa-teu S eo-Sin A partm ent
si-gan tim e, hour
sin_ho-deung traffic signal
a-pa-teu apartm ent (com plex)
an inside
e o l-m a je o n a w hile ago
J 1 yeo-gi h ere
yeop beside
o-reun-jjok rig h t side
yo-jeum these days
i-sa m oving
je-il-b il-d in g Je-Il B uilding
ju -m a l w eekend
ji-n a n ju last w eek
ji-h a basem ent
ill keo-pi-syop coffee shop
ta-il tile
pa-ran-saek blue color
ha-na one
han-yeong-seo-jeom H an-Y eong B ookstore
haeng-in passer-by ^
hqe-sa r com pany, office
V erbs
ga-kkap-da to be close
gam sa-ha-da to thank
[ geon-neo-da to cross (a street)
geol-li-da to take tim e
m at-da to be correct
m eol-da to be far
bok-ja-pa-da to be crow ded
but-da to attach, to be attached
al-da to know
i-sa-ha-da to m ove
i-sang-ha-da to be strange, to be unusual
it-da to exist
' ja l doe-da to be done w ell
jeong-ri-ha-da to organize
jit-d a to build
pyeol-li-ha-da to be convenient
A d v e r b s / P r e p o s itio n s / C o n ju n c tio n s
geol-eo-seo by w alking
geu that
geu-reon-de but
geu-ri-go and
neo-m u to m uch
dae-chung roughly
ttok-ba-ro straight
m an i a lot
byeol-lo not particularly
AHS . sae-ro new ly ;
a-ju very, so
an not
eo-di w here
[IF ' eol-m a-na how m uch/m anyong
i this
ja l w ell
jeo-hi our (ham.)
je il the m ost
jju k straight
hail approxim ately
s G ram m ar
(1) D em on strative E xpression s .*
The dem onstrative pronouns (i), (geu), and (jeo) are, respec-
tively the equivalents o f the E nglish th is, th at, and that over
there. W hen appears before a w ord, the ob ject denoted by that
w ord is near th e speaker. W hen appears before a w ord, the object
indicated is near the perso n being spoken to. W hen appears before
a w ord, the object indicated is som ething not n ear either person.
O nce th e object indicated has been m entioned once, one does not say
the w ord for it again. O ne uses the w ord (geot) instead. T his is
the K orean equivalent fo r the E nglish w ord thing. I f one used
w ith the original noun, one says from that point on. L ikew ise,
one w ould say for an item referred to w ith and for
som ething referred to w ith ,
T he shortened w ord (geo) m ay be u sed instead o f in casual

conversation. T he w ord m ay form a contraction w ith the fol
low ing particle i f that particle begins w ith a vow el. T hese contrac-
tions are show n below :
Full Form '

C ontracted Form
T 7/
//
i-geot/geu-geot/j eo-geo
i-geo/geu-geo/jeo-geo
- GH ://1 + - //
{topic particle)
i-geot/geu-geot/jeo-geot i-geo/geiFgeo/j eo-geo i~geon/geu-geon/jec geon
eun + eun
// + // + //
(object particle)
i-geot/geu-geot/jeo-geot i-geo/geu-geo/jeo-geo i-geol/geu-geol/jeo-geol
+ eul + eul
L e sso n 3: A sk in g D irections 85
// + " // + * /3 /
(subject particle)
i-geot/geu-geot/jeo-geot + i i-geo/geu-geo/jeo-geo + i i-ge/geu-ge/jeo-ge
(2) The A d ve rb ia l P ro n o u n s , 7 | , a n d j\~ )\
T he K orean equivalents o f h ere, there, and a v e r there, are,

respectively, (yegi) (ge -g i) and (je.o-gi). The
w ord I is u sed w hen indicating a location near oneself. The
w ord is used w hen indicating a location near the person one is
speaking to. T h e w ord is used w h en indicating a location th at is
not near either o n e se lf o r the person to w hom one is speaking.
T he use o f the locative particle (e) the equivalent o f at, w ith

these w ords is optional. F o r exam ple, one m ay say (yeo-gi-
seo) instead o f (yeo gi-e-seo).

(2) The P attern E| ~ | 1 vS- -OSSA!
T he pattern ~ ~ I (bu-teo ... kka-ji) is used w hen talking about

a period o f tim e w ith a distin ct beginning and end. It is the equivalent
f the E nglish p attern from [a beginning tim e] to [an ending tim e].
F o r exam ple, consider the second p art o f this exchange.
F?
(m ae-il j ik-j ang-e na-ga-sim -ni-kka?)
D o you go to w ork everyday?

U .
(a-ni-o, w ol-yo-il-bu-teo geum -yo-il-kka-ji-m an
na-ga-go to-yo-il-gw a il-yo-il-eun sw im -ni-da.)
N o , I go to w o rk from M onday to Friday, and take a rest on
S aturday and Sunday.
The phrase ( w ^ y ^ - b u t e o
g e u m - y o - i l - k k a - j i - m a n ) m e a n s f r o m M o n d a y to F r i d a y . N o t e its
u s e o f this pattern. '
A n o t h e r f r o m . . . t o . . . p a t t e r n is ( ). T h i s
is u s e d w h e n t h e b e g i n n i n g a n d e n d i n g p o i n t s a r e loc a t i o n s. C o n s i d e r
t h e first h a l f o f this e x c h a n g e : -
L A M g )?
(el-e-i-e-seo seo-ul-kka-*ji b i - h a e n g - g i - r o s i - gan-i e o l - m a - n a
geol-lim-ni-kka?) ; '
H o w l o n g d o e s it t a k e f r o m L . A . to S e o u l b y a i r p l a n e ?
. .
( h a n yeo-ttu-si-gan-jjeum geol-lyeo-yo.)
It t a k e s a b o u t 1 2 h o u r s .
The P h r a s e L A (el-e-i-e-seo s e o - u l - k k a - j i ) m e a n s
f r o m L . A . t o S e o u l . A g a i n , n o t e t h e u s e o f t h e pattern.
(V The fu tu r e (prospective) tense o f verbs
T h e pattern [Verb] +
~( ) s is u s e d t i n d i c a t e t h a t o n e is
p r o b a b l y g o i n g to d o s o m e t h i n g . A n e x a m p l e is t h e s e c o n d h a l f o f
this e x c h a n g e :
Oil m :?
( j u - m a l - e m w o hal k k e o - y e - y o ? )
W h a t a r e y o u g o i n g to d o t h e o n w e e k e n d ?
.
( g e u k - j a n g - e gal k k e o - y e - y o . )
I wi l l p r o b a b l y g o to t h e m o v i e theater.
W hen the verb ends in a consonant, use . W hen it ends in

a vow el, use .
(4) Irregu lar Verbs ,
W ith irregular verbs, the sound o f the verb stem changes w hen
affixed to certain suffixes. T here are nine types.
[ I r r e g u la r V e r b s
Verbs w ith stem s that end i n a r e -irregular verbs. E xam ples

include [ (deut-da) / to listen, ' (geot-da) / to w a lk and
(rm it-da) / to ask:
W it h -irregular verbs, t h e becom es ^ w hen follow ed by a vow el,

as it does in the polite form:
(deut-da) - (dent) + (eo-yo) (deul-eo-yo)

(goet-da) (geot) + (eo-yo) (geol-eo-yo)
(m ut-da) (m ut) + (eo-yo) (m ul-eo-yo)
(deut-da) > (d eut) + (eu-se-yo) >

(deul- eu-se-yo)
(goet-da) > (geot) + (eu-se-yo) >
(geol- eu-se-yo)
(m ut-da) > (m ut) + (eu-se-yo) -
(m ul- eu-se-yo)
I r r e g u la r V e r b s
Verbs w ith stem s that end in ^ are ^ -irregular verbs. E xam ples
include : ]"' (ga-kkap-da) / to be clo se, ' (eo-reop-da) /
to be difficult, and [( (m u-geop-da) / to be heavy.
With -i r r e g u l a r v e r b s t h e becomes when followed by

a v o w e l . A g a i n , t h e e x a m p l e s d e m o n s t r a t e t h e c o n v e r s i o n to t h e
polite f o r m ; :
(ga-kkap-da) (g a - k k a p ) + (e - y )
(ga-kka-u) + (eo-yo) > ( g a ~ k k a - w -y )
(eo-reop-da) (eo-reop) + (eo-yo) ;
(eo-ryeo-u) + S (eo-yo) > (eo-ryeo-wo-yo) -
(mu-geop-da) (mu-jeop) + ( e o - y o ) -
(mu-geo-u) + ( e o - y o ) > ( m u - g e o - w o - y o )
N o t e t h a t in t h e pol i t e f o r m , t h e final o f the c o n v e r t e d v e r b s t e m

a n d the b e g i n n i n g o f the form-suffix f o r m the contraction
(wo).

Irregular Verbs
V e r b s w i t h s t e m s that e n d i n ) i n c l u d e ! (jit-da) / to b u i l d , S
( b u t - d a ) / t o p o u r ,
a n d (it-da) / to c o n n e c t . '
W h e n t h e suff i x b e g i n s w i t h a v o w e l , a s i n t h e p o l i t e f o r m , t h e is
dropped.
(jit-da) (jit) + ( e o - y o ) ( j i -eo-yo)

( b u t - d a ) ( but) + (e-y o ) ( b u - e o - y o )
(it-da) (it) + ( e - y ) ( i - e o - y o )
SIrregular Verbs
V e r b s w i t h s t e m s that e n d i n include ( s s e u - d a ) / to w r i t e ,
( k e u - d a ) / to b e b i g , a n d ( a - p e u - d a ) / t o b e sick. If
the fonn-suffix begi n s w i t h a v o w e l , the is d r o p p e d . A g a i n , t h e
c o n v e r s i o n s s h o w n a r e i n t h e pol i t e f o r m *
(sseu-da) _ (sseu) + (eo-yo) (sseo-yo)

(keu-da) _ (keu) + (eo-yo) (kke -yo)
(a-peu-da) (a-peu) + (a-yo)
(a-pa-yo)
(ye-ppeu-da) (ye-ppeu) + (eo-yo)
(ye-ppeo-yo)
N ote that w hen the final syllable o f the stem is as in -

the contraction syllable ill-(pa) is form ed w ith L ikew ise, the
contraction syllable (pped) is form ed w hen the nal syllable o f the
stem is (ppeu) is form ed w ith . W hen the second to the final
syllable vow el in a verb stem is or the sentence ending
0 |] s used, and is used w hen o ther vow els com e in the sam e
position-
B I r r e g u la r V e r b s
W rb s w ith stem s that end in include (dol-da) / to tu rn

Qh (neul-da) / to play, and [: (al-da) / to know . I f the suffix
begins w ith the consonants , o r the is dropped.
A n ex.ample o f this conversion In question form .
(dol-da) (dol) + (ni-kka) (do-ni-kka)
A n exam ple in the deferential statem ent form .
(neul-da) _ k (neul) + t=< (p-ni-da) (neup-ni-da)
A n exam ple in the polite honorific form'.
(al-da) (al) + (se-yo) (a-se-yo)

90 B EG IN N ER 'S K OREAN
I r r e g u la r V e r b s
Verbs that end in include (bu-reu-da) / to call,55 C|

(m o-reu-da) / to not know , and H (ppa-reu-da) / to be fast .

W ith these verbs, the that ends the stem becom es ^ e . T he fol
low ing exam ples show the conversion in the polite form :
(bu-reu-da) (bu-reu) + (eo-yo )

(bul
leo-yo)
(m o-reu-da) (m o-reu) + (a-yo) -
(m ol-la-yo)
(ppa-reu-da) (ppa-reu) + (eo-yo) >
(ppal-la-y )
H I r r e g u la r V e r b s
This class o f irregular verbs relates to verbs w ith stem s that end in
- These include [ (pu-reu-da) I to be blu e, [ I (i-reu-
da) / to be early, and (nu-reu-da) / to p ress. I f a verb stem
ends in and is follow ed by the vow el or len there is a ^
insertion before the or .
(pu-reu-da) (pu-reu) + (eo-seo)

(pu-reu-reo-seo)
(i-reu"da) - (i-reu) + (eo-seo)
Ti-reu-reo-seo)
t (nu-reu-da) > (nureu) + (eo-seo) >
(ni reu-reo-seo)
Of
I r r e g u la r V erb s
This class o f verbs relates to verbs w ith stem s that end in OK These
include (ha-da) / to d o , (jo a -h a -d a ) / to like, and
(sil-eo-ha-da) / to d islik e,
W ith these verbs, the [ p art o f the syllable block ( that ends the
verb stem becom es H w hen the form -suffix begins w ith or . The
follow ing exam ples show the conversion in the polite form .
(ha-da) (ha) + (a-yo) (hae-yo)

(jo-a-ha-da) ~ (jo-a-ha) + (a-yo)
S (jo-a-hae-yo) ,
(sil-eo-ha_da) _ (sil-eo-ha) + i (a-yo) _
(sil-eo-hae-yo)
-Ir r e g u la r V e r b s
Verbs in this class have steins th at end in . T hey include

(ppal-ga-ta) / to be red, (ha-ya-ta) / to be blu e, and
(kka-m a-ta) / to be b lack. .
W ith these verbs, the ending the stem is dropped if the suffix
begins w ith 1, or . (T hese letters are the nasal consonants.)
The follow ing exam ple shows the sentence in the adjective-final form ,
in w hich descriptive verbs becom e adjectives. H ere the equivalent o f
the verb to be red becom es the equivalent o f the adjective red.
(ppal-ga-ta) (ppal-ga) + *- (n) (ppal-gan)
T his exam ple show s the sentence in the conditional form .
(ha-ya-ta) (ha-ya) + (m yeon)

S l - O ^ (ha-ya-m yeon)
T his exam ple show s the sentence w ith the casual sentence ending
( ) .
(kka-m a-ta) _ (kka-m a) + l_ (ni-kka) >

(kka-m a-ni-kka)
(5) The C ausative F orm o f Verbs
W hen stating an action th at is a cause or a reason, the verb is p re

sented in the causative form . The suffixes 0 [ (a-seo) or H
(eo-seo) are added to the verb stem , e.g.
(ga-da) + (a-seo) (ga-seo)

to go B ecause I go, etc.
T he suffix is added if the verb stem ends in 0( (a) ( ) or OH

(ae). T he suffix ~ is used w ith all other verb stem s.
B oth causative and resulting actions are included in the sam e se n

tence. The cause is stated first, the result second. This sentence p at
tern is the equivalent o f B e c a u se ..., I/he/they d id ... It is often
heard in response to a question asking (w ae), the equivalent o f the
E nglish w hy. F or exam ple:
?
(eo-je w ae hoe-sa-e an gass-eo-yo?)
W hy you d id n t go to w ork yesterday?
.
(m eo-ri-ga a-pa-seo an gass-eo-to.)
I d id n t go (to w ork) because I had a headache*
T he clause (m eo-ri-ga a-pa-seo) / because I had a

headache com es first, follow ed by the clause (an-gass-
eo-to) / I d id n t go.
T here is a rule regarding the use o f the causative in casual conversa

tion. W hen the causative verb is 01 [ I (i-da) / to b e and follow s
a noun In the w ord order, [ I becom es (i-ra-seo) if the
accom panying noun ends in a consonant, for exam ple:
.
(o-neul-eun il-yo-il-i-ra-seo hoe-sa-e an ga-yo.)
Since today is Sunday, I am not going to w ork. -
I f the noun ends in a vow el, becom es (ra-seo) e.g,
. . ;
(jeong-ho-ssi-neun hyu-ga-ra-seo yeo-haeng gass-eo-yo.) :
Since its a vacation, Jeong-H o w ent traveling.
T he E nglish b ecau se and since are used interchangeably.
(6) The A dverb s
T he adverb (byeol-lo) is the equivalent o f the E nglish not par-

ticularly, not re a lly / and not so m uch T he verb in the sentence,
i f one appears, is usually negative. T he follow ing exchange h ig h
lights and its usage. -
?
(ju-m al-e hal il-i m an-a-yo?)
Do you have m any things to do on the w eekend?
.
(a-ni-o, byeol-lo eops-eo-yo.)
N o , not really.
(7) The P articles an d
T he particles (ro) and ~ (eu-ro) have m ultiple usages. The

particle ~ is u sed w ith nouns ending in a vow el or the conso
nant . T he particle is used w ith nouns ending in all other
consonants.
O ne m eaning for and is

by m eans of. Exam ples:
@ .
(han-gung-m al-lo i-ya-gi-hae bo-se-yo.)
P lease speak in K orean.
10 .
(han-guk-kka-ji bi-H aeng-gi-ro yeol-ssi-gan geol-lyeo-yo.)
It takes 10 hours to com e to K orea by airplane.
In these sentences, the K orean language and an airplane are the

fnethods by w hich the action is carried but.
A n o th e r. m eaning for the particles is to (a p lace) or tow ards

(a p lace), as in (seo-ul-lo) / to Seoul, or
(eun-haeng-eu-ro) / to the b ank. It is also used w hen giving direc
tions, e.g.
.
(sa-geo-ri-e-seo o-reun-jjog-eu-ro ga-se-yo.)
Please turn right {lit. go to the right) at the intersection.
T he particle -CHI (e) also indicates to or tow ards: H ow ever, it is

used w hen indicating a specific direction. T he particles and
are used w hen the destination is m ore general.
L esson 3: A sk in g D irections 95
!! F urther Study
P o s itio n a l W o r d s
ga-un-de m iddle
dwi back, behind
m it underneath
b ak / ba-kkat out, outside
sok in, inside
1* a-rae under, below , dow n
an in, inside
ap front
yeop side, nearby
wi top, above, up
(1) N am es o f the C olors
Color N oun A djective Predicate

red
ppal-gan-saek ppal-gan ppal-gae-yo
black
kka-m an-saek kka-m an kka-m ae-yo
white !
ha-yan-saek ha-yan ha-yae-yo
blue
pa-ran-saek p -ran pa
rae-yo
yellow
no-ran-saek no-ran no-ra-yo
green
cho-rok-saek cho-rok-saek cho-rok-saeg-i-e-yo
gray
hoe-saek hoe-saek hoe-saeg-i-e-yo
pink
bun-hong-saek bun-hong-saek bun-hong-saeg-i-e-yo
96 - BEGrNNER5S KOREAN
purple *
bo-ra-saek bo-ra-saek bo-ra-saeg-i-e-yo
orange :
ju-hwang-saek ju-hwang-saek ju-hwang-saeg-i-e-yo
pea
yeon-du-saek yeon-du-saek yeon-du-saeg-i-e-yo
Exam ple: :
the color red ppal-gan-saek
a red apple , ' ppal-gan sa-gw a
The apjple is red, [" . sa-gw a-ga ppal-gae-yo.
(2) The N antes o f S h apes
ta-w on-hyeong oval

w on-hyeong round
dong-geu-ra-m i round
jik>sa-ga-kyeong rectangle
jeo n g -sa-g a-kyeong square
jeong-sam -ga-kyeong triangle
(3) The D ays o f the Week
w ol-yo-il M onday {day o f the m oon)

hw a-yo-il Tuesday {day o f fire)
su-yo-il W ednesday (day o f w ater)
m og-yo-il T hursday {day o f the trees)
.--i .i geum -yo-il Friday (Jo y /*m etal)
-r .! to-vo-il Saturday (day o f soil)
U-yo-il Sunday (day o f the sun)
T he definitions in parentheses are the literal m eanings o f the K orean

nam es fo r the days. They are nam ed in h onor o f the sun, the m oon,
and the Five Elem ents according to C hinese philosophy. The seven-
day w eek is a W estern concept adopted b y K o rea and other E ast
A sian countries.
L e sso n 3: A sk in g D irections 97
ju -ju n g w eekdays
ju -m a l w eekend
ji-n a n -ju last w eek
i-beon-jju this w eek
da-eum -jju next w eek
ji-n an -d al last m onth
i-beon-ttal this m onth
da-eum -ttal n ex t m onth
m ae-il ever day

m ae-ju every w eek
! m ae-w ol every m onth
. m ae-nyeon every year
w ol-m al end o f a m onth
yeon-m al end o f a year
98 B E G IN N E R S KOREAN
C ultural N otes
(1) 0 (a-pa-teu)
The K orean ! , from the E nglish apartm ent refers to the

ubiquitous high-rise residential buildings in K orea. (The difference
betw een the and the U .S. apartm ent is that the K orean
w ord refers to the building, n ot a rental unit inside.) T he OFIII are
, usually b uilt in m u lti-b u ild in g . com plexes that are nam ed after the
construction com pany, as in (hyeon-dae a-pa-teu) and
(sam -ik a-pa-teu). N early a quarter o f the South K orean
population lives In Seoul and the m ajority live in .
G) (jip-deul-i)
W hen people m ove into a new house, they are expected by their rela
tives, friends, and neighbors to have a S S O I , a housew arm ing party.
This is especially true for new lyw eds, and the party gives the bride
an opportunity to dem onstrate her cooking skills. G uests often bring
m odest gifts o f soap or laundry detergent. T hese represent prosperity,
i.e. a sm all am ount p roduces a lim itless am ount o f soap bubbles.
(3) (sa ek-kka l)
T he w ord for color in K orean is (saek) or (saek ldcal).

T he w ords for the different colors are used as nouns, as predicates,
or as m odi ers. T he w ord (pa-ran-saek) m eans blu e but
K oreans have traditionally used it to describe things that are either
blue or green. A n alternative w ord for green is (cho-rok-
saek), w hich iteray m eans grass g reen .
! Exercises
1. P lease responsd to the follow ing:
( 1) '?
sil-le-ji-m an i geun-cheo-e ji-h a-ch eo l yeog^-i eo-di
it-seum -ni-kka?
(2) F?
yeo-gi-e-seo eun-haeng-kka-ji m eom -ni-kka?
(3) ?
yeo-gi-e-seo eun-haeng-kka-ji si-gan-i eol-m a-na
geol-lim -ni-kka? *
(4) ?
sae-ro i-sa-ha-sin jib -e u n eo-di-se-yo?
(5) ? ?
sae-ro i-sa-ha-sin jib -i eo-tteo-se-yo? m a-eum -e deu-se-yo?

1
/ IV / IV / IV / IV / IV
_ .
2
.
3
-
4
.
5
3. P lease translate the follow ing into K orean:
(1) T here is a com puter on the desk.

(2) M y bag is under the coffee table.
(3) T he telephone is beside m y bed.
(4) T he w indow s are b eh in d a sofa.
(5) T here is a door in front o f the living room .
4. P lease w rite a parag rap h describing your room .

419
L esso n 4: A s k in g th e D a te,
D a y a n d Tim e
Patterns
?
o-neul-i m yeo-chil-i-e-yo?
W hat is the date today?
7 15 .
chil-w ol sib-o-iM -e-yo.
Its July 15th.
8 7 ?
pal-w ol chil-il-i m u-seun yo-il-i-e-yo?
W hat day is A ugust 7th?
.
geum -yo-il-i-e-yo.
I ts Friday.
?
ji-g e u m m yeot-si-ye-yo?
W hat tim e is it now ?
5 45 .
da-seot-si sa-sib-o-bun-i-e-yo.
It's 5:45.
: Q IM S ?
o-ppa-ga m yeon-nyeon-saeng~i-e-yo?
W hat year w as (your) brother born in?
79 .
chil-sip-gu-nyeon-saeng-i-yo.
(H e w as) born in 1979.
L esso n 4: A sk in g the.D ate, D a y a n d Time 103
?
do-yeong-ssi eon-ni-neun-yo?
H ow about y o u r sister, D o-Y eong?
7 9 .
u-ri eon-ni-do chil-sip-gu-nyeon-saeng-i-e-yo.
M y sister w as b o m in 1979 as w ell.
, . .
keun-il nan-ne-yo. .
I m in a big trouble.
,
eo-je-ga eon-ni saeng-il-i-eon-neun-de kkam -ppak ij-eo-beo-ryeoss
eo-yo.
Y esterday w as m y siste rs b irthday and I com pletely forgot.
.
u-ri o-ppa saeng-il-ha-go ttok-gan~ne-yo.
I ts the sam e as m y b ro th e rs birthday.
7 14 .
u-ri o-ppa saeng-il-do chil-w ol sip-sa-il-in-de-yo.
M y b ro th e rs birthday is July 14th, too.
.
jeo n g -m al in-yeon-i-ne-yo.
W hat a coincidence, {lit. T here really are acts o f Providence.)
? ?
w ae-yo? m u-seun nal-i-e-yo?
W hy? Is it a special day?
.
dae-hak dong-chang-hoe-j a in-neun nal-i-e-yo.
Its the day (m y) college alum ni reunion is on.
? .
geu-rae-yo? jo-ke-sseo-yo.
R eally? G ood for you.
k .
sae-ro deul-eo-on jig -w o n hw an-yeong-hoe-ha-ro si-gar i
gyeop-chi-ne yo.
It falls on the sam e tim e as the new em ployee w elcom ing party.
? '
geu-reom eo-tteo-ke hae-yo?
T hen w h at should you do?
.
hal ssu.eop-ji-yo.
T here is nothing I can do.
.
hoe-sa il-i m eon-jeo-ni-kka-yo. *
B usiness is the first thing (to be done).
.
hcol-ssco ioc-goun-si-gan-i geo-ui da dw aen-ne-yo.
its already alm ost tim e to leave the office.
.
geu-reol-jjul al-ass-eo-yo.
I knew it.
L esso n 4: A s k in g the D ate, D a y a n d Time 105
-
je si-gye-ga go-jang-nan-na-bw a-yo.
It seem s m y w atch is broken.
4 10 .
a-jik-do ne-si sip-bun-bakk-e an dw aess-eo-yo.
Its still only 4:10.
?
hok-si bae-teo-ri-ga da doen-geo a-ni-e-yo?
D o you th in k it m ig h t be b ecau se the battery is w orn out?
.
geu-reon-ga-bw a-yo.
It m ight be.
-
jib -e gal-ttae si-gye-ppang-e han -b eo n deul-leo bw a-ya-gess-eo-yo.
I should stop b y a w atch rep a ir shop w hen I go hom e.
106. B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
( i)
: ? .
heyon-ju-ssi? o-neul-i m yeo-chil-i-e-yo?
: 7 15 .
chil-w ol sib-o-il-i-e-yo.
: . || i
. : "
y
a keun-il-nan-ne-yo. eo-je-ja eon-ni saeng-il-i-eon-
:
. neun-de kkam ~ppak ij-eo-beo-ryeoss-eo-yo
: S ? -
7 14 .
eo-m eo, geu-reo-se-yo? geu-reom u-ri o-ppa saeng-il-ha-
go ttok-gan-ne-yo. u-ri o-ppa saeng-il-do chil-w ol sip-sa-
il-in-de-yo.
? ?
_ geu-reo-se-yo? o-ppa-ga m yeon-nyeon-saeng-i-se-vo^
: 79 . ?
chil-sip-gu-nyeon-saeng-i-yo. do-yeong-ssi
eon-ni-neun-yo ?
: 7 9 , .
u-ri eon-ni-do chil-sip-gu-nyeon-saeng-i-e-yo. jeo n g -m al
in-yeon-i-ne-yo.
( 2 )_
: 8 7 | ?
clo-ycoiig-ssi, pal-w ol chil-il-i m u-seun yo-il-i-e-vo?
S : ^ ? ?
_ geum -yo-il-i-yo. w ae-yo? m u-seun nal-i-e-yo?
: '
dae-hak dong-chang-hoe-ga in-neun nal-i-e-vo
: ? .
geu-rae-yo? jo-kess-eo-yo.
L esso n 4: A sk in g the D ate, D a y a n d Time 107
: .
.
ne. geu-reon-de geu-nal sae-ro deul-eo-on jig -w o n
hw an-yeong-hoe-ha-go si-gan-i gyeop-chi-ne-yo.
: ? ?
eo -m e a 5 geu-rae-yo? geu-reom eo-tteo-ke hae-yo?
: . .
hal-ssu eop-ji-yo. il-i m eo n-jeo-ni-kka-yo.
(3) ; r
: ?
: hyeon-ju-ssi, ji-g e u m m yeot-si-ye-yo?
: 5 4 5 . .
da-seot-si sa-sib-o-bun-i-yo. beol-sseo toe-geun-si-gan-i
' geo-ui da dw aen-ne-yo.
: . .
4 10 .
geu-reol jju l al-ass-eo-yo. je si
gye-ga go-jang-nan-na-
bw a-yo. a-jik-do ne-si sip-bun-bakk-e an-dw aess-eo-yo.
: ?
hok-si bae-teo-ri-ga da doen-geo a-ni-e-yo?
: .
. .
geu-reon-ga-bw a-yo. jib -e gal-ttae si-gye-ppang-e
han-beon deul-leo bw a-ya-gess-eo-yo.
ES E nglish Translation
(1)
Lee: - H yun-Ju, w hat is the date today?
Jung: Its July 15th.
Lee: O h, I m in big trouble. Y esterday w as m y siste rs birthday
and I com pletely forgot.
Jung: W ow, is that right? T hen your siste rs birthday is the sam e
as m y b ro th e rs. M y b ro th e r's birthday is also-July 14th.
Lee: R eally? W hat year w as he b o m in?
Jung: H e w as b o m in 1979. H ow about your sister, D o-Y eong?
Lee: M y sister w as b o ra in 1979 as w ell. W h at a coincidence.
( 2) '
Jung; D o-Y eong, w hat day is A ugust 7th?
Lee: I ts Friday. W hy? Is it a special day?
Jung; I ts the day m y college alum ni reunion is on.
Lee: R eally? G ood for you.
Jung: Yes, b u t it conflicts w ith the reception for new em ployees.
Lee: U h uh . . . really? T hen w hat should you do?
Jung: N othing I can do. M y w ork is m y first priority.
(3)
Lee: H yeon-Ju w hat tim e is it now ?
Jung: It's 5:45. I ts already alm ost tim e to go hom e.
Lee; I knew i t It seem s m y w atch is broken. I ts still only 4:10
on m y w atch.
Jung: D o you think it m ight be because the battery is w orn out?
Lee: I think so. I should stop by a w atch repair shop w hen
I go hom e.
L e sso n 4: A s k in g th e D a te D a y a n d Time 109
<H V ocabulary
Noufts & Pronouns

geum -yo-il Friday
nal day, date
dae-hak college
do-yeong-ssi D o-Y eong
, dong-chang-hoe alum ni assem bly
y* m u-seun nal special day r
\i\\ E-l bae-teo-ri battery
saeng-il - birthday
si-gan tim e, hour
si-ge w atch, clock
si-ge ppang. w atch repair store
eon-je yesterday
eon-ni w o m a n s older sister
o-neul today
, o-ppa w o m an s older brother
i-do-yeong D o-Y eong Lee
in-yeon act o f P rovidence
il w ork
jeo n g -h y eo n -ju H yeon-Ju Jeong
I ji-g e u m now
jig -w o n em ployee
jip house
toe-geun-si~gan tim e to leave the office
hyeon-ju-ssi H yeon-Ju
hw an-yeong-hoe w elcom ing party
h oe-sa com pany
79 chil-sip-gu-nyeon-saeng a perso n b o m in 1979
4 10 ne_si sip-bun 4:10
5 4 5 da-seot-si sa-sib-o-bun 5:45
7 14 chil-w ol sip-sa-il Ju ly 14th
7 15 chil-w ol sib-o-il July 15th

8 7 pal-w ol chil-il A ugust 7th
Verbs
I gyeop-chi-da to overlap
go-jang-na-da to be broken
CF I Q* da doe-da to be w orn out, to be all done
deul-leo-bo-da to stop by
(feul-eo-o-da to enter
ttok-gat-da to be the sam e
it-da to exist, to have
ij-eo-beo-ri-da to forget
jo -ta to be good
keun-il-na-da to be in trouble
[t* hal sue op-da cannot help, there is no other choice
Adverbs, Prepositions, and Conjunctions

geo-ui alm ost
geu-reon-de but
kkam -ppak com pletely
da all
m eon-jeo ahead, first
M m yeo-cil w hat date?
m yeon-nyeon-saeng w hat year w as one born?
m yeot-si w hat tim e?
m u-seun yo-i] w hat day?
beol-sseo already
sae-ro new ly
a-jik~do yet, still
eo-tteo ke how
w ae w hy
u-ri our
L esso n 4: A sk in g the D ate, Day. a n d Time 111
jeo n g -m al re a lly -
je my
han-beon once
hok-si by any chance
G ram m ar
(1) N u m bers a n d C ounters
A, N um bers
T here are tw o sets o f num bers u sed in K orean: the native K orean
num bers and Sino-K orean num bers. Som e counters take native
K orean num bers, and others take Sino-K orean num bers. Som e
native K orean num bers have tw o form s, depending on w hether"they
are follow ed by a counter or used in isolation. Since native K orean
num bers count from 1 to 99, all factors o f 100 use the Sino-K orean
num ber system . - .
N ative Korean
Sino-Korean N ative Korean (with counter)
1 il ha-na han
2 i dul du
3 sam set se
4 sa net ne
5 o da-seot da-seot
6 yuk yeo-seot yeo-seot
7 . chil il-gop S il-gop
8 pal yeo-deol yeo-deol
9 gu O iS a-hop a-hop
10 sip yeol yeol
I i sib-il yeo-ha-na yeo-han
12 rsib -I yeol-dul yeol-du
13 sip-sam yeol-set yeol-se
14 sip-sa yeol-net yeol-ne
15 sib-o yeol-da-seot yeol-da-seot
16 sim -nyuk yeol-yeo-seot yeol-yeo-seot
L esso n 4: A sk in g the D ate, D a y a n d Time i 13
17 sip-chil yeol-il-gop yeol-il-gop
18 sip-pal yeol-yeo-deol yeol-yeo-deol
19 sip-gu yeol-a-hop yeol

a-hop
20 ! i-sip seu-m ul seu-mu %
21 i-sib-il seu-m ul-ha-na seu-mul-han
22 i-sib4 seu-m ul-dul seu-mul-du
23 i-sip-sam seu-m ul
set - seu-mul-se
24 i-sip-sa seu-m ul-net seu-mul-ne
25 _i-sib-o seu-m ul-da-seot seu-m ul-daêot
26 i_siiii-nyuk: seu-m ul-yeo-seot seu-m ul-yeo-seot
27 i_sip-chil seu-m ul-il-gop seu-m ul-il-gop
28 i_sip-pal seu-m ul-yeo-deol seu-mul-yeo-deol
29 i-sip-gu seu-m ul-a-hop seu-mul-a-hop
30 sam-sip seo-reun seo-reun
40 sa-sip m a-heun ma-heun
50 o-sip swin swin
60 yuk-sip ye-sun ye-sun
70 chil-sip S il-heun il
80 pal-sip yeo-deun yeo-deun
90 gu-sip 01 a-heun a-heun

114 BEGINNERS KOREAN
100 - baek
200 i-baek
300 sam -baek
400 sa-baek
500 o-badc
600. yuk-baek
700 M chil-baek
800 . pal-baek
900 gu-baek
1,000 cheon -
2,000 ii-cheon
3,000 ! sam -cheon
4,000 sa-cheon
5,000 ! o-cheon
6,000 ! yuk-cheon
7,000 ! chil-cheon
8,000 pal-cheon
9.000 ! gu-cheon
10.000 m an
20,000 i-m an
30,000 M Si" sam -tnan
40,000 Aj- iJi i-maiv
50.000 l:!?!.! o-man
60,000 yung-m an
70,000 chil-m an
80,000 pal-m an
90,000 gu-m an
100,000 sim -m an
1,000,000 baeng-m an
10,000,000 ! cheon-m an
100,000,000 eok
1,0 0 0 ,000,000 s )-eok
10,000,000,000 baeg-eok
100,000,000,000 ch eo n
eok
1,000,000,000,000 jo
B. N oun C ounters
C ounters m ust be used w hen indicating a specific num ber o f people,

item s, or other nouns, e.g. four m en, tw o p e n s or three m onths.
D ifferent counters are used for different entities or objects.
W hether native K orean or S ino-K orean num bers are used depends on
the counter. Som e counters use both, particularly w hen the num ber
is 20 or greater. H ow ever, the native K orean num bers are generally
used w hen the num ber indicates an am ount. Sino-K orean num bers
are used w hen the num ber is p art o f a num bered order, such as the
chapters in a book, the stories in a b u ild in g o r the m onths in a year.
N ative-K orean num bers ten d to be used w ith counters that have
nam es rooted in the K orean language. S ino-K orean num bers tend to
be used w ith counters that have nam es derived from other languages,
such as Chinese. In other w ords, native-K orean num bers go w ith
native-K orean counters, w hile Sino-K orean num bers are used w ith
S ino-K orean counters.
116 B EG IN N ER S K O R EA N
T he general w ord order w hen using counters is the noun first, the
num ber second, the counter last. F or exam ple:
Jj-I (keo-pi) + (han) + (jan) > I (keo-pi han ja n )

coffee one {counter f o r Clip) one cup o f coffee
(chaek) + (se) + (gw on) _> (chaek se gw on)

book three (counter for book) three boroks
Counters w ith N ative K orean N um bers

gae items se-gae: 3 items
' gw a num ber o f lessons seTgwa: 3 lessons
gw a-m ok courses ! se-gwa^-mok: 3 courses
gwon volum es se-gwon: 3 books
dal months se-dal: 3 months
t! ma-ri animals se-ma-ri: 3 animals
m yeong / persons se-myeong, se-sa-ram: 3 people
sa-ram
beon times se-beon: 3 times
S byeong bottles se-byeong: 3 bottles
bun persons (honorific) AHi se-bun: 3 people (honorific)
si oclock se-si: 3 oclock
si-gan hours se-si-gan: 3 hours
' sang-ja boxes !' se-sang-ja: 3 boxes
ja n cups, glasses se-jan; 3 cups
jang sheets se-jang: 3 sheets
II. Counters with Sino-Korean Numbers

!'gw a num bered lessons S chil-gwa: lesson 7
nyeon years chil-lyeon: 7 years
dal-Ieo / bul dollars M chil-dal-la: 7 dollars
m a-il miles chil-ma-il: 7 miles
beon num ber chil-beon: num ber 7
bun minutes M chil-bun: 7 minutes
L esso n 4: A sk in g the D a te D a y a n d Time 117
sen-teu cents chil-sen-teu: 7 cents

w on K orean w on chil-won: 7 w on
wo I months o f the year chil-wol: July
il days o f the month chil-il: 7lh
phone numbers : 724-5839
jeon hw -beon-ho chil-i-sa-e o-pal-sam -gu
cheung layers, stories, floors chil-cheung: 7Ih floor
! pa-un-deu pounds chil-pa-un-deu: 7 pounds
hang-nyeon school year, grade chil-hang-nyeon: 7th grade
(2) The N ou n -m odifyin g F orm (R elative C lauses)
A n exam ple o f a relative clause in an E nglish phrase is the w ho

is going in a perso n w ho is going. In K orean, such a phrase is
tran slated by p utting the particles (neun), (eun), or ^ (n)
after the relative clause. T here is no relative pronoun in K orean as
exist in E nglish. T he K orean translation o f the E nglish phrase a
perso n w ho is going is : A (ga-neun sa-ram ).
K orean relative clauses have the follow ing characteristics:
a. T he relative clause com es first, the clause particle second, and the
m odified noun last. T his is true regardless o f the tense. T he phrase
. " begins w ith / to go, follow ed b y the particle /
(the functional equivalent o f is ... ing ), and ending w ith ^ /
a p erson.
b. A relative clause in the p resent tense uses the particles
a n d 1. T he particle follow s a relative clause using an active
verb (e.g. " [m eok-da] / to eat). T he particles and
follow a relative clause that uses a descriptive verb, such as [
(jak-da) / to be sm all. T he particle ~ is used if the clause ends
in a consonant. T he particle is used i f it ends in a vow el, such
as Cf- (ye-ppeu-da) / to be pretty.
c. A lthough the verbs (it-da) / to b e and (eop-da) / to

not b e are classified as descriptive verbs, they follow the rules
governing active verbs in relative clauses.
d. R elative clauses in the p ast tense are follow ed by the particles
and - - . F or exam ple, (m a-sin m ul) I Le w ater that
w as drank and (m eog-eun eum -sik) / le food that
w as eaten.
e. R elative clauses in the prospective or future tense are follow ed
by the particles e (1) and ~ (eul). F.or exam ple,
(m a-sil m ul) / w ater that w ill be drank, and
(m eog-eul eum -sik) I food that w ill be eaten. T he particle ^
follow s clauses ending w ith a vow el, w hile follow s clauses
ending in a consonant.
T he chart below show s the various kinds o f verbs w ith the appropriate
particles in the relative clause form s.
A ctive D escriptive 9 k Q it-d a /

Verb V erb g lQ eo p -d a OlCf i-da
/ / / "
m eok-da / jak-da / m as-it-da / jig-w on-i-da
ja-da ye-ppeu-da m at-eop-da
Past /
Com pleted meog-eun jak-deon m as-it-deon jig-w on-i-deon

ja n ye-ppeu-deon m at-eop-deon
Present /
jag-eun m as-in-neun jig-w on-in
J it:
ja-neun ye-ppeun m ad-eom -neun
Prospective /
U nrealized meog-eul jag-eul m as-iss-eul jig-w on-il

jal ye-ppeul m ad-eops-eul
L esson 4 .-A skin g the D ate, D a y a n d Time 119
(3) Q uestion Words a n d IndefiniteP ron ouns
Q u e s tio n W o r d s
W hen asking a question, alw ays stress the question w ord in the
sentence. T he K orean question w ords are listed below w ith sam ple
sentences.
:n : w ho (subject) , ?
nu-ga nu-ga gan-ho-w on-i-se-yo
W h o s the nurse?
w ho ' ?
nu-gu nu-gu-reul chaj-eu-se-yo
W ho are you looking for? .
w hat kind of; w hat ?

m u-seun m u-seun il-eul ha-se-yo
W hat kind o f Work do you do? /
W h at do you do for a living?
w hat ?
m u-eot m u-eos-eul jo -a-h a-se-y o
W hat do you like?
w hat {colloquial) ?
mwo m w o-ga je -il eo-ryeo u-se-yo

W hat is m o st difficult for you?
w hich ?
eo-neu eo-neu na-ra sa-ram -i-se-yo
W hich country are you from ?
w here ?
eo-di eo-di sa-se-yo
W h ere do you live?
how ?
eo-tteo- bu-san-e eo-tteo-ke ga-yo
ke H ow can I get to Pusan?
w hat kind o f ?
eo-tteon *eo-tteon sa-ram -eul jo -a-h a-se-y o
W h at k in d o f people do you like?
w hen ?
eon-je eon-je han-gug-e ga-se-yo '
W hen are you leaving for K orea?
01 how long/m any/m uch ?

eol-m a- han-gug-e eol-m a-na gye-sil
na geo-ye-yo
H ow long are you staying in
K orea?
w hy ?
w ae w ae h an-gug-e ga-se-yo
W hy are you g o in g to K orea?
I n d e fin ite P r o n o u n s
Q uestion w ords, w ith the exception o f 2H (w ae) / w hy, can also be

used as indefinite pronouns. Indefinite pronouns are not stressed in
spoken K orean. T he indefinite pronouns, their E nglish equivalents,
and sam ple sentences are listed below.
som eone/anyone . ;
nu-ga nu-ga w ass-eo-yo ,
Som eone is com ing.
T here is som eone.
som eone/anyone .
nu-gu nu-gu-reul de-ri-go ol geo-ye-yo
I am bringing som eone.
som e kind o f .
m u-seun m u-seun naem -sae-ga na-yo
I sm ell som ething.
som ething/anything .
mwo m w o jo m sass-eo-yo
I bought som ething.
som ething/anything (o riginal fo r m /' )

m u-eot
som e [noun]
.
eo-neu eo-neu-nal gap-ja-gi gw i-ga ja l an
deul-lyeoss-eo-yo
O ne day I c a n t hear all o f sudden.
som ew here/anyw here .

eo-di eo-di jo m ga-go sip-eo-yo
I w ant to go som ew here.
som ehow .
eo-tteo- eo-tteo-ke jp m hae bo-se-yo
ke ; P lease do som ething.
som e .
eo-tteon eo-tteon sa-ram -i jib -e w ass-eo-yo
Som ebody cam e to our house.
som etim e/anytixne ?

eonrje eon-je han-beon m an-nal-kka-yo
-Should w e m eet som e tim e?
(4) N oun + i| (ttae) vs. Verb + ((eu)l-ttae)
W hen a noun is follow ed by the particle (ttae), it m eans during

[the noun]. F o r exam ple:
(si-heom ) + IH (ttae) S (si-heotn-ttae)

test during during the test
H ow ever, if the noun is a tim e expression, the particle (e) is

used. For exam ple:
(ju-xnal) ~ (e) (ju-m al-e)

w eekend during during the w eekend
I f a verb stem is follow ed by e (1-ttae) or (eul-ttae), it

m eans during [the action o f the verb] or w hen [the action o f the
v erb]. T he ending ^ is used w ith stem s th at end in a vow el, and
is used w ith stem s that end in a consonant.
L esso n 4: A s k in g the D ate, D a y a n d Time . 123
A sentence clause u sin g the verb + r is alw ays

follow ed by ano ther sentence clause. T he second clause describes
w hat happened during the first clause. F o r exam ple:
.
(han-gug-e gal-ttae b i-haeng-gi-reul ta-go gass-eo-yo)
W hen I w ent to K orea, I w en t by airplane.
T hese tw o a c tio n s , occurred sim ultaneously. H ow ever, w hen the

second action occurs in the m id st o f the first action (or after it), the
verb stem changes to the stem in the p ast tense form . F or exam ple:
. - '
(han-gug-e gass-eul ae h al-m eo-ni-reul cheo-eum m an-nass-eo-yo)
W h en I w en t to K orea, I m et m y grandm other for the first tim e.
N ote that the verb stem for the K orean equivalent o f to g o ,

becom es the o f the K orean equivalent o f w ent, in the
first clause.
(5) The P articles
T he particle ' (ha-go) is the eq u ivalent o f the E nglish and. It is

the conjunction betw een tw o nouns. It is generally used in everyday
speech and inform al w riting. U sin g the K orean equivalent
o f Jeong-H o and M ich ael is (jeong-ho-ha-go
m a-i-keul).
The p articles (rang) and (i-ra ig ) are also used to say and
in inform al situations. T he particle is used after nouns that end
in a vow el, w hile ~ is u sed after nouns that end in a consonant.
U sing , the K orean eq u ivalent o f Jeong-H o and M ichael is
(jeong-ho-rang m a-i-keul).
In form al situations, the p articles ~ (w a) and ~ (gw a) are used.

O ne uses 9 i w hen the noun ends in a vow el, and ' w hen the noun
ends in a consonant. U sing : the K orean equivalent o f Jeong-H o
and M ichael is (jeong-ho-w a m a-i-keul).
(6) The P articles ~ u , u , a n d
The particles (na) ancf ~0I (i-na) indicate surprise. T hey are
used w hen a quantity is significantly greater than o n e s expectations.
The p a rtic le is used w hen the preceding expression ends in a
vow el. O ne uses ' w hen the expression ends in a consonant.
T he particle (bakk-e) is used w hen indicating th at a quantity

is sm aller in com parison to another. O ne m ay also h e a r it w hen a
quantity is less than expected. T he second h a lf o f the follow ing
exchange dem onstrates its use:
.
(jeo-neun hyeong-je-ga da-seot-m yeong-i-na iss-eo-yo)
I have five siblings.
.
(jeo-neun du-m yeong-bakk-e eops-eo-yo)
I have only tw o.
N ote that th e noun construction (tw o siblings in this context)

com es first. T he particle com es second, and the negative form
o f the verb follow s. (The w o rd literally m eans d o n t have.)
A ll sentences featuring ! follow this pattern.
!! F urther Study
(1) H o w to tell tim e
T im e
han-si 1 o clock
du-si 2 o clock
se-si 3 o clock
ne-si " 4 o clock
da-seot-si 5 o clo ck
yeo-seot-si 6 o clo ck
il-gop-si 7 o clock
yeo-deol-ssi 8 o clock
a-hop-si 9 o clock
yeol-ssi 10 o clock
yeol-han-si 11 o clock
y e o H tu -si 12 o clock
M in u t e s
o-bun 5 m inutes
sip-bun 10 m inutes
sib-o-bim 15 m inutes
i-sip-bun 20 m inutes
i-sib-o-bun 25 m inutes
sam -sip-bun 30 m inutes
ban 30 m inutes
sam -sib-o-bun 35 m inutes
sa-sip-bun 40 m inutes
sa-sU> -bun 45 m inutes
sip-bun 50 m inutes
o-sib-o-bun 55 m inutes
O th e r T im e E x p r e s s io n s
o-jeon A .M .
o-hu * P.M.
*1 sae-byeok daw n
a-chim m orning
jeo m -sim afternoon
jeo -n y e o k evening
bam night .
(2) The D ays o f the M onth
l sr il-il .
2nd i-il
3rd sam -il
4th sa-il
5th -il
6th yug-il
7th chil-U
8th pal-il
9th gu-il
10th sib-il
11st sib-il-il
12nd sib~i~il
13rd sip-sam -il
14th sip-sa-il
15th sib-o-il
16th sirn-nyxig-il
17th S sip-chil-il
18th sip-pal-il
19th sip-gu-il
20th i-siW l
21sl i-sib-il-il
22nd i-sib-i-il
23rd i sip-sam -il

24th i-sip-sa-il
25th i-sib-o-il
26th i-sim -nyug-il
27th i-sip-chil-il
28th i-sip-pal-il
29th i-sip-gu-il
30th sam -sib-il
31st sam -sib-il-il
(3) The D ays o f th e Week
Zl
geu-je / geu-jeo-kke the day before yesterday
. eo-je yesterday
o-neul ' today
nae-il tom orrow
m o-re the day after tom orrow
a C ultural N ote
B ir th d a y c e le b r a tio n s
B irthday celebrations are v ery im portant in K orean culture; they are

seen as celebrations o f a p e rso n s life. T he first birthday is the day
one is bom . (K oreans, unlike W esterners, consider an infant a one-
year-old at birth.)
A n im portant birthday celebration is h eld on the day o f (baek-

il) the 100th day after the baby is bom . T here is a sm all fam ily
celebration w ith w ine, fruit, rice cakes, and other delicacies. -Rice
cakes are traditionally given to one hundred neighbors, reflecting the
b e lie f that this w ill grant the child a long, healthy life. T he rice cakes
are p resented in a bow l, w hich is returned to the fam ily containing,
y am , rice, or m oney. T he y a m signifies a w ish that the child m ay
enjoy a long life. T he rice and m oney signify a w ish for the prosperity
o f the child.
The m ost im portant birthdays are the first and the sixtieth. Fam ily
and friends are im dted over, and the occasion is m arked w ith the
setting o f a large table w here food, w ine, and gifts are set. A nother
large celebration com m em orates a p e rs o n s seventieth birthday.
L esso n 4: A s k in g the D ate, D a y a n d Time 129
[ E xercises
1. P lease respond to the follow ing.
( 1) ? o-neul-i m yeo-chil-i-e-yo?
(2 ) ? nae-il-i m u-seun yo-il-i-e-yo?
(3) ? ji-^ e u m m yeot-si-ye-yo?
(4) ? sil-le-ji-m an m yeon-nyeon-saeng-
i-se-yo?
( 5) ? saeng-il-i m yeot-w ol m yeo-chil-i-
se-yo?
2. P lease translate the follow ing into E nglish. *
( 1) : .
eo-je-ga eon-ni saeng-il-i~eon-neun-de kkan-ppak ij-eo-beo-
ryeoss-eo-yo.
(2) -
sae-ro deul-eo-on jig -w o n hw an-yeong-hoe-ha-go si-gan-i
gyeop-chi-ne-yo.
(3) .
nae-il-eun dae-hak dong-ohang-lioe-ga in-nun nal-i-e-yo.
(4) . _ .
beol-sseo toe-geun-si-gan-i geo-i da dw aen-ne-yo.
(5) .
jib -e gal-ttae si-gye-ppang-e han -b eo n deul-leo bw a-ya-gess-
eo-yo.
(6) ?
hok-si bae-teo ri-ga da doen geo a-ni-e-yo?

3. P lease w rite the follow ing in K orean:
(1) July 16th, 1997

(2) 12:30 P.M.
(3) June 30th, 1965

(4) 3:45 P.M.
(5) A ugust 7th, 2004
(6) 7:15 A .M .
(7) O ctober 29th, 2000
(8) 9:20 A .M .
(9) D ecem ber 25th, 2006
(10) 10:40 A.M .
4. Please w rite a paragraph describing y our daily veekly

schedule.
msm
L esso n 5 : M a k in g a T elephone C all

S Patterns

tta-reu-reung, tta-reu-reung
ring-ring
? ?
yeo-bo-se-yo? geo-gi jeong-heorl-ju-ssi daeg-i-ji-y ?
H ello. Is this M iss. H yeon-Ju Ju n g s residence?
I . '
n e geu-reon-de-yo.
Yes, it is. - .
. ?
joe-so n g -h a-ji-m an hok-si hyeon-ju-ssi ji-g e u m gye-si-m yeon jo m
ba-kkw o ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
E xcuse m e b u t m ay I talk to H yeon-Ju if she is hom e now ?
. ?
jeo n -d e-y o . sil-lye-j i-m an nu-gu-se-yo?
T his is she. E xcuse me, but w ho is this?
;
h y eon-ju-ssi3je o i-do-yeong-i-c-yo.
H yeon-Ju, T his is D o-Y eong Lee.
.
je o -n e u n jeong-hyeonju-ra-go ha-neun-dc-yo.
I am H yeon-Ju Jeong.
L esso n 5: M a k in g a Telephone C all 133
.
a-chim il-jjik je o n -h w a deu -reo seo joe-so n g -h ae-y o .
I am sorry for calling y o u so early in the m orning.
.
b an-neut-ge jeo n -h w a deu-reo-seo joe-so n g -h ae-y o .
I am sorry fo r calling you so late at night.
. ?
gw aen-chan-a-yo. geu-reon-de w en-il-i-se-yo?
Its O K . B y the way, w hat is g oing on?
?
hok-si gim -h y eo n -ju n gw a-jan g -n im h aen-deu-pon jeon-hw a-beon-
ho a-se-yo?
D o you happen to know the departm ent m anager H yeon-Jun K im s
cellular phone num ber?
.
geu-pi yeo l-lak deu-ril il-i in-neun-de jeo n -h w a-b eo n -h o -reu l m ol-
la-seo-yo.
I have an u rgent m atter to co ntact him about, but I d o n t have his
ph o n e num ber.
.
jam -k k an -m a n gi-da-ri-se-yo.
P lease w ait for a m om ent.
. 0 1 1 -3 9 9 -3 9 7 4 ,
yeo-gi iss-eo-yo. gong-il-il sam -gu-gu-e sam -gu-chil-sa-ye-yo.
H ere it is. I ts 011-399-3974.
4 ?
nae-il ne-si-e jig-w on-hoe-ui in-neun-geo da-deul al-go it-ji-yo?
E veryone know s there is a sta ff m eeting tom orrow at 4:00, right?
.
eo-je da yeol-la-kaen-neun-de gang-jae-eun-ssi-m an a-jik yeol-lag-i
an- dw aess-eo-yo.
I contacted everyone yesterday, but M s. Jae-E un K ang has not been :
contacted yet.
.
sin-ho-neun ga-nenn-de jeon*hw a-reul an bad-a-yo.
T he telephone is ringing but no one answ ers.
?
geu-reom ji-g e u m da-si han-beon deo geol-eo bo-sil-lae-yo?
T hen w ould you please call her once again now ?
I .
n e geu-reo-ji-yo.
O K , I w ill do so.
.
ja-dong-eung-dap~gi-ga ban-neun-de-yo.
The answ ering m achine is picking up.
? :
e -n y jn g nic-si-ji-roul nam -gil-kka-yo?
Should I jusi Icaw a message?
,
geu-reo-se-yo.
P lease do.
.
jeo n -h w a m e-si-ji bad-eu-m yeon sa-m u-sil-lo ba-ro jeon-hw a-ha-ra-
go hae ju-se-y o .
P lease say to call b ack to the office as soon as she gets the m essage.
.
al-get-seum -ni-da.
I understand.
. .
-ppa ji-g e u m jib -e eom -neun-de-yo.
M y b rother is not hom e now.
?
deul-eo-o-m yeon mwo~ra-go jeo n -h a e deu-ril-kka-yo?
W hat shall I tell him w hen he com es hom e?
. -
a-ni-o, gwaen-chan-a-yo. jeo-ga na-jung-e da-si jeon-hw a-hal-kke-yo.
N o, its OK. I w ill ju st call him again later.
?
hok-si jeo n g -h o -ssi m yeot-si-jjeum jib -e deul-eo-o-neun-ji a-se-yo?
D o y o u know , by any chance, w hen he w ill be back hom e?
.
ja l m o-reu-gen-neun-de-yo.
I d o n t w ell know. / I am not sure.
6 .
bo-tong jeo -n y e o k yeo-seot-si-jjeum o-neun-de-yo.
H e usually com es hom e around 6:00 P.M.
136 . B EG IN N ER S KOREAN .
.
o-neul-eun jo m neuj-eul kkeo-ra-go haess-eo-yo.
H e said he w ould be a little late today.
8 ?
geu-reom je -g a yeo-deol-ssi-jjeum da-si jeon-hw a-hae-do,
doel-kka-yo? '
T hen is it O K if I call b ack again around 8:00 P.M.?
L e sso n 5: M a k in g a Telephone C all 137
(l)
: ( , ) ?
(tta-reu-reung, tta-reu-reung) yeo-bo-se-yo?
: ? ) ?
yeo-bo-se-yo? geo-gi jeong -h y eo n -ju -ssi daeg-i-ji-yo?
: , . *
ne, geu-reon-de-yo.
:
? .
jo e-so n g -h a-ji-m an hok-si hyeon-ju-ssi ji-g eu m

gye-si-m yeon jo m ba-kkw o-ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
: . ?
jeon-de-yo. sil-lye-ji-m an nu-gu-se-yo?
: , .
.
hyeon-ju-ssi, je o i-do-yeong-i-e-yo. a-chim il-jjik
jeo n -h w a deu-ryeo-seo j o e-song-hae-yo.
: , . . ?
eo-m eo, do-yeong-ssi. gw aen-clian-a-yo. geu-reon-de
w en-il-i-se-yo?
: ?
h ok-si gim -hyeon-jun gw a-jang-nim haen-deu-pon
jeo n -h w a-b eo n -h o a-se-yo?
.
geu-pi yeol-lak-deu-ril il-i in-neun-de jeon-hw a-beon-ho-
reul m ol-la-seo-yo.
: . : .
011-399-3974 .
ne, al-a-yo. jam -k k an -m an gi-da-ri-se-yo. a, yeo-gi
iss-eo-yo. gong-il-il sam -gu-gu-e sam -gu~chil-sa-ye-yo.
: . .
gam -sa-ham -ni-da. an-nyeon-hi gye-se-yo.
: , .
ne, an-nyeon-hi gye-se-yo.
(2 )
: , 4
?
do-yeong-sii, nae-il ne-si-e jig -w on-hoe-ui in-neun geo
da-deul al-go it-ji-yo?
:
r . b .
eo-je da yeol-la-kaen-neun-de gang-jae-eun-ssi-m an a-jik
yeol-lag-i an-dw aess-eo-yo. sin-ho-neun ga-neu-de
' jeon -h w reu l an bad-a-yo.
. ?
geu-reom ji-g e u m da-si han-beon deo geol-eo
bo-sil-lae-yo?
: , . ( )

. ?
ne, geu-reo-ji-yo. (tta-reu-reung, tta-reu-reung) ja-d o n g
eung-dap-gi-ga ban-neun-de-yo. geu-nyang m e-si-ji-reul
nam -gil-kka-yo?
: .
.
geu-reo-se-yo. jeo n -h w a m e-si-ji bad-eu-m yeon
sa-m u-sil-lo ba-ro jeon-hw a-ha-ra-go hae ju -se-y o
:
al-get-seum -ni-da.
: ? ?
yeo-bo-se-yo? geo-gi i-jeong-ho-ssi daeg-i-ji-yo?
: , . ?
ne, geu reon-de-yo. sil-lye-ji-m an nu-gu-se-yo?
: ' .
? ,
je o -a e u n jeo n g -h y eo a-ju -ra-g o ha-neun-de-yo. hok-si i- *
jeong-ho-ssi ji-g e u m gye-si-m yeon jo m ba-kkw o
ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
: . . ?
eo-m eo, hyeon ju-eon-ni. Jeo jeong-eun-i-e-yo. an- ;
nyeong-ha se-yo? . *
.
?
-ppa ji-g eu m jib -e eom -neun-de-yo. deul-eo-o~m yeon
m w o-ra-go jeo n -g a e deu-lil-kka-yo? .
: , . .
a-ni-o, gw aen-chan-a-yo. jeo -g a na-jung-e da-si
j eo n -hw a-hal-kke-yo.
?
H ok-si jeo n g -h o -ssi m yeot-si-jjeum jib -e deul-eo-o-neun-
ji a-se-yo?
: . 6
.
ja l m o-reu-gen-neun-de-yo. bo-tong jeo -n y eo k yeo-seot-
si-jjeum o-neun-de, o-neul-eun jo m neuj-eul geo-ra-go
haess~eo-yo.
: ? 8 ?
geu-rae-yo? geu-reom je -g a yeo-deol-ssi-jjeum da-si
jeo n-hw a-hae-do doel-kka-yo?
: , . .
ne, geu-reo-se-yo. an-nyeong-hi gye-se-yo.
S S E S English Translation
(1)
Jung: (ring, ring) H ello.
Lee: H ello. Is this M iss. H yeon-Ju Ju n g s residence?
Jung: Yes, it is.
Lee: I am sorry, but m ay I talk to H yeon-Ju if she is available
now ?
Jung: T his is she. E xcuse m e, but w ho am I talking w ith?
Lee: Hyeon^Ju, This is D o-Y eong Lee. I am sorry for calling you
so early in the m orning.
Jung: A h, Do-Yeong. I ts OK. B y the way, w hat is going on?
Lee: D o y o u happen to know the departm ent m anager H yeon-Jun
K im s cell phone num ber? I urgently need to contact him,
b u t I d o n t have his phone num ber.
Jung: Yes, I know. P lease w ait for a m o m e n t O h, here it is. I ts
011-399-3974.
Lee: T hank you. G ood-bye.
Jung: O K , G ood-bye.
(2)
Jung: D o-Y eong, everyone know s there is a sta ff m eeting
tom orrow at 4:00, right?
Lee: I contacted everyone yesterday, but I c o u ld n t g et a hold
o f M s. Jae-E un K ang. T he phone is ringing but no one
answ ers.
Jung: Then w ould you please call her once again now ?
Lee: O K , I will, (ring, rin g ...) The answ ering m achine is picking
up. Should I ju s t leave a m essage?
Jung: Yes. Please say to call back to the office as soon as she gets
the m essage.
Lee: O K , alright.
L esso n 5: M a k in g a Telephone C all - 141
(3) -
Jung: H ello, is this M r. Jeong-H o L e e s residence?
Lee: Yes, it is. E xcuse m e, but w ho is this?
"Jung: T his is H yeon-Ju Jung. M ay I please talk to Jeong-H o Lee if
he is hom e now ?
Lee: A h, H yeon-Ju. This is Jeong-E un. H ow are you? M y brother
is not hom e now. W hat shall I tell him w hen he com es
hom e?
Jung: N o, its O K . I w ill ju s t call him again later. D o you know, by
" any chance, w hen he w ill be back hom e? *
Lee:. : I am not sure. H e u sually com es hom e around 6:00 P.M., but
he said he w ould be a little late today.
Jung: D id he?. T hen is it O K i f I call b a c k again around 8:00 P.M .?
Lee: Yes, please. G ood-bye.
0I?| V ocabulary
H S1vl gang-jae-eun-ssi M s. Jae-E un G ang

! gw a-jang-nim departm ent m anager .
nu-gu w ho
da-deul everyone, all
daek house (hon.)
m e-se-ji m essage
m yeot-si-jjeum approxim ately w hat tim e?
m w o ' ' w hat? :
sa-m u-sil ' office *
sin-ho signal
a-chim m orning .
yeol-lak contact
o-neul today
w en-il w h at thing?
il som ething, w ork
ja-d o n g eung-dap-gi answ ering m achine
jeo -n y eo k evening
jeo n -h w a telephone
! j eon-hw a-beon-ho telephone num ber *
! jig-w on-hoe-ui s ta ff m eeting
haen-deu-pon cellular phone
6 yeo-seot-si-jjeum about 6:00
8 A| yeo-deol-si-jjum about 8:00
Verbs
gam -sa-ha-da to thank
gye-si-da to exist, to be {hon.)
S gw en-chan-ta to be O K
gi-da-ri-da to w ait
nam -gi-da to leave
neut-da to be late
deul-eo-o-da to retu rn hom e, to enter
m o-reu-da n ot to know
ba-kkw o-ju-da to change, to sw itch (telephones)'
bat-da to receive
al-da to know
yeol-lak deu-ri-da to co ntact (hon.)
yeol-la-ka-da to contact
o-da to com e ,
jeo n -h w a geol-da to make" a phone call
jeo n -h w a deu-ri-da to m ake a phone call (hon.)
' jeo n -h w a-h a-d a to m ake a phone call
joe-song~ha-da to be sorry
A d v e r b s / C o n ju n c tio n s
J | geo-gi there
geu-nyang ju s t
geu-pi in a hurry
Q na-jung-e later
da all
da-si again
deo m ore
[[I tta-reu-reung ring r in g .
! baro a.s.a.p.
bo-tong in general
sil-lye-ji-m an excuse m e but . . I am sorry b u t. ..
a-jik yet
il-jjik early
jal w ell
jam -k k an -m an for a m om ent
jo m please
ji-g eu m now
han-beon once
hok-si b y any ch an ce ju s t in case
G ram m ar
(1) In d irect quotation :
D irectly o r indirectly, a speaker often passes along w hat others have

said. A n indirect narrative occurs w hen som eone e lses w ords are
passed along w ith m odification. It takes the basic form o f [Q uoted
Sentence + 1 (go ha-da)]. !
a. to quote a general statem ent that is currently in circulation, use

(go ha-da) w ith the appropriate sentence ending, such
as / ( .go hae~yo/ham -ni-da).
b. to quote a specific statem ent in-the past, u se [ l( g o haet-
da) w ith the appropriate sentence ending, such a s /
( go haess-eo-yo/hae.t-seum -ni-da)
c. W hen the quoted statem ent is/w as said b y one w ho is respected,
the honorific form s o f 8 |- P (ha-da) are used. The sentence
ending / ( ...g o ha-se-yo/ha-sim -ni-da) is
used for the present tense. The ending . . . /
D ( ...g o ha-syeoss-eo-yo/ha-syeot-seum -ni-da) is u sed for the
p ast tense.
T he quoted statem ent also takes the different endings appropriate

in the polite style, depending on the sentence type o f the quote.
D eclarative sentences, questions, com m ands, and proposals take
different form s, as do past and present.
D eclarative sentences that are quoted use a variation o f the sentence

ending (da-go hae-yo). T here are four types o f declarative
sentences used in quotations: those using an active verb stem , those
using a descriptive verb stem , those using a copula, and those
describing a past event. T he sentence types and their endings:
active verb stem s ending in a consonant

(neun-da-go hae-yo)
active verb stem s ending in a vow el

(n-da-go hae-yo)
descriptive verb stem s

(da-go hae-yo)
copula ( )
(ra~go hae-yo)
past events ending

(at-da-ga-hae-yo) or ,
. (eot-da-go hae-yo)
In colloquial speech, :! m ay be shortened to w hen

quoting sentences that use active verbs or describe p ast events.
Q uestions that are quoted use a variation o f the sentence ending

WS (neu-nya-go hae-yo). A s w ith declarative sentences, there
are four types o f questions used in quotations: those using active verb
stem s, those using descriptive verb stem s, those using a copula, and
those describing a past event. T he question types and their endings:
active verb stem s

: (neu-nya-go hae-yo)
descriptive verb stem s

~ ( ) ([eu-] nya-go hae-yo)
copula
( ) ([eu-] n y a-g o hae-yo)
past events-
( ) (at-neu-nya-go hae-yo) or
~ ( ) (eot-neu-nya-go hae-yo)
In colloquial speech, the ending can be shortened to (neu-

nyae-yo) w ith active verb stem s, to ( ) ([eu-] nyae-yo) w ith
descriptive verb stem s and copulas, and to (eot-nyae-yo)

w ith questions that describe p ast events.
C om m ands and requests that are quoted use a variation o f the sentence
ending (ra-go hae-yo).
Verbs stem s ending in a vow el use (ra-go hae-yo), w hile

those ending in a consonant use E (eu-ra-go hae-yo). In
colloquial speech, the endings are shortened to (rae-yo) w ith
verb stem s that end in a vow el, and to (eu-rae-yo) w ith
stem s that end in a consonant.
W ith a proposal, the ending (ja-g hae-yo) is used w ith

all verb stem s' In colloquial speech, it can be shortened to H
'ae-yo).
T he act o f speaking m ay be indicated by a different verb than Sl-Q*

(ha-da) if the specific kind o f speech is specified. E xam ples include
/ (da/ra-go jeon-h ae-ju -se-y o ) please convey/
pass along the m essage th a t / ( ) (neu-
nya/[eu] -nya-go m ul-eo-bw ass-eo-yo) asked if7w hether and
) ([eu]-ra-go ga-reu-cheo jw oss-eo-yo)
introduced som eone to -
(2) H onorific E xpression s
1lonurilic c.\pivssi\ms in Koivan arc system atized. H onorific form s

appcnr in liiomrchioal adJrcss-ivrcrcnce term s and titles, som e
com m only usoti nouns und . ihc pronoun system , particles,
and verb suffixes. Sentences in K orean require know ledge o f o n e s
social relationships to the listener or the one about w hom is speaking
in term s o f age, social status, and kinship. T he follow ing table is a
sum m ary o f honorific form s.
"Lesson 5: M a k in g Telephone C all 147
Plain H onorific Hum ble

Noun
age na-i yeon-se
name 01 i-reum seong-ham
birthday sang-U saeng-sin
word mal m al-sseum m al-sseum
house jip daek
meal bap jin-ji
counter for people sa-ram / buru
m yeong -
Pronoun
he/she / / / /
i/geu/jeo sa-ram i/geu/jeo bun
I / / .
na-neun/je-ga jeo-neun/je-ga
my nae je -
we u-ri jeo-hi
Verb
see/m eet someone
m an-na-da m an-na-si-da boep-da
be at, exist, stay
it-da gye-si-da
die
juk-da dol-a-ga-si-da
be well, ne
jal it-da an-nyeong-ha-si-da
sleep
ja-da ju-m u-si-da
eat /
m eok-da jap-su-si-da / deu-si-da
give
ju-da ju
si-da deu-ri-da
speak
m al-ha-da m al-sseum -ha-si-da m al-sseum deu-ri-da
ask
m ul-eo-bo-da m ul-eo-bo-sida veo-jju-eo bo-da
Particle
subject / i-ga kke-seo
topic / eun-neun kke-seo-neun
goal / kke
han-te/e-ge
Suffix
(Mr., M s Dr.) bu-m o bu-m o-nim
m ok-sa m ok-sa-nim
sa-jang sa-jang-nim
seon-saeng seon-saeng-nim
ui-sa
ui-sa seon-saene-nim
A dditionally, one uses the honorific suffixes ( ) ([eu]-si) and

( ) ([eu]-se) w hen discussing som eone w ho is to be referred
to w ith respect, such as a fataily elder, a b usiness superior, a 'distant
peer, or a stranger. The article (k k e-seo ) at o n e s discretion,
m ay be u sed instead o f (i) or " (ga) in ord er to show an
additional level o f respect to the subject o f the sentence, regardless o f
w hether the sentence subject is the perso n to w hom one is speaking.
T he sentence endings / (a/eo-yo) and (seum -ni-da)
show respect for the listener.
E xam ples o f the different levels o f honorific suffixes in use:
Plain
.
dong-saeng-i gyo-hoe-e- ga.
M y yo u n g er sibling goes to church.
L istener H onori fi c
.
dong-saen-i gyo-hoe-e ga-yo.
M y younger sibling goes to church.
L esso n 5: M a k in g Telephone C all 149
Subject H onorific
.
hal-m eo-ni-kke-seo gyo-hoe-e ga-syeo.
M y grandm other goes to church.
S ubject and L istener H onorific
.
hal-m eo-ni-kke-seo gyo-hoe-e ga-se-yo.
M y grandm other goes to church.
(3) N a m e + (i)
K orean nam es are com posed o f a fam ily nam e follow ed by a given
nam e. W hen a person is referred to in a friendly, intim ate m anner by
given nam e, the suffix (i) is added to the nam e (w ithout a title
such as (ssi)) if it ends in a consonant, as in (hyeon-jun_i)
and (hye-rin-i). For given nam es ending in a vow el, no suffix
is added, as in (jeong-ho) and (hyeon-ju). T his rule does
not apply to foreign nam es.
(4) (n e u n - d e - y o ) /- ( 2 j L _ i l g ((eu)n-de-yo)
B ackgrou n d inform ation
T he sentence endings ~ and ( ) 1 are used w hen a

speaker presents background inform ation. T he speaker is conveying
inform ation in an open-ended m anner th at w ill allow the listener to
figure out w hat to do next. This is often a po lite w ay o f expressing
things. F or exam ple:
A: ? (jeong-ho iss-eo-yo?) Is Jeong-H o there?

B: . (a -n i-o ,ji-g e u m jib -e eom -neuri-
de-yo.) N o, he is not at hom e now .
Speaker B uses . (eom -neun-de-yo) to respond instead o f

(eops-eo-yo). T he response invites speaker A to
follow up w ith another statem ent or action.
The endings also allow one to handle a potentially troublesom e

situation, such as disagreem ent, denial, or rejection, w ith diplom acy.
T hey p e n n it both parties to save face in a discussion. F o r exam ple:
A: ? (o-neul ssi-wol:-deu-e ga:chi gal-

lae-yo?) W ill you go to Sea W orld w ith m e today?
B: . (mi-an-ha* ji-m a n
o-neul-eun da-reun yak-sog-i in-neun-de-yo.) I am sorry, but I
have another appointm ent today.
A lthough speaker B is clearly declining the invitation (here, because

o f a schedule conflict), the use o f helps avoid directly
rejecting speaker A. -
(5) 12 ? Qi~yo?) Tag question
T he question ending ? (ji-yo?) is used w hen one expects to

hear confirm ation o f w hat one has said. T he E nglish equivalent is is
it right? or isn t it? In spoken K orean, ? (ji-yo?) is often
shortened to ? (jyo?). This is in contrast to the general ending o f
yes/no questions , ) i ? (a/eo-yo) in w hich the speaker has no
apparent assum ption about the answer.
(6) SJH (han-te) a /irf 2tE (han-te-seo) Hoya n d f r o m
T he particle (han-te) is u sed w hen the speaker w ishes to

indicate an arrival point for a m ovem ent, the range o f the verb it
is directed tow ard, or the cause o f an action. W hen the recipient
L esso n 5: M a k in g a Telephone C all . 151
o f an action is a respected elder, the particle should be used

instead. The particle (han-te-seo) is u sed w hen the speaker
w ishes to indicate the source o f an action or a point o f departure.
W hen not dealing w ith people, the p articles (han-te) and
(han-te-seo) should be rep laced w ith }II (e) and
(e-seo), respectively. T he particle (do) o r (m an) is added
after le particles (han-te), (han-te-seo), (e), and
}II (e-seo).
.
jeo n g -h o -h an -te jeo n -h w a w ass-eo-yo. - "
A phone call is to Jeong-H o.
.
jeo ng-ho-han-te-seo je o n -h w a w ass-eo-yo.
A phone call is from Jeong-H o.
.
hoe-sa-e jeon-hw a-ha-se-yo.
P lease m ake a call to your office.
.
hoe-sa-e-seo jeo n -h w a w ass-eo-yo.
A phone call is from your office.
5 Further Study
(1) Telephone E xpression s
[person] .
[person] jo m ba-kkw o ju-se-yo.
M ay I speak to [person]?
[person] .
[person] han-te jeon-hw a-ha-se-yo.
Please call [person].
[person] . :
[person] han-te-seo jeo n -h w a w ass-eo-yo.
T he phone call is from [person]
.
i-tta-ga da-si jeon-hw a-hal-kke-yo.
I w ill call later. .
.
jam -k k an -m an gi-da-ri-se-yo.
Just a m inute, please.
.
jeo n -h w a bad-eu-se-yo.
Please answ er the phone.
.
jeo n -h w a-h ae ju-se-yo.
Please give m e a call.
.
tong-hw a-jung-i-e-yo.
T he line is busy.
L esso n 5: M a k in g Telephone C all 153
.
sin-ho-neun ga-neun-de jeo n -h w a -re u l an ban-neun-de-yo.
I ts ringing, b u t no one answ ers th e phone.
.
ja -d o n g eung-dap-gi-ga ban-neun-de-yo.
The answ erin g m achine is on.
.
ja -d o n g eung-dap-gi-e m e-m o-reul nam -gyeo ju -se-y o . -
P lease leave a m essage in the an sw erin g m achine.
.
jeo n -h w a-g a gye-sok to ng-hw a-jung-i-e-yo. -
T he line is still busy.
.
jeo n -h w a-g a go-jang-nan geot gat-a-yo.
M aybe the phone is out o f order.
.
jeo n -h w a -g a kkeun-eo-jeoss-eo-yo.
T he line has been disconnected.
. .
jo e-so n g -h am -n i-d a jeo n -h w a -re u l ja l m ot geon geot gat-a-yo.
I am sorry. I m ust have dialed the w ro n g num ber.
.
jib -e a-m u-do eom -na-bw a-yo.
It seem s like no one is hom e.
?
hok-si i b eo n -h o ro paek-seu-reul b o-nae-do d o el-k k a yo?
C an I send a fax to this num ber?
?
hok-si jib -e p aek-seu-ga iss-eu-se-yo?
D o you have a fax m achine?
?
ji-y eo k -b eo n -h o -g a eo-tteo-ke doe-na-yo?
W hat is the area code?
. .
su-sin-ja b u-dam -eu-ro jeon-hw a-reul jo m geol-go sip-eun-de-yo.
I w ould like to m ake a collect call.
(2) E x ten d ed F am ily term s
(or ) si-a-beo-nim father-in-law

(fem ale speaker)
(or ) si-eo-m eo-nim m other-in-law
(fem ale speaker)
jan g -in -eo -reu n father-in-law
(m ale speaker)
jan g -m o -n im m other-in-law
(m ale speaker)
m yeo-neu-ri daughter-in-law
sa-w i son-in-law
son-nyeo granddaughter
son-ja grandson
son-ju grandchildren
keun-a-beo-ji uncle (fa th ers older

brother)
keun-eo-m eo-ni aunt ( s w ife)
L esso n 5: M a k in g Telephone Call 155
jag -e u n a-beo-ji uncle (father ?s younger

brother)
jag -e u n eo-m eo-ni aunt ( s w ife)
sam -chon uncle (general term for a

fa th e rs brother)
oe-sam -chon uncle (general term for a
m o th e rs brother)
oe-sung-m o aunt ( w ife)
S go-m o au n t (fa th ers sistfer)
go-m o-bu - uncle ( s husband)
01 S i - m o ; aunt (m o th e rs sister)
i-m o-bu uncle ( s husband)
sa-chon cousin (on the fa th e rs side)

oe-sa-chon cousin (on the m o th e rs side)
( ) (nam -ja) jo -k a nephew
( ) (yeo-ja) jo -k a niece
C ultural N ote
Telephone cards are the m ost com m on m eans o f p ay in g w ith public

telephones. T hey are available at m ost convenience stores. Som e
public telephones accept credit cards, but only a few accept coins. If
one w ishes to m ake an international call one m ust enter the prefix
001, 002, 007, or 008, follow ed by the appropriate country prefix, and
then the telephone num ber. W hen m aking a long-distance call, the
num ber m ust be preceded the area code (see below ). A part from that,
rfollow the sam e instructions as w ith regular telephones. N um bers
can be looked up by using the telephone b o o k or by dialing 114 for
directory service. T elephone books can be usually b e found under the
telephone in the telephone booth.
In cases o f em ergency, the num bers 112 (the police departm ent) or
119 (the fire departm ent) can be dialed toll-free from any phone.
T hese num bers are to an operator at an em ergency service center.
W hen speaking to the operator, one states o n e s nam e and location,
w hat the problem is, and ask for appropriate assistance.
Internet cafes or com puter access places are com m only found in
m ost cities. Internet cafes are one o f the m ost com m on hangouts
for y ounger people. Som e public libraries or post offices also offer
Internet access. M ost hom e have Internet access as w ell. A D S L and
cable services are very com m on, and telephone line service is rare
these days.
T erm s o f A d d ress
A lthough people regularly use (jeo) and (na) w hen referring

to them selves, it is less com m on for people to address others using
such personal pronouns. Instead, it is com m on to use kinship term s
even w hen people are not actually related. A speaker w ill use the
term s (hyeong )/ (o-ppa) older b ro th er and (nu-na )/
(eon-ni) older sister to address som eone w ho is som ew hat older.

T he term s (a-jeo-ssi) un cle and (a-jum -m a) aunt
are used to address som eone w ho is a generation apart in age. W hen
addressing an elderly p erso n one w ill use the term s (hal-
a-beo-ji) grandfather and (hal-m eo-ni) grandm other .
W hen speaking to som eone w ho is the sam e age or younger, one
says the p e rso n s first nam e, follow ed by either (a) o r t= (ya).
T he ending !(a) is used i f the nam e ends w ith a consonant, as w ith
(H yeon-jun-a). The-ending (ya) is used if the nam e ends
in a vow el, as w ith (Jeong-ho-ya)./
158 B EG rN N ER S KOREAN
E xercises
1. Please respond to tfie follow ing:
( 1) . [y o u rn am e] ?
yeo-bo-se-yo. geo-gi _______________ ssi dae^-i-ji-yo?
(2) [y o u rn a m e]
?
j oe-song-ha-j i-m an h o k - s i_______________ ssi ji-g eu m gye-si-
m yeon jo m ba-kkw o ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
(3) [your frien d s nam e] ?
' h o k - s i__________________ssi haen-(ieu-pon jeon-hw a-beon-ho
a-se-yo? *
(4) [your i e n d s nam e]
? -
h o k - s i_______ __________ ssi m yeot-si-jjeum jib -e deul-eo-o-
neun-ji a-se-yo?
(5) [your frien d s nam e] .
?
____________ ssi ji-g e u m jib -e eom -neun-de-yo. deul-eo-c
m yeon m w o-ra-go jeo n -h a e deu-ril-kka-yo?
2. P lease translate the follow ing into E nglish:
( 1) 1 .
jeo n -h w a m e-si-ji bad-ei-m yeon sa-m u-sil-lo ba-ro jeon-hw a-
ha-ra-go hae ju-se-yo.
(2) 4 I ! ?
nae-il ne-si-e jig-w o n -h o e-I in-neun geo da-deul al-go it-ji-yo?
(3) .
eo-je da yeol-la-kaen-neun-de han sa-ram -m an a-jik yeol-lag-i
an dw aess-eo-yo.
L esso n 5/ M a k in g a Telephone C all 159
(4)
.
gw a-jang-nim -kke geu-pi yeol-lak-deu-ril il-i in-neun-de je o n -
hw a-beon-ho-reul m ol-la-seo-yo. '
(5) .
bam neut-ge jeo n -h w a deu-ryeo-seo jo e-song-ham -ni-da.
(1) I w ould like to m ake a collect call. '

(2) I am sorry. I m u st h av e dialed the w rong num ber. . "
(3) P lease leave a m essage in the answ ering m achine.
(4) I ts rin g in g b u t no one answ ers the phone.
(5) M aybe the phone is out o f order.
4. P lease w rite a set o f telephone dialogues.

S 3 p m p o y 9 A n si9 j
puv M :9 UOSS9J
lo o amm ie 9Ik
H 2 Patterns
.
yo-jeum -eun nal-ssi-ga jeo n g -m al m an-i deop-ne-yo.
T he w eather is really hot these days.
3 0 ,
m ae-il sam -sip-do'reul neom -neun-de-yo.
T h e tem perature goes over 30C everyday.
* .
.
yo-jeum -eun yeo-reum -i jeo m -je o m deo deo-w o-ji-neun geot gat-a.
It seem s the w eather is getting hotter and hotter in the sum m er
now adays. '
.
nae-ga eo~ryeoss-eul ttae-neun i-reo-ke an deo-w on-neun-de.
It w a sn t that h ot w hen I w as young.

.
han-guk ppun-m an a-ni-ra yo-jeum -eun je o n se-gye-jeog-eu-ro
i-sang-gi-on hyeon-sang-i na-ta-na-jan~a-yo.
It is show ing unusually high tem peratures not only in K orea but
also all around the w orld these days.

.
han-gug-eun yeo-reum -e seup-do-ga nop-a-seo deo ji-n ae-g i-g a
him -deul-ji.
I ts harder to stay in K orea because the hum idity is high in the
summ er.
a s .
yo-jeum -eun bam -e-do nat-cheo-reom deop-jan-a.
I t s as hot at night as it is in the day these days.
L esso n 6: W eather a n d L eisu re A ctivities 1
_ .
.
o_rae-gan-m an-e han-gug-e w an-neun-de nal-ssi-ga nec m u
deop-go kkeunkkeun-hae-so bakk-e na-ga-gi-ga sil-le-yo.
I f s been a w hile since I have been in K orea, but its so hot and
h um id th at I d o n t w an t to go out.
_
. ,
i-rfeo-ke deo-un nal-e-neun jib -e-seo e-eo-keon teul-eo no-ko si-
w on-han su bag-i-na m eong-neun ge choe-go-ji.

D uring these hot days, it is b e st to stay hom e, turn on the air condi
tioner, and eat som e w aterm elon. .
?
nae-il si-gan iss-eu-m yeon na-ha-go ga-clii su-yeong-jang-e
gal-lae?
W ould you go to the sw im m ing pool w ith m e if you have tim e
tom orrow ? .
.
nal-ssi-ga neo-m u deo-w o-seo jeo n g -m al julc-get-da.
(I feel like) I am going to die because i t s so hot. .
?
a-chim -e il-gi-ye-bo m ot bw ass-eo-yo?
D id n t you see the w eather forecast in the m orning?
.
nae-il o-hu-e bi on-dae-yo.
IVs going to rain tom orrow afternoon.
.
geu-rae-do sang-gw an-eops-eo.
It d o e sn t m atter.
.
hal-m eo-ni daek geun-cheo-e in-neun sil-lae su-yeong-jang-e
ga-ryeo-go ha-geo-deun.
I am going to go to the indoor pool near gratidm as place.
.
sa-sil-eun nae-il je dong-saeng hye-geun~i-rang ga-chi yeong-hw a
bo-reo ga-gi-ro haet-geo-deun-yo.
A ctually, I had planned to go to see a m ovie tom orrow w ith m y
little sister H ye^Geun. ' -

?
geu-reom u-ri da ga-chi il-jjik su-yeong-jang-e gat-da-ga jeo m -sim
m eok-go yeong-hw a bo-reo ga-m yeon eo-ttae-yo?
Then how about us all going to the pool together early, and go to
see the m ovie after lunch?
.
sae-ro na-on cheop-bo-yeong-hw a-in-de a-ju jae-m i-it-dae-yo.
I t s a new spy m ovie and supposed to be really good.
.
geu-rae, geu-reo-ja.
OK. L e ts do that.
:9 ^ ?
geu-reom nae-il a-hop-si-kka-ji hal-m eo-ni daeg-eu-ro ol-lae?
Then will you com e to grandm as place by 9:00 tom o ow m orning?
10
neuj-eo-do yeol-ssi-kka-ji-neun gal-kke-yo.
I w ill be there at 10:00 by the latest.
. -
yo-jeum bang-hag-i-ra-seo hye-geun-i-ga jo m neut-ge
il-eo-na-geo-deun-yo.
Since its v acatio n H ye-G eun gets up a little later these days.
?
S aen-di-e-i-go-neun bo-tong nal-ssi-g a eo-ttae-yo?
-How is the w eather in San D iego in general?
.
Saen-di-e-i-go nal-ssi-neun hang-sang bi-seu-tae.
San D iego w eather is alw ays the sam e.
.
yeo-reum -e-do byeol-lo an deop-go gyeo-ul-e-do byeol-lo an
chu-w o.
I ts not too hot in the sum m er, and not too cold in the winter.
. .
han-guk bom ga-eul nal-ssi-ha-go bi-seu-tan geot gat-a.
It seem s to be sim ilar to the spring and fall w eather in K orea.
.
bo-tong gyeo-ul-e m yeo-chil b i-ga jo m o-ji.
U sually It rains fo r a few days in the w inter.
? ?
gyeo-ul-e b i-ga w a-yo? nun-i a-ni-go-yo?
It rains in w inter? It d o e sn t snow ?
.
u-ri dong-ne-neun ba-da jjo g -i-ra-seo nun-i a n wa.
M y tow n is by the ocean so it d o e sn t snow.
e i .
san-jjog-eu-ro han han-si-gan jeo n g -d o un-jeon-hae-seo ga-m yeon
nun-i o-ji.
I f you drive for about an hour tow ards the m ountains, it snows.
.
sang-sang-i ja l an doe-neun-de-yo.
I cannot im agine it.
: ?
gat-eun saen-di-e-i-go-in-de han-jjog-e-neun bi-ga o-go
han-jj og-e-neun nun-i w a-yo?
I t s the sam e in San D iega, but it rains on one side and snow s on
the other?
I?
geu-ge i-sang-ha-ni?
Is that w eird?
.
sa n 'e u n bo-tong da-reun de-bo-da deo chup~jan-a.
T he m ountains are usually colder than other places, you know.
.
m aj-n, geu-reo-ku-na.
Ah. ihar.s right.
L e sso n 6: W eather a n d L eisu re A ctivities 167
: , _ . 3 0
.
hal-m eo-ni, y o -jeu m -eu n nalssi-ga jeo n g -m al m an-i
deom -ne~yo. m ae-il sam -sip-do-reul neom -neun-de-yo.
: .
^ . I.
yo-jeum -eun y eo-reum -i jeo m -je o m deo deo-w o-ji-neun
get gat-a. nae-ga eo -ry eo ss-eu lttae-neun i-reo-ke an
deo-w on-neun-de. -
: _
.
han-guk-ppun a-ni-ra yo-jeum -eun je o n se-gye-jeog-eu-ro
i-sang-gi-on hyeon-sang-i na-ta-na-jan-a-yo.
.
.
han-gug-eun y eo-reum -e seup-do-ga nop-a-seo deo
ji-n ae-g i-g a him -deul-ji.
yo-jeum -eun b am -e-do nat-cheo-reom deop-jan-a.
:
.
eo-hyu, o -rae-gan-m an-e han-gug-e w an-neun de
nal-ssiga neo-m u deop-go kkeun-kkeun-hae-seo bakk-e
n a -g a -g i'g a siM e-yo,
:
.
i-reo-ke deo-un n al-e-neun jib -e -se o e-eo-keon teul-eo
no-ko si-w on-han su-bag-i-na m eong neun ge choe-go-ji.
(2)
-.
? .
dae-geun-a, neo nae-il si-gan iss
eu-m yeon na-ha-go
ga-chi su-yeong-j ang-e gal-lae?
nal-ssi-ga neo-m u deo-w o-seo jeong-m al
juk-get-da.
: > ? .
( ) ? .
(sa-chon-dong-saeng) su-yeong-jang-i-yo? hyeong
a-chim -e ll-gi-ye-bo m ot bw ass-eo-yo? nae-il o-hu-e
bi on-dae-yo. *
: ? : .
.
geu-rae? geu-rae-do sang-gw ar eops-eo.
hal-m eo-ni daek geun-cheo-e in-neun sil-lae su-
yeong-j ang-e ga-ryeo-go ha-geo-deun.
: ?
. .
geu-rae-yo? geu-reon-de sa-sil-eun nae-il je dong-
saeng hye-geun-i-rang ga-chi yeong-hw a bo-reo
ga-gi-ro haet-geo-deun-yo.

geu-reom u-ri da ga-chi il-jjik su-yeong-j ang-e gat-da-
ga jeo n -sim m eok-go yeong-hw a
bo-reo ga-m yeon eo-ttae-yo?
,
Sae-ro na-on cheop-bo-yeong-hw a-in-de a-ju -
j ae-m i-it-dae-yo.
: , . 9
?
geu-rae geu-reo-ja. geu-reom nae-il a-chim a-hop-si-
kka-ji hal-m eo-ni daeg-eu-ro ol-lae?
: 10 .
.
neuj-eo-do yeo l-ssi-k k a-ji-n eu n gal-kke-yo. yo-
je u m bang-hag-i-ra-seo hye-g eu n -i-g a jo m neuj-ge
il-eo~na-geo-deun-yo.
(3)
: , ?
o-ppa, saen-di-e-i-go-neun b o -to ng nal-ssi-ga eo-ttae-yo?
: .
. :
saen-di-e-i-go n al-ssi-n eu n han g -san g bi-seu-tae.
yeo-reum -e-do byeol-lo an deop-go gyeo-ul-e-do
byeol-lo an chu-w o. -
.
.
H an-guk bom ga-eul nal-ssi-ha-go bi-seu -tan geot gat-a.
b o -tong gyeo-ul~e m yeo-chil bi-ga jo m o-ji.
: ? ?
gyeo-ul-e b i-ga w a-yo? nun-i a-ni-go-yo?
: .
.
u-ri dong-ne-neun b a-d a jjo g -i-ra-seo nun-i an wa.
san-jjog-eu-ro han h an -si-g an jeo n g -d o un-jeonhae-seo
ga-m y eo n nun-i o-ji.
: , .
?
w a, sang-sang-i ja l an doe-neun-de-yo. gat-eun
saen-di-e-i-go-in-de han -jjo g -e-n eu n b i-ga o-go
h an -jjog-e-neun nun-i w a-yo?
: ? .
geu-ge i-sang-ha-ni? S an-eun b o -tong d a-reun de-bo-da
deo chup-jan-a.
: , .
m aj-a, geu-reo-ku-na.
a English Translation
a ) .
L ee: G randm a, its really h ot these days. The tem perature *
goes over 30C every day.
G randm a: I ts getting hotter every sum m er recently. W hen I was
young it w as not this hot. .
Lee: It is show ing unusually high tem peratures not only in
K orea b ut also in all around the w orld these d a y s .,
G randm a: .Its w orse in K orea because its so hum id in the
sum m er. I ts h o t at night as m uch as it is in the day.
Lee: H w ew . . . its been a While since I have been in Korda.
B ut its so hot and hum id that I d o n t w ant to go out.
G randm a: D uring these hot days, it is the b est to stay hom e, turn
on the air conditioner, and eat som e w aterm elon.
(2)
Jeong-H o: D ae-G eun, do you w ant to go to the sw im m ing pool
w ith m e if you have tim e tom orrow ? I feel like I am
going to die because its so hot.
D ae-G eun: Sw im m ing pool? D id n t you see the w eather forecast in
the m orning? Its going to rain tom orrow afternoon.
Jeong-H o: R eally? B ut th a ts OK. I w ant to go to the indoor pool
n ear g ran d m as place.
D ae-G eun: Is that so? B ut actually I had planned to go to see a
m ovie tom orrow w ith m y little sister H ye-G eun. Then
how about w e all go to the pool together early, and go
to see the m ovie after lunch? Its a new spy m ovie and
supposed to be really good.
Jeong-H o: OK. L e ts do that. Then will you com e to g ran d m as
place by 9:00 tom orrow m orning?
D ae-G eun: I w ill be there at 10:00 by the latest. Since its vacation
H ye-G eun gets up a little later these days.
(3)
H ye-G eun; Jeong-H o, how is the w eather in San D iego?
Jeong-H o: San D iego w eath er is alw ays the sam e. I ts not too
h o t in the sum m er and n o t too cold in the winter. The
w eather is sim ilar to the spring and fall w eather in
K orea. U sually it rains for a few days in the winter.
H ye-G eun: It rains in the w inter? It d o e sn t snow ?
Jeong-H o: M y tow n is by the ocean so it d o e sn t snow. I f you
drive for about an hour tow ards the m ountains, it
snow s. r
H ye-G eun; W ow, I cannot im agine. I t s the sam e city, b u t it rains
on one side and snow s on the other?
Jeong-H o: Is that w eird? T he m ountains are usually colder than
other places, y o u know.
H ye-G eun: A h, th a ts right.
V ocabulary
N o u n s/ P ronoun s
! ga-eul fall, autum n

gyeo-ul w inter
geun-cheo near, nearby
nal-ssi w eather, clim ate
nat . day
nae-il tom orrow
nun snow
da-reun de other places
dae-geun-a Hey, D ae-G eun
daek house (hon.)
deo-un nal hot day
dong-ne village, tow n
dong-saeng younger sibling
m yeo-chil several days
b a -d a jjo k sea side
bak outside
bam night
bang-hak (school) vacation
bom spring
bi rain
sa-chon-dong-saeng cousin
san m ountain
san jjo k m ountain side
saen-di-e-i-go San D iego
su-bak w aterm elon
su-yeong-jang sw im m ing pool
seup-do hum idity
sil -lae su-yeong-jang indoor sw im m ing pool
a-chim m orning
eo-reoss-eul ttae w hen (som eone was)

young
e-eo.*"keon air conditioner
yeo-reum sum m er
o-hu afternoon
yo-ieum these days
u-ri J
w e, us
: i-sang-gi-on abnorm al tem perature
hyeon-san effect
il-gi-ye-yo w eath er forecast r
jip house
cheop-bo-yeong-hw a ' secret agent m ovie,

. spy m ovie .
han-si-gan one hour
h a n jjo k one side
han-guk K orea
hal-m eo-ni grandm other
hal-m eo-ni daek g ran d m o th ers house
(hon.)
hyeong (m a n s) older brother
hye-geun-I H ye-G eun
3 0 sam -sip-do 30 degrees C elsius/
' C entigrade (30C)
V e rb s
K : ga-da to go
gat-da to be the sam e
kkeun-kkeun-ha-da to be hum id, to b e sticky
U [[ na-ga-da to go out
na-ta-na-da to appear
neom -tta to go over
nop-da to be high
n un-i o-da to snow
deo-w o-ji-da to becom e hot

S deop-da to be hot
m at-da to b e correct
meokda to eat
m ot bo-da to n o t see
bi-ga da to rain
bi-seu-ta-da to be sim ilar
saag-gw an-eop-da to be all right, to not
m atter
siig -sa n g -i an-doe-da to be beyond im agination,
cannot im agine
H sae-ro na-o-da to be new ly released
( ) si-gan(-i) it-da to have som e tim e
si-w on-ha-da to be cool
" yeong-hw a bo-da to w atch a m ovie
o-da to com e
un-jeon-ha-da to drive
i-sang-ha-da to be strange
iI-eo-na da to w ake up
ja e m i-it-da to be fun
jeo m -sim m eok-da to eat lunch
ji-n ae-d a to spend tim e, to live
chup-da to be cold
' teul-eo no-ta to turn on
geu-rae-do even it is true

geu-reo-ja le ts do that
a geu-reom then
geu-reo-ku-na th a ts right
neo-m u too, too m uch
nut-ge late
nuj-eo-do at latest
L esso n 6: W eather a n d L eisure A ctivities 175
L\ da ga-chi a llto g e th e r
deo m ore
m an-i a lot
m ae-il every day
byeol_lo not particularly
bo-tong in general
sa-sil-eun in fact
[ a-ju very, very m uch
eo-hu alas'
_ o-rae-gan-m an-e after a long tim e
wa - w ow
i-reo-ke * like this
il-jjik early
jeo n se-gye-jeog-eu-ro w orld-w idely
jeo m -jeo m gradually
jeo n g -m al really
jo m a little, a few
... han ... jeong-do approxim ately, abo
hang-sang alw ays
10 yeol-si-kka-ji by 10:00
9 a-hop-si-kka-ji by 9:00
G ram m ar
(1) The In tim ate Speech S tyle a n d the P lain S peech S tyle
The intim ate speech style is used betw een people w ho share a
close relationship, such as spouses, siblings, and childhood friends.
Intim ate speech uses the p attern Verb + " (a/eo) w here
(a) is attached i f the final vow el o f the verb stem is either (a)
or (o) r
O' (m an-ta) to be m any
- _ (m an) + (a)
(m an-a) -
. (a) is om itted i f the verb stem ends w ith the vow el 0[ (a) or OH
(ae) w ithout a final consonant
K: (ja-da) to sleep
(ja) + H (a)
(ja)
is attached for all other verb stem s

(m eok-da) to eat
(m eok) + (eo)
(m eog-eo)
(eo) is attached to the any past tense m arker / (at/eot)
Ot1 (ya) is attached after the copula (i), as in 01= (na-ya) (its)
m e, o r (gal kkeo-ya) (1) w ill go
T here are also special cases w hen contraction and/or om ission

occurs:
W ith the-predicate - " (ha-da), the stem ' (ha) + (a)

contracts to (hae)
S i C} (jeon-hw a~ha-da) to m ake a telephone call
(jeon-hw a-ha) H (a)
(jeon-hw a-hae) *
W ith verb stem s that end in there is a contraction to '

(o-d ) : to com e
(o) + (a) .
(w a)
W ith verb stem s that end in there is a contraction to

(ju-da) to g iv e
(ju) + (eo)
(jw o)
@ W ith irregular verbs that end in - , the is om itted and vow el

contracts to

(deop-da) to be hot
(deop) + ~ (eo)
(deo) + (u) + (eo)
(deo-w o)
T he one exception is (dop-da) to h elp ,55 w hich has a|-(w a)

contraction.
W ith other endings, one speaks in the intim ate style form by om it
ting the m ark er (yo) from the polite style form .
178 B EG IN N ER ^K O R E A N
The plain speech- style is used extensively in published w riting,

including new spapers, m agazines, and academ ic jo urnals. It can be
used in conjunction w ith the intim ate style, especially w hen:speaking
to a child, a younger sibling, or a childhood friend. D ifferent sen
tence endings are used according to the type o f sentence:
W ith a statem ent, use (da).
W ith a q u estion use ~ ? (ni?) or - '? (na?).
W ith a request, use -OI-/CH (a/eo-ra).
W ith a suggestion, use (ja) as in (ga-da), ?

(ga ni?), ' (ga-ra), and (ga-ja).
(2) / | J | Q (a/eo ji-d a ) becom e
T he descriptive verb pattern verb stem + / expresses a

change from one state (or condition) to another. Since it denotes a
state o f becom ing or happening it changes a descriptive verb into
an active verb. D escriptive verbs using the construction 0
denote the resulting state or condition, as in
(yeo-reum -e-neun nal-ssi-ga deo-w o-jyeo-yo) In sum m er,
the w eather becom es hotter. I f a present state is a result o f a change
in the past, the past tense form is used, as in .
(bang-i deo-reo-w o-jyeoss-eo-yo) The room has becom e dirty.
(3) S 2 (jan-a-yo) . 9y o u k n o w
W hen the speaker assum es that the listener w ill agree w ith him /her,
or w ants to reconfirm facts, the speaker w ill use the pattern
at the end o f the verb stem . A lthough this pattern is derived from the
negative question 0| ?, there is no negative connotation. As
it is n o t a question, there is no rising intonation.
.
(i-beon ju -g a hyix-ga jan -a-y o .)
This w eek is m y v acation.
.
(hyu-ga-dong-an jib -e-seo sw il kkeo-jan-a-yo.)
You are going to rest at hom e during the v acatio n .
(4) S 5|C J (gi-ro ha-da) up la n to, decide to
O ne uses the p attern (gi-ro ha-da) to express o r determ i

nation or a decision. This p attern expresses m ore resolve than other
patterns th at convey a decidedness to do som ething. O ne uses ( ) s
([eu]l-kka ha-da) ( ) ([eu]l kkeo-ye-yo), or
- (gi-ro haess-eo-yo) to express the increased degree o f
resolve. W ith statem ents, one alw ays uses the p ast tense m arker I
(gi-ro haess-eo-yo). T he p resen t tense form , ~
(gi-ro hae-yo), alw ays indicates a suggestion or recom m endation.
.
(yeo-reum hu-ga-dong-an han-gug-e ga-gi-ro haess-eo-yo.)
I decided to go to K orea during sum m er vacation.
.
(yeo-reum hu-ga-dong-an han-gug-e ga-gi-ro h a e 'y o .)
L e ts go to K orea during sum m er vacation.
(5) S P 1( [ ! / ) (bo-da (deo/deol)) m ore/less than
U se the pattern noun 1 + + noun 2 w ith the optional adverb

(deo) m ore, or (deol) less w hen com paring tw o or m ore
item s. The first item o f com parison is attached to [[ T he fol
low ing item com es directly after it. A lthough the order o f item s can
be changed, it is im portant to note that the second item should be
180 B EG IN N ER S KOREAN -
used to describe the com parison. W hen necessary, use the pattern
to convey the expression betw een or am ong. To express
a superlative construction {the m ost), use or . In w ri en
K o r e a n , is preferred.
.
(m i-gug-i han-guk-bo-da deo keo-yo)
A m erica is b ig g er than K orea.
S .
(yu-m i-ga yu-jin-i-bo-da deol ye-ppeo-yo)
Yumi is less pretty, than Yujin. '
(6) ((i)-na) or so m eth in g
U se the pa e m ( 0 1) U to m ake a m ild suggestion. W hen this pattern

is used, there is no im plication that the suggestion given is the best
or only one, and the item suggested is not absolute or fixed.R ather, it
is one o f m any possible alternatives. In this instance, (0 |)U " m eans
ju st or or som ething.
?
keo-pi~na han-jan hal-kka-yo?
Shall w e have a cup o f coffee or som ething together?
(7) A dverb F orm ation
To express the w ay that som ething has occurred, attach (ge) to an

descriptive verb stem to form an adverb. The adverbial form (ge)
refers to the m anner or w ay in w hich som ething happens.
to be interesting interestingly
jae-m i-it-d a jae-m i-it-ge
to be late late
neut-da neut-ge
to be busy busily
ba-ppeu-da ba-ppeu-ge
to be loud loudly
si-kkeu-reop-da si-kkeu-reop~ge
(8) ( | ((eu)~reo) to do in ord er to
U se the p attern ( ) , in ord er to , to show the purpose o f an

actio n : It is used w ith directional verbs (exam ples include ,
1 ) to indicate the purpose o f going o r com ing.
.
jeom -sim -m eok-go yeong-hw a-bo-reo ga-ja.
L e ts go to see a m ovie after w e eat lunch.
B Further Study
M bom spring
yecreum sum m er
ga-eul fall
geo-w ul w inter
il-gi-ye-bo w eath er forecast

on-do tem perature
yeong-sang above zero
yeong-ha below zero -
seop-ssi C elsius
hw a-ssi Fahrenheit
I 01 [ I gi-on-i nat-da the tem perature is low

l gi-on-i nop-da the tem perature is high
y*M| !' Q- nal-ssi-ga na-ppeu- da the w eath er is bad
nal-ssi-ga jo -ta the w eath er is good
kkeun-kkeun-lia-da to be m uggy
' gu-reum -i kid-da to get cloudy
nun-i o-da to snow
HI -2. bi-ga o-da to rain
S ba-ram -i bul~da the w ind blow s
eol-eum -i eol-da the ice freezes
S deop-da to be hot
tta-tteu-ta-da to be w arm
f ssa ssal-ha-da to be chilly
s c hup-da to be cold
| deo-w o-ji-da to get hot

m a g-a-ji-da to becom e clean
chu-w o-ji-da to get cold
heu-ryeo-ji-da . to get cloudy
) t
S p orts
gw on-tu-reul ha-da to box

fill re-seul-ling-eul ha-da to w restle
M SFCF san-chaeg-eul ha-da to go for a w alk
su-yeong-eul ha-da to sw im
jo -ging-eul ha-da to jo g
B[C[ nong-gu-reul ha-da to play basketball

to play football
m i-sik-chuk-gu-reul ha-da
bae-gu-reul ha-da to play volleyball
O ^ B 51-U- ya-gu-reul ha-da to play baseball
51' chuk-gu~reul lia-da to play soccer
/ to clim b a m ountain
deung-san-eul ha-da/ga-da
/ to travel
yeo-haeng-eul ha-da/ga-da
to skate
seu-ke-i-teu-reul ta-da
seu-ki-reul ta-da to ski
ja-jeon-geo-reul ta-da to ride a bicycle
* gol-peu-reul chi-da to play g o lf

' tak-gu-reul chi-da to play ping-pong
te-ni-seu-reul chi-da to p lay tennis
M u sica l in stru m en ts
S 5 S MCI* peul-lus-eul bul-da to p lay the flute

keul-la-ri-net-eul bul-da to p lay the clarinet
teu-reom -pes-eul bul-da to p lay the trum pet
1 pi-a-no-reul chi-da to play the piano
I Q deu-reom -eul chi-da to p lay the drum s
gi-ta-reul chi-da to play the guitar
va-i-ol-in-eul kyeo-da to p lay the violin
chel-lo-reul kyeo-da to p lay the cello
vi-ol-la-reul kyeo-da to p lay the viola
E tc.
/ nak-si-reul ga-da/ha-da to go fishing

/ to go to see a p lay
yeon-geuk gu-gyeong-eul ga-da/ha-da
/ to go to see a m ovie
yeong-hw a gu-gyeong-eul ga-da/ha-da
ka-deu nol-i-reul ha-da to p lay a card gam e
to play a com puter
keom
pyu-teo ge-im -eul ha-da gam e
' no-rae-bang-e ga-da to go to a karaoke room

Ql ] : ' m i-sul-gw an-e ga-da to go to an art gallery
Q- bang-m ul-gw an-e ga-da to go to a m useum
eum -a-koe-e ga-da to go to a concert
L esso n 6: W eather a n d L eisu re A ctivities
vi-di-o-reul bo-da to w atch a videotape

yeong-hw a-reul bo-da to w atch a m ovie
tel-le bi-jeon-eul bo-da to w atch TV

geu-rim -eul geu-ri-da to draw a picture

no-rae-reul bu-reu-da to sing a song
sa -jin -e u ljjik -d a to take a photograph
eum -ag:eul deut-da to listen to m usic
jam -eu l ja -d a - to sleep
[ c h a e g -e u lilk -d a to read a book
chum -eul chu-da to dance
teu-reom -peu-reul chi-da to play a card gam e
C ultural N ote
JW
K orea is located in the E ast A sian m onsoon belt and has four dis
tinct seasons. D ue to its location, K orea has m onsoon season in the
sum m er. A storm w ith abundant rainfall and strong, gusting w inds,
called a typhoon, is an unw elcom e annual visitor. A bout 70% o f rain
fall com es betw een June and A ugust. T he hottest m onth is A ugust,
and the coldest m onth is January. T he average tem perature in A ugust
is above 25C (about 77F). In January, it is b elaw ~4C (approxi
m ately 30F). :
L esson 6: W eather a n d L eisu re A ctivities 187
Exercises
L Please respond to the follow ing: .
(1) ?
han-gug-eun yeo-reum ~e bo-tong nal-ssi-ga eo-ae-yo?
(2) ?
nae-il ga-chi jeom -sim -m eok-go y eong-hw a bo-reo
ga-sil-lae-yo? , ' .
(3) ? :
eo-tteo seu-po-cheu-reul jo -a-h a-se-y o ?
(4) ?
ju -m al-e-n eu n bo-tong m w o ha-se-yo? -
(5) ?
i-beon hyu-g a-ttong-an m w o h a-sy eo sseo-yo?
2. Please translate the follow ing into E nglish:
(1) -
yo-jeum -eun je o n se-ge-jeog-eu-ro i-sang-gi-on hyeon-sang-i
na-ta-naj an -a-y o .
(2) -
han~gug-eun yeo-reum ~e seup-do-ga no-pa-seo deo ji-n ae-g i-g a
him -deul-ji.
(3) .
nal-ssi-ga neo-m u deop-go klceun-kkeun-hae-seo bakk-e
na-ga-gi-ga sil-ne-yo.
(4) .
sa-sil-eun nae-il chin-gu ha-go ga-chi y eong-hw a bo-reo

ga-gi-ro hat-geo-deun-yo.
(5) .
sae-ro n a-on cheop-bo-yeong-hw a-in-de a-ju jae-m i-it-dae-yo.
. 3. Please translate into K orean:
( 1 ) 1 like to w atch T V during the w eekend, but this w eekend w as

too busy.
(2) M y hobby is taking pictures, and m y b ro th e rs is playing a
piano.
(3) In K orea, the w eather during w inter is v ery cold and windy.
(4) W hen I have tim e, I love to v isit m useum or an art gallery.
(-5) W e w ill have a lot o f rain in San D iego tom orrow .
4. Please w rite a paragraph describing the w eather in your tow n.

HI7HJ 9
L esso n 7 : S h o p p in g
Patterns
. ? .
eo-seo- o-se-yo, m w o chaj-eu-se-yo?
W elcom e, ( lit C om e quickly). W hat are you looking for?
?
ba-ji han beol sa-ryeo-go ha-neun-de gu-gyeong jo m hae-do
, dw ae-yo? * .
I am trying to buy a pair o f pants. Is it .OK if I look around?
.
i-ri deul-eo-o-se~yo. -
C om e on in here, please.
?
eo-tteon saek-kkal ba-ji-reul chaj-eu-si-neun-de-yo?
W hat color o f pants are you looking for?
:
geu-nyang a-m u os-e-na ja l eo-ul-li-neun m u-nan-han
saek-kkal-i-m yeon jo-kken-neun-de-yo.
A plain colorone that fits w ell w ith any clothes w ould be good.
.
geu-reom jit-eu n cheong saeg-i-na yeon-han gal-ssaeg-i

jo-kken-ne-'yo.
T hen either navy blue or light brow n w ould be good.
. .
jam -k k an -m an -y . je -g a jo m chaj-a bo-kke-yo.
Just a m om ent, please. I w ill check and find som e.
L esso n 7: S h o p p in g 191
?
ssa-i-jeu-neun m yeot ibTeu-se-yo?
W h ats your w aist size?
32 33.
sam -sib-i-na sam -sip-sam -i-yo.
E ither 32 or 33. *
) I ?
i-geon eo-tteo-se-yo?
H ow about this?
.
i-ge yo-jeum je-il m an-i pal-li~neun di-ja-in-in-de-yo.
This is the design that sells the m o st these days.
.
son-nim -han-te-do ja l eo-ul-li-gen-neun~de-yo.
It seem s to be go w ell w ith you, too.
.
gw aen-chan-a bo-i-ne-yo.
It looks good.
?
i-geo han beon ib-eo bw a-do dw ae-yo?
Is it O K if I try it on?
?
jeo -jjo g -e tal-ui-sil-I bo-i-si-jyo?
C an you see the dressing room over there?
* . .
jeo -reu l tta-ra o-se-yo. je -g a m o-syeo-da deu-ril-kke-yo.
P lease follow m e. I w ill take you there.
? .
eo-tteo-se-yo? je -g a bo-gi-en ja l m an-neun geot gat-eun-de-yo.
H ow is it? To m e5 it looks good on you.
. .
ja l m an-ne-yo. '
It fits w ell. . '
? .
geu-reon-de i-geo deu-ra-i hae-ya doe-neun geo a-nin-ga-yo?
B u t d o e sn t this need to be dry-cleaned?
.
yo-jeum -en jeong-jang-ba~ji-do deu-ra-i an hae-do doe-neun ge
m an-i na-w a-yo.
A lot o f dress pants that com e out these days d o n t need to be
dry-cleaned.
.
geu-nyang se-tak-gi-e neo-ko dol-li-syeo-do dw ae-yo.
You can ju s t put it in a w asher and run.
:: _
ja l teol-eo-seo m al-li-m yeon da-rim -jil-do an h a-syeo do doe-go-yo.
I f you shake it w ell and line-dry, you d o n t have to iron it.
.
cham pyeol-li-hae-seo m a-eum -e deu-ne-yo.
I like it because it is convenient (to handle).
?
ga-gyeog-eun eol-m a-na ha-neun-de-yo?
H ow m uch is the price?
10 2 5
.
j eong-kka-neun sim -m an-w on-in-de y o-jeum sse-il-gi-gan-i-ra-seo
i-sib-o-peu-ro sse-il~hae deu-ri-go iss-eo-yo.
T he regular price is 100,000 w on, but th e re 5s a sale, so w e take
o ff 25% .
. . '
geu-reom i-geo d u
beol da ju -se-y o . -
T hen please give m e both o f them .
?
K a-deu-do bad-eu-si-jyo?
You accept credit cards, right?
. .
geu-reom -yo. i-jjog-eu-ro o-se-yo.
Sure. C om e this way.
.
nek-ta-i-ha-go w a-i-syeo-cheu-do jo m bwass-eu-m yeorx
jo-ken-neun-de-yo.
I w ould like to see som e ties and dress shirts, too.
?
son-nim -i ib-eu-sil kkeo-ye-yo, a-ni-m yeon nu-gu-han-te seon-m ul-
ha-sil kkeo-ye-yo?
Is it for y o u rse lf to w ear or a gift for som eone else?
.
hal-a-beo-ji deu-ril kkeon-de-yo.
Its for m y grandpa.
.
jeo m -jan -eu n geol-lo m yeot ga-ji jo m bo-yeo ju-se-yo.
P lease show m e som e o f the ones in plain colors.
.
yo-jeum -en na-i-deu-sin bun-deul-i jeo m -jan -eu n saek-kkal-eul deo
sil-eo-ha-se-yo.
T hese days, elderly people like plain colors less than young
people do. - .

.
yo-jeum -en no-in-yong-eu-ro-do i-reo-ke san-tteu-ta-go balg-eun
saek-sang-deul-i m an-i na-w a-yo.
M any vivid and brightly colored item s, like this, for elderly people
these days.
.
i-geot bo-se-yo. '
L ook at this.
Q| .
.
i gyeo-ja-saek wa-i -syeo-cheu-ha-go j ul-m u-ni nek-ta-i-ga ja l
eo-ul-lil- kkeot gat-eun-de-yo. _
I th in k this dark yellow dress shirt and striped tie w o u ld go w ell
together.
.
Je-ga b o-gi-en gw aen-chan-eun geot gat-eun-de-yo.
To m e, it looks good.

?
geu-rae-do hok-si h al-a-beo-ji-ga m a-eum -e an deul-eo ha-si-m yeon
ba-kku-reo w a-do doe-ji-yo?
B ut ju st in case if m y grandpa d o e sn t like it, I can exchange it,
right?
3 0 .
sam -sib-il an-e o-si-m yeon eon-je-deun-ji gyo-hw an-hae
deu-ryeo-yo.
I f you com e w ith in 30 days, w e w ill exchange it for you.
.
yeong-su-jeung kkok ga-ji-go o-si-go-yo.
P lease be sure to bring y o u r receipt.
(l)
: . ?
eo-seo o-se-yo, son-nim . m w o chaj-eu-se-yo?
: | ?
ba-ji han-beol sa-ryeo-go ha-neun-de gu-gyeong jo m
-- hae-do dw ae-yo?
: . .
? "
geu-reom -yo. i-ri deul-eo-o-se-yo. eo-tteon saek-kkal
ba-ji-reul chaj-û-si-neun-de-yo?
:
.
geu-nyang a-nu os-e-na ja l eo-ul-li-neun m u-nan-han
saek-kkal - i-m yeo n jo -k en -n eu n -d e-y o .
: . .
geu-reom jit-e u n cheong-saeg~i-na yeon-han gal-ssaeg-i
jo-ken-ne-yo. j am -kkan-m an-y o .
. ?
je -g a jo m chaj-a bol-kke-yo. ssa-i-jeu-neun m yeot
ib-eu-se-yo?
: 32 33. *
sam -sib-i-na sam -sip-sam -i-yo.
: Ei ?
. s a a m
i-geon eo-tteo-se-yo? i-ge yo-jeum je -il m an-I
pal-li-m eun di-ja-in-in-de-yo. son-nim -han-tc-do ja l
eo-ul-li-gen-neun-de-yo.
: . ?
gw acn-chan-a bo-i-ne-yo. i-gco han-beon ib-co bwa~do
dw ae-yo?
: . ? .
.
geu-reom -yo. je o -jjo g -e tal-ui-sil-i bo-i-si-jyo? tta-ra-o-
se-yo. je -g a m o-sy eo -d a deu-reil-kke-yo.
(2 )
: ? .
eo-tteo-se-yo? je -g a b o-gi-en ja l m an-neun-geot
gat-eun-de-yo.
, . H .
? '
ne, ja l m an-ne-yo. geu-reon-de i-geo deu-ra-i hae-ya '
doe-neun geo a-nin-ga-yo?_
:
.
a-ni-o, y o -jeu m -en jeo n g -ja n g ba-ji-do deu-ra-i an hae-do
doe-neun ge m an-i na-w a-yo.
s .
.
geu-nyang se-tak-gi-e neo-ko dol-li-syeo-do dw ae-yo.
ja l teol-eo-se m al-li-m yeon da-rim -jil-do an ha-syeo-do
doe-go-yo.
: ? .
?
geu-rae-yo? ch am pyeol-li-hae-seo m a-eum -e deu-ne-yo.
ga-gyeog-eun eo l-m a-n a ha-neun-de-yo?
: 1 0 2 5
.
jeo n g -k k a -n e u n sim -m an-w on-in-de yo-jeum
sse-il-gi-gan-i-ra-seo i-sib-o-peu-ro sse-il-hae deu-ri-go
iss-eo-yo.
: . ?
geu-reom i-geo du-beol da ju -se-y o . ka-deu-do
bad-eu-si-jyo?
. . . _
geu-reom -yo. i-jjog-eu-ro o-se-yo.
(3)
: .
a-cham , nek-ta-i-ha-go w a-i-syeo-cheu-do jo in
bw ass-eu-m yeon jo-k k en -n eu n -d e-y o .
: ? ,
? _ y
geu-reo-se-yo? son-nim -i ib-eu-sil kkeo-ye-yo,
a-ni-m yeon nu-gu-han-te seon-m ul-ha-sil kkeo-ye-yo?
: . .
.
hal-a-beo-ji deu-ril kkeon-de-yo. jo m jeom -jan-eun
geol-lo m yeot ga-ji jo in bo-yeo ju-se-yo.
: ,
.
eo-m eo, yo-jeum -en na-i-deu-sin bun-deul-i jeom -jan-eun
saek-kkal-eul deo sil-eo-ha-se-yo.

.
yo-jeum -en no-in-yong-eu-ro-do i-reo-ke san-tteu-ta-go
balg-eun saek-sang-deul-i m an-i na-w a-yo.
.
.
i-geof bo-se-yo. i gyeo-ja-saek w a-i-syeo-cheu-ha-go
jul-nui-ni nok-ui-i-t>a jal co-ul-lil kkeot gat-eun-de-yo.
: _ . . . .
heum . . . je -g a bo-gi-en gw aen-chan-eun geot
gat-eun-de-yo.

?
geu-rae-do hok-si hal-a-beo-ji-ga m a-eum -e an deul-eo
ha-si-m yeon ba-kku-reo w a-do doe-ji-yo?
L e sso n 7: S h o p p in g 199
: . . 3 0 .
.
geu-reom -yo. sam -sib-il an-e o-si-m yeon eon-je
deun-ji
gyo-hw an-hae deu-ryeo-yo. yeong-su-jeung kkok
ga-ji-go o-si-go-yo.
9 E nglish Translation
(1)
Salesperson:' H ello. M ay I help you?
Lee: I am trying to b u y a pair o f pants. C an I look
around?
Salesperson: Sure. C om e on in, please. W hat color o f pants are
you looking for?
Lee: . A plain color one that goes w ell w ith any clothes
w ould be great.
Salesperson: T h en either navy blue or light b row n w ould be
good. O ne m om ent, please. I w ill check and nd
som e. W h ats your w aist size?
Lee: E ither 32 or 33.
Salesperson: H ow about this? T his design sells the m ost these
days. I th in k it w ill look good on you, too.
Lee; It looks good. C an I try it on?
Salesperson: O f course. C an you see the dressing room over
there? P lease follow m e; I w ill take you there.
(2)
Salesperson; H ow is it? I think it looks good on you.
Lee: Yes, it ts w ell. B ut d o e sn t this need to be
dry-cleaned?
Salesperson: N o, these days w e get a lot o f dress pants that d o n t
need to be dry-cleaned. You can ju s t p u t it in a
w asher. I f you shake it w ell and line-dry, you d o n t
have to iron it.
Lee: R eally? f like that it is convenient. H ow m uch is it?
Salesperson: T he regular price is 100,000 w on, but th ere s a sale,
so it w ill be 25% off.
Lee; Then I w ill get tw o pairs altogether. You accept
credit cards, right?
Salesperson: Sure. C om e on this way.
(3)
Lee: O h, I w ant to see som e ties and dress shirts, too.
Salesperson: R eally? Is it for y o u rse lf o r a gift for som eone else?
Lee: I ts for m y grandpa. C an you show m e som e o f the
plain color ones?
Salesperson: O h no, actually elderly people like plain colors less
than young people do these days. T here are m any
vivid and bright color item s, like this, for elderly
people. C heck this out. I think this d ark yellow
dress shirt and striped tie w ould m atch w ell.
Lee: H m m . * * I th in k it w ill look' alright. B u t if m y
grandpa d o e sn t like it, I can still exchange it, right?
Salesperson: O f course. I f you com e w ithin 30 days, you can
exchange it. P lease be sure to bring y our receipt.
V ocabulary
ga-gyeok price
gal-saek light brow n
gyeo-ja-saek dark yellow
na-i-deu-sin bun-deul elderly people
nek ta-i necktie ^
no-in-yong things for elderly people
nu-gu w ho, som eone
du-beol tw o pairs
deu-ra-i - dry cleaning
deu-ril geo things to give (hon.)
di-ja-in design
m yeot w hat
m yeot ga-ji a couple of, several
mwo w hat, som ething
ba-ji - pants
sa-i-jeu size
saek-kkal color
saek-sang color and shape
se-il-gi-gan sale p erio d
se-tak-gi w ashing m achine
son-nim custom er
yeong-su-jeung receipt
ot clothes
w a-i-syeo-cheu dress shirt
i-jjok this side
jeo -jjo k th at side
jeo m -w o n salesperson
S jeo m -jan -eu n geot p lain-color item
jeo n g -k k a original price
jeo n g -jan g ba-ji dress pants
L esso n 7: S h o p p in g - 203
cheong-saek navy blue

ka-deu credit card
talai-sil fitting room
han beol one pair
10 sip-m arw on 10,000 w on
25 i-sib-o peu-ro 25 percent
30 sam -sib-il 30 days
V erbs
II ga-ji-go o~da to bring som ething

gw aen-chan-ta to be O K
] gw aen-chan-a bo-i-da to look good
gyo-hwan-hae deu-ri-da to exchange (hon.)
g u-gyeong ha-da to ju s t look around
na-o-da to com e out
I neo-ta to put inside
da-rim -jil-ha-cia to iron
dol-li-da to turn
deu-ra-i ha-da to dry clean
deul-eo-o-da to enter
tta-ra-o-da to follow
" m a-eum -e deul-da to like, to fit so m eo n es
taste
not to like
m a-eum -e an deul-eo-ha-da
m al-li-da to dry
* ' mo~syeo~da deu-ri-da to take som eone (hon.)
m u-nan-ha~da to be decent
ba-kku-reo o-da to com e to exchange
bat-da to receive
SI Cl balk-da to be bright
bo-da to see
l \ ]-irem | 0
Q m s jo j
s s jn o o j o o -u io o j- n g
u m tu o o j- n g g
Au m s i Aq c;n q .^p-uo^j-n^ |r..j
1B3J o A -ss-o o j-n o S |jy j-"2]3
3TUSt U9A3 i>p-rtiu-no vj- |]p -j
K\uo ;s n f XJUBAU-tl^S ; "Q
su o p o u n fu 3 / s u n o ^ j-o jj; / s q a s A p y
JU9TU9AUOO 3 q B p-B q-n-I 9Ad ^ |

p \o s a q o ; a \^ m
Bp - n - F d
jjo o Bp
p )]
JOJ 0 1 o ; Bp-oq-B-fBqo j
p u g o; cj o j 1 o; - ^ p - ^ q ]
s q o; !r a
sd ix js lu -n u i-p f
q a \2 o - ]
pooS aq o; -0 n ] s

U 303p o ^-TO f-UIOSf g
I
[3AMU Bp-JBIUp!' ]
JB9M. O(s s ip o io ) UO Asi l BP - o q - 9 -q i O S HDfo
bp - * b
3UIOO O , Bp-O
jq H s q j B p-^q-uoaX \ J ] Q g
ip /^ q o BUi o ; BP-H-IU-03
IF R P - -03-n s ]3 ]Q K ) w-
(u o q ) lu n o o sx p ca Bp-u-nsp 9 B q -n -ss | fjo |hY

U3S9jd V 3AI Bp q -[m u -ii 3S !:))
q s s j j puv ivq u s q o; B p -m -n ires _|] ]q
Anq ca Bp-BS Y
U93S s q BP - i- q a i o s
M q s o; B p - n f 3 X - o q | ]
N V 3 O S ^ a N N IO H a W)3
- ' xxmixxiq um ...
qsbo u i isn f ' TS-ôq | Y _
oouo u o a q - T O ii
Qi\o u im p
c9 IWH u io f g
S jg ^SOUI n-^r IK
MSXAjo ;uxod A m ux ua-iS-oqBg-af j | 3 | C S ^Cll-Y
^n u x u i b jc UBUI-UB>pi-UI13C
_3 ^ _g
i^ r
Abm s iq ; . P~! 1 10
TO 3 i - -oai \ \ c m \ 0
Sp 3 S 3 ip uinsf-oX
qonui oq B U -Û I-l 9
* J3A3U3qAV Tf-unsp-sf-uos |y |1Y f

3SB3]d 0 3 S - 0 3 [Y [Q
(ou) qn-qn 03111-03 \Q [

uiHîso ts cqoiqA\. HO -0 3 \Q
;pioqB m h ; 3 S - 3 03 IIY hDK)
cqo Ui^qo-B _{0
Aire nui-H ^-10
_ ~ ÔU J I cJ u o q Xu i - i u - b 1 !
90Z 8uid d o i(^ i uossbj

G ram m ar
(1) P assive Verbs
In E nglish, one often hears such sentence structures as the w indow

w as broken. This is the passive form . In K orean, the passive con
struction is form ed by attaching the suffix l(i): (hi), (li)
or ^1 (gi) to a verb stem . Since all verbs cannot-be m ade passive,
the ones that can m ust be m em orized along w ith the suffix used.
W ith passive verbs, the subject (w hich w ould be the object o f a tran
sitive sentence) is m arked by the subject particles 0 |( i) o r (g a) or
the topic m arkers (eun) or (neuh).T he agent (the subject o f a
transitive sentence) is m arked w ith the dative particle (han-te)
w hen the agent is a person or anim al. I f the agent is an inanim ate,
object, the particle (e) is used. B elow are som e verbs classified
according to passive suffix.
A ctive Passive Sam ple Sentence

.
bo-da bo-i-da jeo -g i sin-ho-deung-i
bo-yeo-yo
to see to be seen I see the traffic light over there.
.
sseu-da sseu-i-da i-yag_i gam -gi-e ja l
sseu-yeo-yo
to use to be used T his m edicine is often used
for colds.
.
dat-da da-chi-da ba-ram -e m un-i
da-chyeoss-eo-yo
to close to be closed T he door becam e closed
because o f the w ind.
-
m ak-da m a-ki-da cha-g a m an-a-seo gil~i
m a-kyeo-yo
to block to be blocked T he street is blocked due to
m any cars.
.
jap -d a ja-p i-d a do-dug-i gyeong-chal-han-te
ja-p y ess-eo -y o
to catch r to be caught T he th ie f w as caught by the
policem an.
. .
m ul-da m ul-li-da u -che-bu-ga gae-han-te
m ul-lyeoss-eo-yo
to bite to be bitten T he m ailm an w as bitten by
a dog.
.
yeol-da yeol-li-da ga-ge-m un-i y eol-lyeoss-eo
yo
to open to be open T h e store door is open.
.
deut-da deul-li-da eum -ak so-ri-ga deul-lyeo-yo
to hear to be heard I h eard m usic.
.
pal-da pal-li-da yo-jeum jib -i ja l pal-lyeo-yo
to sell to be sold H ouses are sold quickly
these days.
.
ppaet-da ppaet-gi-da gae-han-te sa-gw a-reul
ppaet-gyeoss~eo-yo
to take aw ay to be taken aw ay M y apple has been taken aw ay
by the dog.
208 ' BEGINNERS KOREAN
.
an~tta an-gi-da a-i-ga eom -m a-ha-te
an-gyeoss-eo-yo
to hold to be held The baby w as being held by
the m om .
.
jjo t-d a jjo t
gi-da jw i-g a go-yang-i han-te
jjot-gyeo-yo -
to chase to be chased A p o u s e is being chased by '
a cat.
(2) S i a (go it-da) vs. ~ (go gye-si-da)

p ro g re ssiv e be ..A ng"
W hen indicating the progression or repetition o f an actio n a d d the

suffix (go it-da) to the verb. The honorific form uses the
suffix (go gye-si~da). The past tense plain uses the suffix
(go iss-eoss-eo-yo) and the past tense honorific uses
~ (go gye-syeoss-eo-yo). .
The future tense uses J2 (go iss-eul kkeo-ye-yo) and

(go gye-sil kkeo-ye-yo), respectively.
(3) ((eu)-m yeon) if, w hen
U se the suffix f9.)P 1 to create either a conditional statem ent (in

I-.nglish. no \\nw uses or to express w hen. W hen the verb stem
e"(ls in a consoiKinl other than use (eu-m yeon). W hen it
emis in n :owel or ; . use H (m yeon).
(4) J I I 2 ((eu)l-kke-yo) vs. ((eu)l-lae-yo)

a ttd expressin g intention
T he ending ( ) (-[eu]l-kke-yo) expresses the determ ination

o f or a prom ise by the speaker to do som ething. It denotes w illingness,
assurance, and prom ise. T he E nglish equivalent is I am going to

do. It m ay be u sed only in the first person and only in the form o f
statem ent. It cannot be u sed in a question. W hen expressing intention
in a statem ent, use the sentence ending ( ) -(eu )l-lae-y o .
A lso use it w hen asking the intention o f the listener. It denotes inten
tion and assertion. T he E nglish equivalent is planning to d o : These
patterns occur only in casual language. In a form al setting, one uses
) ? ([eu]-si get-seum -ni-kka?) instead o f ~ ( ) s

and (get-seum -ni-da) instead o f ( ) .
E xam ples:
- .
jeo -n e u n bi-bim -ppab-eul m eog-eul-kke
yo.
I am going to eat bi-bim -ppap- (casual)
.
jeo -n e u n bi-bim -ppab-eul m eog-eul-lae-yo,
I am planning to eat bi-bim -ppap, {casual)
.
je o -n e u n bi-bim -ppab-eul m eok-get-seum -ni-da.
I am planning to eat bi-bim -ppap. (form al)
?
bi-bim -ppab-eul m eog-eul-lae-yo?
A re you planning to eat bi-bim -ppap? {casual)
F?
bi-bim -ppab-eul deu-si-get-seum -ni-kka?
A re you planning to eat bi-bim -ppap? (form al)
(5) N oun Form ation: 3! (neun g eo t) vs. <
To express a verb as a noun, add the suffix to the verb. This

is the equivalent o f adding the suffix -in g to a 'v e rb in English.
D epending on the sentence, a particle m ay be added, causing con
traction. In w riting, the farm s ~ and
are n o t shortened into contractions. C ontractions are used colloqui
ally. T he contractions occur like so:
(neun geot-i) > (neun ge)

(neun geot-eul) > (neun geol)
(neun geot-eun) > (neun geon)
The ending (-gi) is also used to form a noun from a verb.

Som etim es and I are used interchangeably, but not alw ays.
To m ake a list o f things to do, I is used.
/
geot-da geot-gi / geon-neun geot
w alk w alking
/
no-rae-ha-da no-rae-ha-gi / no-rae-ha-neun geot
sing singing
/
syo-ping-ga-da syo-ping-ga-gi / syo-ping-ga-neun geot
go shopping shopping
/
ja -d a ja -g i / ja-n e u n geot
sleep sleeping
"Lesson : S h o p p in g 211
(6) Perm ission / (a/eo-do doe-da) vs.

Prohibition ( 0 ((eu)-m yeon an-doe-da)
To ask for or grant perm ission to do som ething in a general sense,

use the pattern [>1 (a/eo-do dae-yo). T he negative form s
are >1 (an a/eo-do dae-yo) and (ji
an--do dae-yo). To askfor or grant perm ission to do som ething in
particular, do not use (doe-da). U se (jo-ta) or !
(gw aen-chan-ta) instead.
To refuse perm ission, forbid an action, or issue a w arning, use the

ending ( ) ; ([eu]-m yeon an-dae-yo), w hich directly
translates as it is not all right i f . .
(7) E xpressin g o ld
A lthough old in E nglish signifies aged in m o st instances, the

K orean equivalents have distinct connotations and are quite specific
in term s o f w hat is being described.
F or item s, use ' (o-rae-doe-da) to express a positive

m eaning, e.g.
.
(i geu-rim -eun o-rae-doen geos-i-da.)
This picture is old and venerable.
T he w ord (nalk-da) is used to em phasize a negative m eaning,

e-g-
.
(i chaek-sang-eun nalg-at-da.)
T his d esk is old and run-dow n.
W hen referring to oneself, yo u n g er people o r anim als, one uses the

w ord (n eu lk 'd a). F o r exam ple:
. _
(na-do i-je neulg-eot-da.)
N ow I am old.
T he w ord U"0| !' [ j (na-i-ga m an-ta) is used to describe o n e self

or o ther people regardless o f age. H ow ever, the honorific m arker A|
(-si) should be attached if necessary, e.g.
.
, (bu-m o-nim -i na-i-ga m an-eu-si-da.)
M y parents are old.
W hen speaking o f som eone in a hum ble or deferential m anner, one

uses the w ord ' (yeon-se-ga m an-eu-si-da), e.g.
.
(bu-m o-nim -i yeon-se-ga m an-eu-si-da.)
M y parents are old.
F urther Study
(1) K in ds o f S tores
kkot jip , hw a-w on fiorist/flow er shop

da-b an g ka-pe cafe, coffee shop
bae-kw a-jeom departm ent store
ppang-jjip, je-g w a-jeo m bakery
sa-jin gw an
photo shop
seo-jeom , chaek-bang - bookstore
syu-peo-m a-ket superm arket
sin-bal-kka-ge shoe store
yak-guk, yak-bang drugstore
o t-ga ge clothing store
u-che-guk post-office
eun-haeng bank
jan g -n an -k k am ga-ge toy store
pyeon-ui-jeom , ! ga-ge convenience store
(2) C lothing
nam -bang T-shirts, ten n is/g o lf shirts

nek>ta-i necktie
m o-ja hat
m ok-do-ri m uffler/scarf
ba-ji pants
b eul-la-useu blouse
M syeo-cheu shirt
sog-ot underw ear
seu-w e-teo sw eater
seu-ka-peu sc a rf
seu-ta-king panty hose
yang-m al socks
! w a-i-syeo-cheu dress shirt

Sj 11-1 w on-pi-seu dress
ja-k e t : ja c k e t
* jan g -g ap glove
jeo n g -jan g suit
chi-m a skirt ^
kae-ju-eol casual
co-teu : coat
P u ttin g O n a n d T a k in g O f f C lo th e s r
K orean has different verbs for to put on or to w e a r/5 and to take

off, depending on how the item is w orn. F o r exam ple, (ip-da)
is fo r apparel other than headgear, footw ear, or gloves. The verb
[ (sin-a) is for footw ear, and the verb I [ (kki-da) is for things
that fit tightly, such as gloves.
Item s P u ttin g O n V erb T aking O ff V erb

ot ip-da beot-da
clothes
yang-m al
sin-a beot-da
socks
sirbal, sin-tta beot-da

shoes
m o-ja sseu-da beot-da

hat, cap
an-gyeong 1 kki-da beot-da,

glasses H ppae-(
jan g -g ap k ki-da beot-da,

gloves, m ittens H ppae-da
ban-ji 1 k k i-d a ppae-da

ring
m eo-ri-pin k kot-da H[ppae-da

hairpin
mokdo-ri, m ae-d , pul-da,

sc a rf du-reu-da kkeu-reu-da
nek-ta-i m ae-da S P" pul-da,

necktie kkeu-reu-da
bel-teu cha-da, pul-da,

belt ha-da kkeu-reu-da
T he verb (ha-da) is used w ith necklaces, earrings, and other

accessories.
D a rk n e ss a n d P a tte rn s
light ( ) yeon(-han)
e.g. light yellow yeo n h an n o-ran saek

yeon-no-ran-saek
yeon-no-rang-saek
dark ( ) jin (-h a n )
e.g. dark yellow jin -h a n no-ran-saek
jin -n o -ra n saek
jin -n o -ra n g -sa e k

checkered che-k eu -m u -n u iche-keu-m u-ni
striped 1ju l-m u -n u i, jul-m u~ni
flow er-patterned kkon-m u-nui, kkon-m u-ni
C ultural N ote
In K orea, negotiating prices is com m on except in departm ent stores

and superm arkets, w here all item s have price tags. A lthough grow ing
num bers o f m erchants accept credit cards, they still prefer cash
to plastic. Tax is included in the price. M ost shops aw open until
10 p m and som e are open until m idnight or 24 hours. It is advisable
to carry sufficient cash as ATM m achines are not easily found apart
from banks. O ne needs to know o n e s clothing size as m any clothing
stores are reluctant to allow the trying-on o f clothes p rio r to pu r
chase. A full refund for cash is rare, but exchanges for other products
are possible. ' .
L esso n 7 S h o p p in g 217
E xercises
1. P lease respond to the follow ing:
(1) , . ?
eo-seo o-se-yo, son-nim . m w o chaj-eu-se-yo?
(2) ?
eo-tteon ba-ji-ha-go cyeo-cheu-reul chaj-eu-si-neun-de-yo?
(3) ? _
ssa-i-jeu-neun m yeot ib-eu-se-yo? '
(4) ?
son-nim -i ib-eu-sil kkeo n -g a-y o ? da-reun bun-han-te
. seon-m ul-ha-sil kkeon-ga-yo?
(5) ? '
je -g a bo-gi-e-neun ja l eo-ul-li-neun geot gat-eun-de
son-nim -eun eo-tteo-se-yo?
2. Please translate the follow ing into E nglish;
(1) .
i-ge yo-jeum je -il m an-i pal-li-n eu n di-ja-in-in-de-yo.
(2) ?
geu-reon-de i-geo deu-ra-i hae-y a doe-neun geo a-nin-ga-yo?
(3) .
y o-jeum -en j eong-j ang-ba-j i-do deu-ra-i an hae-do doe-neun ge
m an-i na-w a-yo.
(4) 1 0 2 5
.
jeo n g -k k a-n eu n sim -m an-w on-in-de yo -jeu m sse-il-g-gan-i-ra-
seo i-sib-o~peu-ro sse-il-hae deu-ri-go iss-eo-yo.
(5) .
yo-jeum -en na-i-deu-sin bun-deul-i jeo m -ja n -e u n saek-kkal-eul
deo sil-eo-ha-se-yo.
(6) _
.
i gyeo-ja-saek w a-i-syeo-cheu-ha-go ju l-m u -n i nek-ta-i-ga ja l
eo-ul-li-gen-neun-de-yo.
(7) .
geu-nyang a-m u os-e-na ja l eo-ul-li-neun m u-nan-han
saek-kkal-i-m yeon jo-ken-neun-de-yo. .
3. P lease fill in the blanks w ith appropriate passive verbs:
(1) ( : . ________). a-i-ga eom -m a-ha-te

(an-tta)
(2) ( :_____________). jeo -g i sin-ho-deung-i
(bo-da)
(3) ( :_____________). cha-ga m an-a-seo gil-i
(m ak-da)
(4) ( :_____________ ). u-che-bu-ga gae-han-te
(m ul-da)
(5) ( :_____________). gae-han-te sa-gw a-reul
(ppaet-da)
4. Please fill in the blanks w ith appropriate w ords:
(1. ),
(2. ) (3. )
(4. ) (5. )
. (6.
_ (7 . ) ( 8 , :
(9. ), (10,
5. P lease w rite a paragraph describing your favorite fashion.

8
L esso n 8: F o o d & R esta u ra n ts

220 B E G IN N E R 'S K O REAN
Patterns
.
jo -e u n a-chim -im -ni-da. '
G ood m orning.
.
il-jjik na-o-syeon-ne-yo.
You cam e out early.
.
. . :
o-neul-eun i-geot jeo -g e o t il-i jo m m an-a-seo-yo.
T h a ts because I have quite a lot o f w ork to do today.
?
w ae beol-sseo na-o-syeoss-eo-yo?
W hy did you com e so early?
.
o-neul-eun gil-i byeol-lo bok-ja-pa-ji an-a-seo jo m il-jjik
do-cha-kaet-seum -ni~da.
There w a sn t too m uch traffic today, so I arrived a little early.
?
il si-ja-ka-gi jeon~e ga-chi keo-pi-na han-jan hal-kka-yo?
Shall w e have som e coffee together before w e start w ork?
| .
m a-chim jco -jjo g -c cum -ay o -su ja-p an -g i-g a in-ne-yo.
C oincidentally, a drink vending m achine is over there.
L esso n 8: F o o d & R esta u ra n ts 221
?
na-neun naeng-keo-pi-na han-jan hal-k k a ha-neun-de
seong-m in-ssi-neun m w ol-lo ha-si-gess-eo-yo?
I w ould like to have a can o f iced coffee, and w hat w ould you like
to have, Seong-M in?
.
jeo -d o naeng-keo-pi-ro ha^ji-yo.
I w ould like to have an iced coffee also.
.
beol-sseo jeo m -sim -si-g an -i da dw aet-gun-yo.
It is already about tim e fo r lunch.
. .
o-neul-eun jeo n g -m al si-gan-i ppal-li ga-ne-yo
T he tim e (seem s to) be going by so fast today.
?
hoe-sa ap-e han-sik-jib-i sae-ro saeng-gyeon-neun-de gab
o-syeot-seum -ni-kka?
A K orean restaurant has ju st opened in front o f the office, and have
you been there? .
.
a-ni-o, a-jik an ga bw ass-eo-yo.
N o, I have n ot been there yet.
?
geu jib -e u n m w ol ja l ham -ni-kka?
W hat kind o f dishes are good there { lit in the house)?
, .
naeng-m yeon-do ja l ha-go, bi-birr ppap-do m as-it-seum -ni-da.
N aeng-m yeon is good, and bi-bim -bap is also good.
! .
bi-gyo-jeok da gw aen-chan-seum -ni-da.
A ll (the foods) are relatively good (there).
.
ga-ge-do kkae-kkeu-ta-go-yo. r
T he restaurant is clean also.
?
geu-reom nal-ssi-do deo-un-de o-neul-eun naeng-m yeon-i-na han
geu-reut m eog-eo bol-kka-yo?
T hen shall w e (go to) have som e naeng-m yeon today since the
w eather is hot?
. _
geu-reom ga-chi na-ga-si-jyo.
T hen le ts go together.
.
o-neul-eun je -g a m o-si-get-seum -ni-da.
T his is m y treat today, (lit I w ill treat you today.)
O .
eo-seo o-se-yo.
W elcom e, {lit C om e quickly.)
?
jan g -sa ja l doe-si-ji-yo?
Your business is doing w ell, right?
L esso n 8:F o o d & R esta u ra n ts 223
.
o o-syeon-ne-yo.
You are here again, {lit. You cam e again.)
.
eo-seo i-ri deul-eo-o-se-yo.
P lease com e this way.
. '
yeo-gi seon-pung-gi ap-i je -il si-w on-hae-yo.
T his, in front o f the fan, is the coolest spot.

.
o-neul-eun je -g a u-ri gwa-j ang-nim -do m o-sigo w ass-eu-ni-kka
teuk-byeol-hi deo ja l hae ju -sy e o -y a doem-ni~da.
Since I bro u g h t m y m anager w ith m e today, please be
especially nice.
.
geu-reon geon geok-jeong-ha-ji m a-se-yo.
D o n t w orry ab o u t that.
?
o-neul-eun mwol~lo hae deu-ril-kka-yo?
W h at w ould you like today? {lit. W h at do you w ant m e to cook
for you?)
K?
rrm l-lang-m yeon-eu-ro h a-si-get-seum ni-kka,
b i-bim -n aeng-m yeon-eu-ro ha-si-get-seum -ni-kka?

W ould you like to have naeng-m yeon soup or hot-paste
naeng-m yeon?
.
na-neun m ul-lang-m yeon-i jo-ken-ne-yo.
N aeng-m yeon soup sounds good to m e. (lit. N aeng-m yeon soup
w ould be good for m e.)
.
yeo-gi m ul-lang-m yeon ha-na-Ha-go bi-bim -naeng-m yeon ha-na
p pal-li jo m gat-da ju-se-yo.
Please brin g a naeng-m yeon soup and a hot-paste naeng-m yeon
here quickly. r
.
bi-b im -n aen g 'm y eo n -eu n neo;m u m aep-ji an-ke hae ju-se-yo.
P lease do not m ake the hot-paste naeng-m yeon too spicy.
.
naeng-su-ha-go m ul-ssu-geon-do jo m gat-da ju-se-y o .
P lease give us som e cold w ater and w et tow els too.
. -
geum -bang gat-da deu-ril-kke-yo.
I w ill brin g it right away.
. * .
yeo-gi naeng-m yeon na-w at-seum -ni-da.
H ere com es your naeng-m yeon.
: E ,
i je()"-cunssco-hi-sseu-ro deu-ri-neun geo-ni-kka m as-it-ge
dcu-sc-yo. ~
T his scallion pancake is on the house, so please enjoy it.
.
ja l m eok-get-seum -ni-da.
W e w ill enjoy it.
L esso n 8: F o o d & R e sta u ra n ts 225
h?
eum -sig-i ib-e m aj-eu-sim -ni-kka?
D id you like the food? {lit. T he food fits y o u r taste?)
.
jeo n g -m al gung-m ul-do si-w on-ha-go cham m as-in-ne-yo.
T he soup is very cool and nice, and quite delicious.
.
ap-eu-ro ja -ju w a-ya-gess-eO -yo. .
I should com e m ore often from now on,
?
geu-rae-seo j eo-do yo-jeum i j i p dan-gol-i dw aet-ji an~seum-ni-kka?
T h a ts w hy I am a regular custom er at this place, you know ?
.
deok-bun-e ja l m eog-eot-seum -ni-da.
T hanks to you, I had a great m eal.
.
da-eum beon-en nae-ga sa-ji-yo.
I w ill treat you n ex t tim e.
?
geu-reom i-je il-eo-nal-kka-yo?
Should w e leave now ?
F?
yeo-gi mo~du eol-m a-im -ni-kka?
H ow m uch w as th at altogether here?
.
y eo-gi it-seum -ni-da.
H ere it is.
.
m an-i pa-se-yo.
Do a lot o f business, ( lit Sell a lot.)
.
o o-se-yo.
C om e again please.
L esso n 8: F o o d & R esta u ra n ts X T!
(i)
: , . .
an-nyeong-ha-se-yo, bak-seong-m in-ssi. jo -e u n
a-chim -im -ni~da.
: . .
an-nyeong-ha-sim -ni-kka, gim -gw a-jang-nim . il~jjik
na-o-syeon-ne-yo.
: .
- ?
ne, o-neul-eun i-geot je o -g e o t il-i jo m m an-a-seo-
yo. geu-reon-de seong-m in-ssi-neun w ae beol-sseo
na-o-syeoss-eo-yo?
:
.
o-neul-eun gil-i byeol-lo bok-ja-pa-ji an-a-seo jo m il-jjik
do-cha-kaet-seum -ni-da.
: .
?
geu-reo-kun-yo. geu-reom u-ri il si-ja-ka-gi jeo n -e ga-chi
keo-pi-na han-jan hal-kka-yo?
: . .
ne, jot-seum -ni-da. m a-chim jeo -jjo g -e eum -nyo-su ja-
pan -g i-g a in-ne-yo.
:
?
na-neun naeng-keo-pi-na han-jan h alkka ha-neun-de
seong-m in-ssi-neun m w ol-lo ha-si-gessêo-yo?
: .
jeo -d o naeng-keo-pi-ro ha-ji-yo.
228 B EG fN N ER S KOREAN
( 2) -
:
.
.
" a-i-g u beol-sseo jeom -sim -si-gan-i da dw aet-gun-yo.
o-neul-eun jeo n g -m al si-gan-i ppal-li ga-ne-yo.
:
?
gw a-jang-nim 5 hoe-sa ap-e han-sik-jib-i sae-ro saeng-
gyeon neun-de gab o-syeot-seum -ni-kka?
: . ?
a-niô, a-jik an ga bw ass-eo-yo. gu jib -e u n m w ol ja l
ham -ni-kka?
:
- . .
naeng-m yeon-do ja l h a -g o ? bi-bim -ppap-do m as-it-go,
bi-gyo-jeok da gw aen-chan-sseum -ui-da.
ga-ge-do kkae-kkeu-ka-go -yo.
: ?
?
geu-rae-yo? geu-reom nal-ssi-do deo-un-de o-neul-eun
naeng-m yeon-i-na han geu-reut m eog-eo bol-kka-yo?
: . .
geu-reom ga-chi na-ga-si-jyo. o-neul-eun je-g a
m o-si-get-seum -ni-da.
(3)
:
e o cnse~yo.
: ? ?
a-ju-m eo-ni, an-nyeong-ha-se-yo? jan g -sa ja l
doe-si-ji-yo?
: . .
.
a-i-g u tto o-syeon-ne-yo. eo-seo i-ri deul-eo o-se-yo.
yeo-gi seon-pung-gi ap-i je-il si-w on-hae-yo.
L esso n 8: F o o d Sc R esta u ra n ts 229
:
.
o-neul-eun je -g a u-ri gw a-j ang-nim -do m o-si-go w ass-eu-
ni-kka teuk-byeol-hi deo ja l hae ju -sy eo -y a doem -ni-da.
: .
?
geu-reom -yo, g eu-reon geon geok-jeong m a-se-yo.

geu-reon-de o-neul-eiin m w ol-lo hae deu-ril-kka-yo?
:
?
g w a-jan g -n im m ul-laeng-m yeon-eu-ro ha-si-
gess-eum -rii-kka, bi-bim -naeng-m yeou-eu-ro
ha-si-gess-eum -ni-kka? ,
: . . . .
g e u l-s s e -y o ... na-neun m ul-laeng-m yeon-i jo-ken-ne-yo.
:
.
a-ju-m eo-ni? geu-reom yeo-gi m ul-laeng-m yeon ha-na-
- ha-go b i-bim -naeng-m yeon ha-na ppal-li jo m gat-da
ju-se-yo.

.
bi-bim -naeng-m yeon-eun m eo-m u m aep-ji an-ke hae
ju -si-g o -y o , naeng-su-ha-go m ul-ssu-geon-do jo m gat-da
ju-se-y o .
: .
ne, al-get-seum -ni-da. geum -bang gat-da deu-ril-kke-yo.
(4) _ _
( jam -si hu)
: .
.
yeo-gi naeng-m yeon na-w ass-eum -ni-da. geu-ri-go i pa-
jeo n -e u n sseo-bi-sseu-ro deu-ri-neun geo-ni-kka m as-it-
ge deu-se-yo.
: . .
g o - m a p - s e u m - n i - d a , a - j u - m e o - n i . jal
meok-get-seum-ni-da.
( s i k - s a h u )
: ?
g w a - j a n g - n i m e u m - s i g - i ib-e m a j - e u - s i m - n i - k k a ?
: .
.
jeong-mal g u n g - m u l - d o si-won-ha-go c h a m mas-in-ne-
; yo. a p - e u - r o ja-ju w a - y a - g e s s - e o - y o .
: ?
g e u - r a e - s e o j e o - d o y o - j e u m i jip d a n - g o l - i d w a e t - j i
an-sseum-ni-kka?
: . .
. ?
g e u - r e o - k u n - y o . d e o k - b u n - e jal m e o g - e o t - s e u m - n i -
da. d a - e u m - p p e o n - e n n e - g a sa-ji-yo, g e u - r e o m i-je
il-eo-nal-kka-yo?
: 5 . ?
geu*reo-si-jy - a-ju-meo-ni, y e o - g i m o - d u
eol-ma-im~ni-kka?
: ... .
j a m - k k a n - m a n - y .man-i-cheon-won-i-ne-yo.
: . .
Y e o - g i it-seum-ni-da. m a n - i pa-se-yo.
: m : : . .
nea n - n y e o n g - h i g a - s e - y o . tto o - s e - y o .
L esson 8: F o o d & R estaurantS 231
HI E nglish Translation
(1)
Kim : H ello, M r. Seong-M in Park. G ood m orning.
Park: H ello, m anager M r. K im . You cam e out early.
K im : Yes, I have quite a lot o f w ork to do today. B y the way,
w hy did you com e to w ork so early? ,
Park: T here w a sn t too m uch traffic today, so I arrived a little :
early. '
K im ; I see. T hen w ould you like to have a coffee w ith m e
before w e start w ork?
Park: Yes, that sounds good. L uckily a drink; vending m achine
is o v er there.
Kim : I w ould like to have a can o f iced coffee, and w hat w ould
you like to have?
Park: I w ould like to have iced coffee also.
(2 )
Kim : Wow, it is already tim e for lunch. The tim e seem s to be
going by so fast today.
Park: M anager, a K orean restaurant has ju st opened in front o f
the office, and have you been there?
K im ; N o, I have not been there yet. W hat kinds o f dishes are
good there?
P a rk N aeng-m yeon is good, bi-bim -bap is good, and all the
foods are relatively good there. The restaurant is clean
also.
K im R eally? Then, since the w eather is hot, shall we go to try
som e naeng-m yeon today?
Park: T hen le ts go together. This is m y treat today.
(3)
O w ner: W elcom e.
Park: H ello, m a'a m . H ow are you? Your business is doing w ell,
right?
O w ner: Oh, you are here again. P lease com e this way. This, in
front o f the fan, is the coolest spot.
Park: Since I brought m y m anager w ith m e today, please be
especially nice.
O w ner: O f course, d o n t w orry about that. B y the way, w hat
w ould you like today?
Park: Sir, w ould you like naeng-m yeon soup or hot-paste
naeng-m yeon?
K im : W e ll. . . naeng-m yeon soup sounds good to m e.
Park: M a am, please bring us a naeng-m yeon soup and a hot-
paste naeng-m yeon quickly. P lease do n o t m ake the
hot-paste naeng-m yeon too spicy, and give us som e cold
w ater and w et tow els too.
O w ner: Sure. I w ill bring it right away.
(4)
(A bit later)
O w ner: H ere is your naeng-m yeon. A nd this scallion pancake is
on the hou_se, so please enjoy i t
Park: T hank you, m aam . We w ill enjoy it.
(A fter the m eal)
Park: M anager, did you like the food?
K im : The soup w as really cool and nice, and v ery delicious. I
should com e m ore often*
Park: T h a ts w hy I am a regular custom er at this place, you
know ?
Kim : I see. T hanks to you, I h ad a great m eal. I w ill treat you
next tim e. Should w e leave now ?
Park: OK. M a am , how m uch w as that altogether?
O w ner: O ne m o m e n t. . . T hat w ill be tw elve thousand w on.
Park: H ere it is. D o a lot o f business.
O w ner: T hank you. G ood-bye. C om e again.
V ocabulary
: ga-ge store, shop

! gw a-jang-nim departm ent m anager
gung-m ul soup
gil street, road
naeng-m yeon cold noodle
^ 4= naeng-su ice w ater :
naeng-keo-pi iced coffee
da-eum -beon * n ex t tim e '
. dan-gol - regular custom er
m an-i-cheon-w on 1200 w on
m an-ta to be m any
m ul-laeng-m yeon cold noodle soup
m ul-ssu-geon w e t tow el
bi-bim -naeng-m yeon cold noodle w ith hot paste
bi-bim -ppap rice w ith m ixed vegetable
sseo-bi-sseu service
seon-pung-gi fan
si-gan tim e
sik-sa hu after a/the m eal
CH a-ju-m eo-ni m iddle-aged w om an
ap front
1 yeo-gi here
o-neul today
u-ri w e, us
eum -nyo-su drink
eum -sik food
i-g e o tje o -g e o t this and that
il things, w ork
ja-p a n -g i banding m achine
1 ja m -si hu after a w hile
-jang-sa business
:i jeom -sim -si-gan - lunch tim e
jo -e u n a-chim good m orning
ju -in ow ner
ip house
keo-pi coffee
[ pa-jeon scallion pancake
~S[ ha-na one '
S han-sik-jip K orean restaurant
" hoe-sa ' com pany
Verbs
J \ ga bo-da to have been
gat-da deu-ri-da to bring or take som ething (hon.)
gat-da ju -d a to bring or take som ething
U" gw aen-chan-ta to be O K
!) kkae-kkeu-ta-da to be clean
na-ga-da to go out
[! na-o-da to com e out
da doe-da to be all done
dan-gol-i doe-da to becom e a regular custom er
S deop-da to be hot
do-cha-ka-da to arrive
deu-ri-da to give (hon.)
deul-da to eat (hon.)
m ass-it-da to be tasty
m eok-da to cat
m eog-eo bo-da to try to eat
m o-si-go o-da to bring som eone (hon.)
m o-si-da to take care (hon.)
bok-ja-pa-da to be busy
sa-da to buy
L esso n 8: F o o d <Sc R estaurants 235
saeng-gi-da to open
si-ja-ka-da to start
il-eo-na-da to get up
ib-e m at-da to fit so m eo n es taste
it-da to exist
ja l doe-da to be going w ell
ja l m eok-da to eat w ell
ja l hae ju -d a to give special care
pal-da to sell
ga-chi together
geum -bang soon
U ^ neo-m u too
deok-bun-e thanks to
tto again
D+S m a-chim ju s t in tim e
m as-it-ge to be tasty
m aep-ji an-ke to not be hot
m o-du all
beol-sseo already
b y e o l
1 n o t particularly
bi-gyo-jeok relatively
ppal-li fast
] sae-ro new ly
a-i-gu oh
a-jik yet
ap-eu-ro from now on
eo-seo quickly
eol-m a how m uch?
w ae w hy?
yo-jeum these days
i-ri . this w ay
i-je now
il-jjik early
ja-ju often
j am -kkan-m an for a m inute
je-il the m ost the first
cham really
teuk-byeol-hi especially
G ram m ar
(1) C om ing a n d G oing: 2 [I v - [I

In K orean, a m ovem ent m ay be described differently depending on

w hether the m otionis aw ay from or tow ards the speaker. The direc
tion determ ines w hether to use a form o f S C[ {come) o r ![=(go)
to describe the m otion.
Away from tKe speaker: (ga-da) to go

(na-ga-da) to go out
(deul-eo-ga-da) to enter
(ol-la-ga-da) to go up
(nae-ryeo-ga-da) to go dow n
Tow ards the speaker: (o-da) to com e

(na-o-da) to com e out
(deul-eo-o-da) to enter
(ol-la-o-da) to com e up
LH [ I (nae-ryeo-6-da) to com e dow n
H ow ever, this rule does not apply w hen a speaker talks about his or
her ow n action. N o tice Jeong-H o sa y s (ji-geum ga-yo),
n ot (ji-geum w a-yo) in the follow ing exchange:
E xam ple:
A: ?
(jeong-ho-ssi w ae an o-se-yo?)
Jeong-H o, w hy you do not com e?
B: .
(ji-geum ga-yo.)
I am com ing.
(2) B efore a n d A fter: (gi jeort-e) vs. LJ ! (go

na-seo) a n d ( ) - / (T da_eum_e/hu_ )
T he pattern [verb H (gi jeo n -e) indicates that the second

action occurs before the first one is com pleted. A s such, the first
clause never uses the past tense. W hen a noun is used in place o f a
verb, add to the noun. F or exam ple:
... (hyu-ga-ga si-ja-ka-gi jeo n -e)

B efore the vacation s ta rts ...
(hyu-ga si-ja k je o n -e )
B efore the start o f the v a c a tio n ...
T he pa em [verb + " (go na-seo) indicates that the first action

has been com pleted and the second is forthcom ing. It is never used
w ith a descriptive verb stem and does not use a past tense m arker.
E xpressions that can be used interchangeably are ) and,
in w ritten K orean,
" ... (hyu-ga-ga si-ja-ka-go na-seo)

A fter the vacation s ta rts ...
.., (hyu-ga-ga si-ja-kan da-eum -e)

A fter the start o f the v a c a tio n ...
(3) N egation (the negative fo r m o fp re d ica te s)
To negate a predicate using short-form negative m arkers, place the

negative adverb (do not) or (cannot) im m ediately before the
predicate. T he negative o f the predicate (ga-yo) is (an
ga-yo) and !' (m ot ga-yo), the negative o f (m eog-eo-
yo) is (an m eog-eo-yo) and (m ot m eog-eo-yo),
and th e negative o f (w a-yo) is (an w a-yo) and !"
(m ot w a-yo).
L esso n 8: F o o d &. R esta u ra n ts 239
T he w ord (cannof) is used instead o f ( do not) w hen o n e s cir

cum stances do not perm it the action o f the verb.
To negate an action verb follow ing the p attern o f [noun] + [ 1

place or betw een the noun and the verb, as in:
. (jeon-hw a an hae-yo.)
I do not call. *
. (il an hae-yo.)
I do not w ork. .
. (jeon-hw a not hae-yo.) *

I cannot call.
. (il m ot hae-yo.)
I cannot w ork.
To negate a descriptive verb using the pattern o f [noun] + place

before the noun. Exam ples:
. (an pi-gon-hae-yo.) ,
I am not tired.
. (an cha-kae-yo.)
I am not kind/nice.
To use the m ore form al long-form negative m arker often found in

w riting, add the endings ?" (ji an-ta) or ~ [ I (ji m o-ta-
da) to the verb, e.g.
. (jeo-neun ga-ji m o-tae-yo.)

I c a n t go.
(jeo-neun m eok-ji m o-tae-yo.)

I c a n t eat.
. (jeo-neun ga-ji an-a-yo.) - "

I d o n t go.
. (jeo-neun m eok-ji an-an-yo.)

I d o n t eat.
To indicate not to do som ething, use the ending (ji m a-

se-yo) e.g. . :
1L| . (keo-pi m a-si-ji m a-se-yo.)

P lease d o n t drink coffee.
To express the idea o f P lease d o n t do A ; do B instead, use the pattern

~ ( ) (jia m l-g o ... (eu)-se-yo). F or exam ple:
.
(keo-pi m a-si-ji m al-go m ul-eul m a-si-se-yo.)
Please d o n t drink coffee; drink w ater instead.
There are verbs that have unique negative form s. E xam ples
vs. lere is ... there is n o t...

it-da / eop-ta iss-eo-yo eops-eo-yo
01 vs. OF : it is... :
1[ it is not
i-da / a-ni-da i-e-yo a-ni-e-yo
vs. I know ... I dont know

al-da / mo-reu-da al-a-yo mol-la-yo
vs. I like ... I dont like ...

jo~ta / sil-ta jo-a-yo sil-eo-yo
L esso n 8-: F o o d & R estaurants 241
vs she/he likes ... she/he doesnt like ...

jo-a-ha-da / sil-eo-ha-da jo-a-hae-yo sil-eo-hae-yo
(4 ) D o in g s o m e th in g f o r s o n te o n : f/ \ t U (a /e o
ju - d a ) vs. / E E lC t (a /e o deu~ ri~ da)
W hen the pattern 0 / "is used, it m eans that one is perform ing
the action o f the verb for the benefit o f another person. T he past tense
is / (a/eo jw o ss-eo -y o ), and 1;he fixture tense is 01V
(a/eo ju l kkeo-ye-yo). ,
(ilg-eo
ju -d a) to read for so m eo n es benefit
(nol-a-ju-da) to p lay for so m eo n es benefit
(bil-lyeo-ju-da) to .len d for so m eo n es benefit *
(do-w a-ju-da) to help for so m eo n es benefit
W hen requesting som ething fo r the benefit o f the speaker, use 01"
. This m eans, P lease do . . . fo r m e , Exam ples:
. (jom do-w a ju -sey o .)

Please help me.
. (da-si han beon m al-sseurn-haeju-se-yo.)

P lease say that again for m e
T he p attern ~ / / expresses
gratitude for perform ing an action. T he adverb the equiva
lent o f v ery m u ch can be ad d ed before the equivalent o f thank
y o u for added em phasis.
T he ending / / is u sed to
express gratitude. T he adverb [H 5 | m ay be added. Exam ples:
( ) .
(do-w a ju -syeo-seo (dae-dan-hi) gam -sa-ham -ni-da.)
T hank you (very m uch) for helping m e.
(w a.ju-syeo-seo go-m ap-seum -ni-da.)

T hank you for com ing.
The plain form o f 0|V is u sed w ith a person o f low er social

status or age. The hum ble form is used w ith som eone
o f a higher social status or age. _
!/ {'plain)'.
. : r
(chin-gu-ga jeom -sim -eul sa ju-eot-seum -ni-da.)
M y friend bought m e a lunch. :
0 / AICI~ (subject honorific):
.
(a-beo-ji-kke-seo jeom -sim -eul sa ju-syeot-seum -ni-da.)
M y father b ought m e a lunch.
(hum ble)'
,
'e-ga a-beo-ji-kke jeom -sim -eul sa deu-xyeot-seum -ni-da.)
I b ought a lunch for m y father.
~ }/GH Zy {subject honorific & hum b lek
.
(a-beo-ji-kke-seo hal-m eo-ni-kke jeo m -sim -eu l sa
deu-ryeot-seum -ni-da.)
M y father bought a lunch for m y grandm other.
L esso n ,- F o o d <&. R esta u ra n ts 243
(5) ^Have to, m u s t: / )[} (a/eo-ya doe-da)
W hen indicating that one has to or m ust do som ething, the ending
U 0^ I Pîs used. E xam ples: *
. (ji-geum ga-y dw ae-yo.)

I have to go now.
. (jo-yong-hi hae-ya dw ae-yo.)

W e m ust be quiet.
(6) B e th in kin g o f îng"( S j B V\ O K I ((eu)l-kka ha-da)
T he construction o f the verb stem + ( ) is used to

express a tentative thought about w hat one m ight do. T he pattern
m eans I am /w e are thinking o f ~ in g . Exam ples:
.
(o-neul-eun pi-gon-hae-seo il-jjik ja l-k k a hae-yo.)
Since I am tired today, I am thinking o f going to bed early.
.
(jeo-nyeog-e pi-ja-na m eog-eul-kka hae-yo.)
I am thinking o f having a p izza at dinner.
(7) E xp ressin g experience: / 0| (a/e obo-da)
T he p attern 01" [ conveys that the action o f the m ain verb

indicates an experience, an attem pt, or a suggestion that som eone try
som ething.
? (seo
ul-e gab o-syeoss-eo-yo?)
H ave you been in K orea?
244- B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
, . (a-ni-o, a-jik an ga bw ass-eo-yo.)

N o, I h a v e n t yet.
g ? .
(geu-rae-yo? geu-reo-m yeon han-beon gab o-se-yo.)
R eally? T hen please do/try it once.
(8) B rin gin g (som eone or som ething / Taking (som eone or
som ething) ,
It is im portant to know tw o things w hen deciding on the correct

equivalent fo r' bring and take. T he first is w hether w hat is being
brought o f taken is a person. T he second, i f it is a person, is to deter
m ine w hether age and/or standing necessitates the m ore deferential
term . F irst it should be determ ined. O ne uses (ga-ji-go
o-da) o r : (ga-ji-da ga-da) fo r item s, e.g.
. (gong-eul ga-ji-go w at-da.)

I b rought the ball. *
W ith y ounger people or those o f low er status one uses I C[

(de-ri-go o-da) or !(de-ri-go ga-da), e.g.
. (dong-saeng-eul de-ri-go w at-da.)

I brought m y younger sibling.
W ith older people or those o f h igher status, one uses the honorific S
A| [ (m o-si-go o-da) or Al ![ (m o-si-go ga-da), e.g.
", (bu-m o-nim -eul m o-si-go w at-da.)

I brought m y parents.
L esso n : F o o d & R esta u ra n ts 245
F urther Study
M e a ls
1 a-chim breakfast
jeo m -sim lunch
jeo -n y eo k d inner
a-chim -eul m eok-da to have breakfast

jeo m -sim -eu l m eok-da to have lunch '
jeo -n y eo g -eu l m eok-da to h av e d inner
R e s t a u r a n ts .
yang-sik W estern food

yang-sik-dang W estern restaurant
il-ssik Japanese food
il-ssik-dang Japanese restaurant
ju n g -sik C hinese food
jung-sik>dang C hinese restaurant
h a n sik K o rean food
lian-sik-dang K o rean restaurant
son-nim custom er
jo n g -eo b -w o n w aiter, w aitress
gye-san-seo check, bill
geo-seu-reum -tton change
eum -sik food
eum -nyo-su beverage
m e-nyu m enu
ja -ri seat
ju -m u n -h a-d a to order
si-ki-da to order
T a ste s
sing-geop-da to be blended
jja -d a to be salty
si-da to be sour
m aep-da to be spicy/hot
dal-da to be sw eet .
tteu-da to be tart
bae-ga bu-reu-da to be full

bae-ga go-peu-da to be hungry
m og-i m a-reu-da to be- thirsty
m a s -iit-d a to be delicious
' m as-i eop-da to not be delicious
B a s ic s fo r K o r e a n -s ty le D is h e s
bap cooked rice (usually

steam ed rice)
guk soup
gim -chi kim chi
ban-chan side dishes
M e a t 2 7 | go-gi
so-go-gi beef
? dal- o -gi chicken

r!\ M sacnLi-scon fish
dw ae-ji-go-gi pork
D r in k s / m a-sil-kkeot/eum -nyo-su
m ul w ater
keo-pi coffee
L esso n 8: F o o d & R esta urants 247
kol-la cola
sa-i-da 7-U p
ju -se u ju ic e
m aek-ju b eer
so-ju soju
yang-ju ^ W estern liquor
po-do-ju w ine
248 B EG IN N ER 5S K O REAN
C ultural N ote
A restaurant is som etim es called a (jip), o r house, especially w hen

referring to the type o f-food'in w hich it specializes. In m ost K orean
restaurants, it is n ot necessary to w ait to be seated. Feel free to seat
o n e self at any open table. M any restaurants p o st their m enus on the
w all. A s such, one should w ave or call the w aitress over w hen one is
ready to order. M iddle-aged w aitresses are referred to as (a-
jum -m a). A long w ith the order, one receives several side dishes and a
bow l o f rice The rice is refilled at a nom inal or no charge. W hen m ul
tiple people are eating together at one table, there w ill only be one
bill unless individual bills are requested. This is because friends usu
ally take turns paying for the w hole m eal. A lthough fine restaurants
produce a bill stating the am ount ow ed, m o st regular restaurants do
not pro v id e one.T he custom er is expected to p a y at the counter on
the w ay out. T here is no sales tax and tipping is not custom ary. I f
you sit at a table w ith chairs, shoes are not rem oved. H ow ever, if
one is seated on the floor, usually in a separate room , shoes m ust be
rem oved.
H otel restaurants are sim ilar to A m erican-style ones in that they do

not follow m any o f these rules. R egular custom ers m ay even receive
a delicacy as a side dish for free.
L e sso n 8: F o o d & R esta u ra n ts 249
Exercises
1. Please respond to the follow ing:
) ?
u-ri il si-ja-ka-gi jeo n -e ga-chi keo~pi~na han-jan hal-kka-yo?
(2) y o u r n a m e ?
jeo -n e u n keo-pi m a-sil-kkeon~ de_______ ssi-neun m w ol-lo
ha-si-gess~eo-yo? ,
(3) ? .
hoe-sa ap-e eum -sik-jeom -i se-ro saeng-gyeon-neun-de ga
bo-syeoss~eo-yo? .
(4) ?
o-neul-eun w ae i-reo-ke il-jjik na-o-syeoss-eo-yo?
(5) : ? .
o-neul-eun m w ol deu-si-get-seum -ni-kka?
(6) ?
eum -sig-i ib-e m aj-eu-sim -ni-kka?
2. Please translate the follow ing into English:
(1) .
o-neul-eun jeo n g -m al si-gan-i p pal-li ga-ne-yo.
(2) . -
bi-gyo-jeok eum -sig-i da gw aen-chan-seum -ni-da. ga-ge-do
kkae-kkeu-ta-go-yo.
(3) -
o-neul-eun je -g a m o-si-get-seum -ni-da.
(4)
.
o-neul-eun je -g a son-nim -do m o-si-go w as-eu-ni-kka teuk-
byeol-hi deo ja l hae ju -sy e o -y a ham -ni-da.
(5) .
yeo-gi naeng-su-ha-go m ul-ssu-geon jo m gat-da ju-se-yo.
(6) ?
geu-rae-seo jeo -d o yo-jeum i jip dan-gol-I dw aet-ji
an-seum -ni-kka?
3. Please translate the follow ing into Korean:
(1) H ow m uch w as that altogether?

(2) D o a lot o f business.
(3) T hanks to you, I enjoyed the food.
(4) I w ill treat you next tim er
(5) Your business is doing w ell, right?
(6) You cam e out early.
4. Please change the follow ing sentences to the negative:
(1) . chaek-sang w i-e keop-pu-teo-ga

iss-eo-yo.
(2) . u-ri a-beo-ji-neun
seon-saeng-nim -i-se-yo. -
(3) " . jeo -n e u n han-gug-eo-reul ja l
al-a~yo.
(4) . jeo -n e u n han-gug-eum -sig-eul
jo-a-hae-yo.
(5) UIH . je yeo-ja-chin-gu-neun a-ju
ye-ppeo-yo.
5. P lease w rite a paragraph describing your favorite food and how

to m ake it.
9
L esso n 9: B a rb e rsh o p s & B e a u ty S a lo n s

9! Patterns
?
eo-neu bun chaj-a o-syeoss-eo-yo?
A re y ou looking for anybody? {lit. H ow are you looking for?)

a-m u bun-i-na gw aen-chan-a-yo.
A ny one is fine.
?
pa-m a ha-sil kken-ga-yo?
A re y o u going to get a perm for your hair? - .
.
jeo -n e u n p a-m a hal kkeo-go-yo, o-ppa-neun keo-teu-m an hal
kkeon-de-yo.
I am going to get a perm , and m y brother is ju st getting a haircut.
?
eol-m a-na gi-da-ryeo-ya dw ae-yo?
H ow long do w e have to w ait?
15 .
han sib-o-bun-m an gi-da-ri-si-m yeon doel kkeot gat-eun-de-yo.
A bout 15 m inutes, (lit. It seem s to be done if you w ait only about
1 m inulcs.)
. -
Je -j j g-e anj-a-seo jam -k k an -m an gi-da-ri-se-yo.
Please sit over there and w ait a little.
L esso n 9: B a rb e rsh o p s ( B e a u ty Salons 253
?
g i-da-ri-si-neun dong-an m w o m a-sil kkeot jo m gat-da
deu-ril-kka-yo?
W ould you like som ething to drin k w hile you are w aiting?
?
jeo -n e u n keo-pi han-jan ju-si-g ess-eo -y o ?
W ould you please give m e a cup o f coffee?
. *
je o -n e u n gw aen-chan-a-yo. :
I am fine. ,
.
geu-nyang chan-m ul-i-na han-jan ju -se-y o .
Just give m e a cup o f cold w ater, please.
.
yeo-gi keo~pi-ha-go m ul it-seum -ni-da.
H ere is y o u r coffee and your water.
?
g i-da-ri-si-neun d ong-an i jap -ji jo m bo-si-gess-eo-yo?
W ould y o u like to look at these m agazines w hile you are w aiting?
.
son-nim , i-jjog-eu-ro anj-eu-se-yo.
P lease sit here, m a am (lit. custom er).
?
m eo-ri eo-tteo-ke hae deu-ril-kka-yo?
H ow w o u ld y o u like y our h air done? (lit. H ow w ould you like for
m e to do y o u r hair?)
254 B EG IN N ER'S KOREAN
.
seu-teix-re-i-teu pa-m a ha-ryeo-go ha-neun-de-yo.
I w ould like (lit. am trying) to get m y hair straightened :
(Jit straight perm ). '
.
m eo-ri gil-i-neun ja-reu -ji m a-si-go-yo.
D o n t cut the hair {lit. hair length), please. :

.
je -g a bo-gi-e-neun ap-m eo-ri gil-i-e- m at-chw o-seo yeop-m eo-ri-do
le-i-eo-reul jo m ju -n eu n ge deo na-eul kkeot gat-eun-de-yo.
T he w ay I look at it, layering (lit. giving som e layer on) your side
h air by m atching it w ith the length o f your bangs w ould be
m uch better.
.
m eo-ri su-chi m an-a-seo le-i-eo-ga eops-eu-m yeon neo-m u dap-da-
pae bo-il kkeot gat-a-yo.
Your h air is pretty thick, so it w ill look stuffy w ithout the layering.
.
geu-reom geu-reo-ke hae ju-se-yo.
T hen please do it that way.
: :bl : .
m eo-ri saek-kkal-i neo-m u kka-m a-ni-kka yeom -saek han-beon hae
bo-se-yo.
Y our hair color is quite (lit. too) dark, so try tinting y our hair.
.
geu-reom in-sang-i hw ol-ssin bu-deu-reo-w o bo-yeo-yo.
T hen y o u r face (w ill) look softer.
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s <&. B e a u ty Salons 255
?
m eo-ri-reul yeom -sae-ka-m yeon eo-tteo-ke son-jil-hae-ya dw ae-yo?
A fter tinting m y hair, how should I take care o f it?

.
m eo-ri gam -kko na-seo su-geon-eu-ro ja l m al-lin da-eum -e he-eo-
keu-rim -m an jo -g e u m bal-la ju -si-m y eo n dw ae-yo.
A fter w ashing your hair, dry it w ell w ith a tow el, and put a little
h air cream on it. -
.
m eo-ri kkyeol-i m an-i sang-ha-ni-kka deu-ra-i-neun an ha-si-neun
ge nat-go-yo.
B ecause y o u r hair w ill be dam aged, it is b e tte r not to blow -dry
the hair.
.
geu-reom al-a-seo hae ju-se-yo.
T hen please do w hat you think w ould look good (on me).
-
jeo 4 ia n -te ja l eo-il-li-ge ye-ppeu-ge hae ju-se-yo.
P lease do it so it w ould look good on m e. {lit. P lease do it pretty
and m atch w ell w ith m e.)
?
eo-tteo-ke ja l-la deu-ril-kka-yo?
H ow w ould you like your hair cut?
-
m eo-ri m o-yang-eun ba-kku-ji m a-si-go geu-nyang jo m jjalp-ge
da-deum -eo ju-se-yo.
D o n t change the shap<3 .f the h air and ju s t trim it so its a little
shorter.
256 B E G IN N E R S K O R EA N -

. .
dwin~meo-rx-ha-go yeom -m eo-ri-neun jo m jjalp -g e kkak-go
am -m eo~ri-neun neo-m u jja lp -ji an-ke hae ju-se-yo.
P lease cut the hair on the back and on the sides a li le shorter, but
do not cut the front hair too short.
. *
m eo-ri-ga m an-i gi-ne-yo. :
Y our hair is pretty long.
I ?
eon-je m eo-ri ja-reu-syeoss-eo-yo? -
W hen w as the last tim e you had your h air cut? (lit. W hen did you
have a haircut?)
.
du-dal bakk-e an dw aen-neun-de geu-rae-yo.
It has been only tw o m onths.
.
m eo-ri-ga nam -deul-bo-da ppal-li ja -ra
na-bw a-yo.
I guess m y hair grow s faster than other p e o p le s.
? ?
eo-tteo-se-yo? m a-eum -e deu-se-yo?
TIow is i(? Do you like it?
.
gv\ ucn -cIiaii-ouxi gcot gat-eun-de-yo.
It looks fine.
. .
geu-reom i-jjog-eu-ro o-se-yo. m eo-ri gam -a deu-ril-kke-yo.
T hen com e over here, please. I w ill w ash y o u r hair.
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s c B ea u ty Salons 257
. .
da dw aet-seum -ni-da. du-bun da su-go m an-i ha-syeot-seum -ni-da.
I ts all done. You b o th had a lot o f w o rk done (lit. w ent through a
lot o f w ork).
S[ M odel C onversations
(i)
: , . ? .
eo-seo o-se-yo, son-nim .eo-neu bun chaj-a
o-syeoss-eo-yo?
: .
a-m u bun-i-na gw aen-chan-a-yo.
: ? ^ .
pa-m a ha-sil kkeon-ga-yo?
: , .
?
. ne jeo -n e u n pa-m a hal kkeo-go-yo, o-ppa-neun keo-teu-
m an hal kkeon-de-yo. eol-m a-na gi-da-ryeo-ya dw ae-yo?
: 15 .
.
han sib-o-bun-m an gi-da-ri-si-m yeon doel kket gat-eun
de-yo. jeo-jjog-e anj-a-seo jam -k k an -m an gi-da~ri-se-yo.
?
gi-da-ri-si-neun dong-an m w o m a-sil kkeot jo m gat-da
deu-ril-kka-yo?
: ?
ne, geu-reom jeo -n e u n keo-pi han-jan ju-si-g ess-eo -y o ?
: . .
jeo -n eu n gw aen-chan-a-yo. geu-nyang chan-m ul-i-na
han-jan ju -se-y o
: ( ) .
S ?
(jam -si- hu) yeo-gi keo-pi-ha-go m ul it-seum -ni-da.
gi-da-ri-si-neun dong-an i ja p -ji jo m bo-si-gess-eo-yo?
: .
ne, go-m ap-seum -ni-da.
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s <Sc b e a u ty Salons 259
(2 )
h , . ?
son-nim , i-jjog-eu-ro anj-eu-seoyo. m eo-ri eo-tteo-ke hae
deu-ril-kka-yo? *
: .
.
seu-teu-r^-i-teu pa-m a ha-ryeo-go ha-neun-de-yo. m eo-ri
gil-i-neun jja-reu -ji m a-si-go-yo.
j
~
je o -g a bo-gi-e-neun ap-m eo-ri gil-i-e m at-chw o-seo
yeop-m eo-ri-do le-i-eo-reul jo m ju -n eu n ge deo na-eul
kkeot gat-eun-de-yo.

.
m eo-ri su-chi m an-a~seo le-i-eo-ga eops-eu-m yeon
neo-m u dap-da-pae bo-il k k et gat-a-yo.
: . _
geu-reom geu-reo-ke hae ju-se-yo.
:
. .
geu-ri-go m eo-ri-saek-kkal-I neo-m u kka-m a-ni-kka
yeom -saek han-beonhae bo-se-yo. geu-reom in-sang-i
hw ol-ssin bu-deu-reo-w o bo-yeo-yo.
: ?
?
geu-rae-yo? geu-reon-de m eo-ri-reul yeom -sae-ka-m yeon
eo- eo-ke son-jil-hae-ya dw ae-yo?
F: .
.
ttok gat-a-yo. m eo-ri gam -go na-seo su-geon-eu-ro ja l
m al-lin da-eum -e he-eo-keu-rim -m an jo -g eu m bal-la
ju-si-m y eo n dw ae-yo.

.
m eo-ri kkyeol-i m an-i sang-ha-ni-kka deu-ra-i-neun an
ha-si-neun ge nat-go-yo.
: .
geu-reom al-a-seo jeo -h an -te ja l eo-ul-li-ge ye-ppeu-ge
hae ju -se-yo.
(3)
h
. ?
o-ppa-do i-jjog-eu-ro anj-eu-se-yo. eo-tteo-ke ja l-la
deu-ril-kka-yo?
: .
.
m eo-ri m o-yang-eun ba-kku-ji m a-si-go geu-nyang jo m
jjalp -g e da-deum -eo ju-se-yo.

.
dw in-m eo-ri-ha-go yeom -m eo-ri-neun jo m jja lp -g e kkak-
g am -m eo-ri-neun neo-m u jja lp -g i an-ke hae ju-se-y o .
. ... .
?
al-get-seum -ni-da. eo-hyu. M eo-ri-ga m an-i gi-ne-yo.
eon-je m eo-ri jja-reu-syeoss-eo-yo?
: .
.
du dal-bakk-e an dw aen-neun-de geu-rae-yo. m eo-ri-ga
nam -deul-bo-da ppal-li j a-ra-na-bw a-yo.
: I ) : ? ?
(jam -si hu) eo- eo-se-yo? m a-eum -e deu-se-yo?
: , .
ne, gw aen-chan-eun geot gat-eun-de-yo.
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s & B e a u ty Sale 261
: .. -
geu-reom i-jjog-eu-ro o-se-yo. m eo-ri gam -a
deu-ril-kke-yo.
( ) . .
.
(jam -si hu) d a dw aet-seum -ni-da. du-bun da su-go m an-i
ha-syeoss-eum -ni-da. an-nyeong-hi ga-se-yo.
English Translation
(1)
Em ployee; . P lease com e i n m a am ( lit custom er). A re you
looking for anybody?
H ye-G eun; A nyone is fine.
E m ployee: A re you going to have y our h air perm ed?
H ye-G eun: Yes, I am going to get a p e rm and m y brother
is ju st getting a haircut. H ow long do w e have
to w ait?
E m ployee; A bout 15 m inutes w ill do. P lease sit over there and
w ait a little. W ould you like som ething to drink
w hile you are w aiting? *
H ye-G eun: Yes,, then w ould you give m e a cup o f coffee?
Jeong-H o: I am fine. Just give m e a cup o f w ater, please.
(after a while)
E m ployee: H ere is your coffee and your water. W ould you like
to look at som e m agazines w hile you are w aiting?
H ye-G eun; Yes, thank you.
(2)
H airdresser: C om e sit here please, m a am. H ow w ould you like
your h air done?
H ye-G eun: I w ould like to get m y h air straightened. D o n t cut
the hair, please.
H airdresser: T he w ay I look at it, layering the side h a ir by
m atching it w ith the length o f y o u r bangs w ill be
m uch better. Y our hair is p retty thick, so w ithout
the layering, it w ill look stuffy.
H ye-G eun: Then do it that way.
H airdresser: A lso your hair is quite dark, so le ts try tinting your
hair. T hen your face w ill look softer.
H ye-G eun: R eally? B u t after the tinting, how do I take care
o f it?
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s c: B e a u ty Salons 263
H airdresser: T he sam e. A fter w ashing y o u r hair, dry it w ell w ith

a tow el, and rub a little h a ir cream on it. B ecause
y our h air w ill b e dam aged, it is b e tte r n ot to blow -
dry the hair. '
H ye-G eun: T hen do w hat you think w ould look good on m e.
(3)
H airdresser: Sir (lit. B rother), com e sit here, please. H ow w ould
you like y o u r hair cut? .
Jeong-H o: D o n t change the shape o f the h air and ju s t trim it
a little. P lease cut the h a ir on the b a c k and on the
sides a little shorter, b u t do n o t cu t the fro n t hair
too m uch.
H airdresser: I understand. W hew *.. Y our hair is p retty long.
W hen w as the last tim e you had y our h air cut?
Jeong-H o: It has b e e n only tw o m onths. I guess m y h air grow s
faster th an other p e o p le d .
(after a while)
H airdresser: H ow is it? D o you like it?
Jeong-H o: Yes, it looks fine.
H airdresser: T hen com e over here, please. I w ill w ash your hair.
(after a while)
H airdresser: Its all done. You b o th h ad a lot o f w ork done.
G ood-bye.
| 91 Vocabulary
gil-i ' length

nam -deul other people
du-dal tw o m onths
t
du-bun tw o people (hon.)

dw in-m eo-ri back hair
deu-ra-i - ' blow dry
le-i-eo layer
m a-sil kkeot : som ething to drin k r
m eo-ri head, hair
m eo-ri kkyeol h air quality
m eo-ri sut h air volum e, hair density
m eo-ri-saek-kkal hair color
m o-yang shape
m ul w ater
mwo w hat, Som ething
son-nim custom er
su-geon tow el
seu-teu-re-i-teu -m a hair straightening
(lit. straight perm )
a-m u bun anyone
am -m eo-ri front hair
0"! 1
. S o -ncu~1)un w hich person
yeo-gi here
' c m -s ;ic k dying
yeom -m eo-ri side hair
in-sang facial im pression
jap-ji m agazine
jong-eop-w on em ployee
chan-m ul cold w ater
keo-pi coffee
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s & B ea u ty Salons 265
15 han sib-o-bun about 15 m inutes

han-beon once
han j an one cup
he-eo keu-rim hair cream
Verbs
gat-da deu-ri-da to bring som ething (hon.)
go-m ap-da to thank
Q gw aen-chan-ta to be O K , to b e good
[ [ I gi-da-ri-da to w ait
gil-da to be long
kka-ma-^ta to be black
kkak -d a to have a h aircut
C} [da doe-da to be all done
da-deum _eo ju -d a to trim
dap-dap-hae b o -i-d a to look heavy
^ Cl tto k gat-da to be sam e
le-i-eo-reul ju -d a to layer
m a-eum -e deul-da to like
U* m an ;a to be m any
m al-li-da to dry
m at-chu-da to t to set, to adjust
' m eo-ri gam -tta to w ash hair
b a-kku-da to change to sw itch
bal-la ju -d a to put on
bu-deu-reop-da to be soft
bu-deu-reo-w o bo-i-da to look soft
sang-ha-da to be dam aged
son-jil-ha-da to take care
su-go-ha-da to w ork hard
[ an-tta to sit
al-da to know
266 B E G IN N E R S K O REAN .
al-a-seo ha-da to do (w hat som eone

thinks is) right
op-da to n ot exist
yeom -sae-ka-da to dye
!' ' Q- ja-ra-d a to grow
ja-reu-da to have cut, to cut
ja l-la deu-ri-da to cut som ething for
som eone (hon.)
jj alp-da to be short
^! chaj-a o-da to com e to see
keo-teu-ha-da to have a haircut
E|-0[ pa-m a-ha-da to have a perm
] geu-nyang ju st
] geu-reon-de by the w ay
geu-reo-ke like that
geu-ri-go and
Li neo-m u too
da-eum -e next tim e
ppaH i fast
al-a-seo as (som eone thinks is)
right/good
[t ? eo-tteo-se-yo H ow is it?
eo-tteo-ke how /som ehow
eo-seo quickly, please _
eo-ul-li-ge m atch w ell
. eo~hyu w o w __
eon-je w hen/som etim e
eol-m a-na how long/m uch/m any
ye-ppeu-ge pretty, beautifully
ja l w ell
iam -kkan-m an for a m inute
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s <Sc a u ty Salons 267
jam -si hu after a w hile

je -g a b o -g i-e -n e u n in m y point o f view
jo -g eu m * a little
jjalp-ge short, shortly
hw ol-ssin m uch m ore
G ram m ar
(1) C ausative Verbs
A causative verb is used w hen one thing o r person causes another

perso n or th ing to do som ething. T h e y are derived from m ore general
verbs using one o f seven suffixes. T heseare 0 | (i) | (hi),
(li) ) I (gi ) ~ (u )
(gu) and (chu). O ne m ust m em orize the
verbs that can becom e causatives and the corresponding suffixes.
Verb C au sative D erivation Sam p le Sen ten ce

. -
m eok-da m eog-i-da eom -m a-ga a-gi-han-te u-yu-
reul m eog-yeo-yo
to eat to feed som eone M om is feeding the baby.
.
ju k -d a ju g -i-d a je -g a pa-ri-reul
ju g -y eo ss-eo -y o
to die to kill I killed the fly.

.
kkeul-ta kkeul-i-da ra-m yeon-eul m eog-eu-ryeo-
g m ul-eul kkeul-yeo-yo
to boil to boil som ething I m b oiling w ater to cook
ram en.

.
ip-da i-pi-da eom -m a-ga a-gi-han-te os-eul
i-pyeo-yo
to w ear to dress som eone M om is dressing the baby.
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s & B e a u ty Salons 269
-
.
nup-da nu-pi-da eom -m a-ga a-gi-reul chim -
dae-e nu-pyeo-yo
to lie dow n to lay som eone dow n M om is laying the baby dow n
on the bed.

^ .
an-tta an-chi-da eom -m a-ga a-gi-reul ui-ja~e
an-chyeo-yo
to sit to seat som eone . M om is seating the baby on
the chair. :
: .
ul-da ul-li-da hyeong-i dong-saeng-eul
ul-lyeo-yo
to cry to m ake som eone cry T h e older b ro th er m akes his
younger sibling cry.

.
eol-da eol-li-da m ul-eul eol-lyeo-seo eol-eum -
eul m an-deul-eo-yo
to freeze to freeze som ething You can freeze w ater to
m ak e ice.
.
beot-da beot-gi-da eom -m a-ga a-gi os-eul
beot-geo-yo
to take o ff to undress som eone M om is undressing the baby.
. .
ut-da ut-gi-da hyeong-i dong-saeng-eul
ut-gyeo-yo
to laugh to m ake som eone laugh T he older brother m akes his
you nger sibling laugh.
a
.
sin-tta , sin-gi-da eom -m a-ga a-gi-han-te sin
bal-eul sin-gyeo-yo
to w ear to put shoes on someone M om is putting shoes on the
baby.

.
ja -d a jae -u -d a eom -m a-ga a-gi-reul chim -
dae-e jae-w o -y o
to sleep to m ake someone sleep M o m is putting the baby to
sleep on the bed.
.
ta-da tae-u-da sil-su-ro saeng-seon-eul
tae-w oss-eo-yo
to burn to b u m som ething I burned the fish by m istake.
M Q
.
kkae-da kkae-u-da eom -m a-ga a-chim -e a~i-reul
kkae-w o-yo
to w ake to w ake som eone up M om is w aking up the baby in
the m orning.
L esso n 9: B a rb e rsh o p s <Sc B e a u ty Salons 271

.
nat-da nat-chu-da ui-ja-g a neo-m u nop-eu-ni-
kka jo -g e u m nat-chw o
ju -s e 'y o
to be low to m ake something low T his chair is too high, so
p lease m ake it a little
lower.
^
: .
m at-da m at-chu-da gil-i-g a ja l an m aj-eu-ni-kka
jo m m at-chw o ju-se-yo
to fit to m ake som ething fit T he length does not fit, so
please m ake it fit.
(2) I t seem s, it lo o ks l i k e . " '

) ) [ |
((e u )n /n e u n /(e u )l g e o t gat-da)
T he p attern ( ) 1/ /( ) ^ C|-conveys that som ething seem s

or looks like som ething else. It is com m on to use this pattern as an
indirect, polite expression even w hen the sim ilarity is obvious.
A ctive Verb D escrip tive Verb
Past: ) /
(eu)n geot gat-da at/eot-deon geot gat-da

ja n geot ga-ta-yo y e-ppeot-deon geot
ga-ta-yo
it seem s he slept it seem s she w as pretty
Present: ( ;)
neun geot gat-da (eu)n geot gat-da

ja-n eu n geot ga-ta-yo ye-ppeun geot ga-ta-yo
it seem s he is sleeping it seem s she is pretty
Future: ( > () s
(eu)l g e o t gat-da (eu)l geot gat-da

' ja l geot ga-ta-yo . ye-p p eu l geot ga-ta-yo
' it seem s he is going to sleep it-seem s she will be pretty
O ne only uses [ after a noun, e.g.
.
(jeo-gi-ga yeong-hw a-gw an gat-a-yo)
It looks th at one over there is a m ovie theater.
.
(jeo-bun-i gim -seon-saeng-nim gat-a-yo)
T hat person looks like M r. K im .
(3) S entence C onjunctions a n d C lause C onnectives
Sentence conjunctions and clause connecti ves share a close relation

ship, as detailed below.
and .
.
geu-ri-go a-pa-teu-ga jo -y o n g -h ae-y o geu-ri-go
kkae-kkeu-tae-yo
L esso n 9: B a rb e rsh o p s & B e a u ty Salons 273
.
a-p a-teu -g a jo -y o n g -h ae-y o
kkae-kkeu~tae-yo
T he apartm ent, is quiet and clean.
so .
.
geu-rae-seo a-p a-teu -g a m eol-eo-yo geu-rae
seo
b eo -seu ta-go w a-yo
( ) .
a-p a-teu -g a m eol-eo-yo beo-seu ta-go
w a-yo
T he ap artm en t is far so I took the bus.
but .
.
geu-reon-de a-pa-teu-ga jo -y o n g -h ae-y o geu-reon-de
an kkae-kkeu-tae-yo
.
a-p a-teu -g a jo -y o n g -h ae-y o an
kkae-kkeu-tae-yo
T he apartm ent is quiet but not clean.
b ut .
.
geu-reo-chi-m an a-pa-teu-ga jo -y o n g -h ae-y o geu-reo-
chi-m an an kkae-kkeu-tae-yo
.
a-pa-teu-ga jo -y o n g -h ae-y o geu-reo-
ch i-m an an kkae-kkeu-tae-yo
T h e ap artm en t is quiet. H ow ever, it is
n o t clean.
i f then . .
geu-reo-m yeon a-pa-teu-ga jo-a-yo. geu-reo-m yeon
bi-ssa-yo
.
a-pa-teu-ga jo -a -y o bi-ssa-yo
I f the apartm ent is good, the price
is high.
(4) fTo m ake or have som eon e or so m e th in g .. : J||

(ge h a - a)
T he pattern ~ indicates that a person is deliberately putting ;

som eone o r som ething in a n ew situation o r m aking som eone do
som ething, e.g.
.
seon-saeng-nim -i hak-saeng-deul-eul gong-bu-ha-ge haess-eo-yo.
T he teacher m ade the students study.
The pattern H (ge hae ju-se-yo) fram es this sort o f state

m ent as a polite request. Exam ples:
.
m eo-ri-reul ye-ppeu-ge hae ju-se-yo.
P lease m ake m y hair pretty.
.
a-i-deul-i m ot d eu l'e o -o -g e hae ju-se-yo.
P lease do not let the children com e in.
(5) S om eon e or som eth in g appears or l o o k s Of/ | 2

(a/e obo-i-da)
T he p attern o f adescriptive verb follow ed by the ending ~ 0

is used to state an opinion about the appearance o f som ebody or
som ething. It literally m eans a perso n or object appears o r looks like
som ething. T he speaker does n ot claim th at the statem ent is objec
tively true.
. : r
(m eo-ri-ga n eo-m u m u-geo-w o bo-yeo-yo.)
The hair looks too heavy.
.
(a-pa bo-yeo-yo.)
You look sick.
(6) M oun ( l) Lf (a-m u (i)-rta) an y N o u n
T he w ord fo llo w ed by a noun ( ) m eans any [noun]. It

indicates th at no m atter w hat the noun is, it m akes no difference.
W hen the noun refers to a p erso n , it is usually om itted, as in
LI" (a-m u-na) anyone. Som e useful expressions: 01 L(- (a-m u
geo-na) w h atever it m ay b e o r anything (a-m u de-na)
w herever or anyw here and (a-m u ttae-na) w hen-
ever or anytim e.
a I! F urther Study
S ty le
jja lb -e u n meo-xi short hair

CH gin m eo-ri long h air
ga-neun m eo-ri thin hair
gulg-eun m eo-ri thick hair
gop-seul m eo-ri curly hair
ppeot-ppeb-tan m eo-ri thick hair
bu-deu-recr-un m eo-ri soft hair
dae-m eo-ri bald
p a-m a m eo-ri perm anent-w ave

hair
dan-bal m eo-ri shoulder-length
hair
' seu-teu-re-i-teu pa-m a hair straightening
l l\ 0 \ gulg-eun pa-m a p erm w ith large
rolls
' m i-yong-sa, w o m an s
he-eo d i-ja
i-neo hairdresser
i-bal-ssa m an s hairdresser
m eo-ri-reul gam -tta to sham poo

m e o rireul kkak-da to have a haircut
(for m en)
' ' m eo-ri-reul da-deum -tta to trim hair
nieo-ri-reul m al-li-da to have a tow el-
dry
meo-ri-reixl bit-da to b rash hair
_ m eo-ri-reul ja -re i da to have a haircut
(fo r w om en)
meo_ri-reul heng-gu-da to rinse, to wash

out
deu-ra-i-ha-da to have a blow-dry
rin-seu ha-da to rinse out, to

w ash out
/
m u-sseu/jel-li-reul ba-reu-da to put on hair
m ousse/gel
syam-pu-ha-da to shampoo
: |
seu-peu-re-i-reulha-da to put on hair
spray
yeom -sae-ka-da . to dye/tint
pa-m a-ha-da to have a
perm anent
}! C ultural N ote
Reservations are not required for a barbershop or beauty salon. Even

without a reservation one will be quickly served. W hile waiting, some
shops provide one with tea or a soft drink free o f charge. Only men
o to barbershops, w ith more expensive places providing shaves and

a massage in addition to haircuts. There are both male and female
barbers. H air salons have traditionally been used only by women, but
now younger men also go there for haircuts, permanents, and other
services. Aii older man will usually go to a barbershop. Younger men
prefer hair salons to barbershops since haircuts at salons are more
stylish. Tipping in either place is not required. Permanents are very
popular with women o f all ages, and having some or all o f ones hair
tinted is not uncommon. H air fashions change rapidly in Korea, and
these changes are quite noticeable as fashion is important to a large
portion o f the population.
L esso n 9: B a rb ersh o p s & B ea u ty Salons - 279
S Exercises
1. P lease resp o n d to the follow ing:
(1) . ?
eo-seo o-se-yo. eo~neu bun chaj-a o-syeoss-eo-yo?
(2) . ?
gi-da-ri-si-neun dong-an m w o m a-sil kkeot jo m gat-da
deu-ril-kka-yo? ,
(3) s ? :
m eo-ri eo-tteo-ke hae deu-ril-kka-yo?
(4) . ? ;
m eo-ri-ga m an-i gi-ne-yo. eon-je m eo-ri ja-reu-syeoss-eo-yo?
(5) . ? ?
da dw aet-seum -ni-da eo-tteo-se-yo? m a-eum -e deu-se-yo?
(1) ?
gi-da_ri_si-neun dong-an i ja p -ji jo m bo-si-gess-eo-yo?
(2)
.
m eo-ri su-chi m an-a-seo le-i-eo-ga eops-eu-m yeon jo m sap-da-
hae bo-il kkeot gat-a-yo.
(3)
xiieo-ri saek-kkal-i n eo-nu k k
ma ni-klca yeom -saek han-beon
hae bo-se-yo.
(4)
m eo-ri m o-yang-eun ba-kku-ji m a-si-go geu-nyang jjalp -g e jo m
da-deum -eo ju-se-yo.
(5) .
m eo-ri nam~deul~bo-da ppal-li ja-ra-na-bw a-yo.
280 B EG IN K ER S KOREAN
3. Please fill in the blanks w ith appropriate causative verbs:
(1) ( : ). sil-su-ro saeng-seon-eul

tae-w oss-eo-yo
(2) (i : ), ra-m yeon-eul m eog-
eu-ryeo-go m ul-eul kkeul-yeo-yo
(3) ( : ). hyeong-i dong-saeng-eul
ul-lyeo-yo
(4) ( : ). eom -m a-ga a-gi os-eul
beot-geo-yo r
(5) ( : ). eom -m a-ga a-gi-han-
te os-eul i-pyeo-yo
( : . ).
ui-ja-ga neo-m u nop-eu-ni-kka jo -g e u m nat-chw o ju -se-y o
(7) I ( : ). eom -m a-ga a-gi-reul
chim -dae-e jae-w o-yo
4. P lease 11 in the blanks w ith the appropriate conjunction.
( , ( ) )
A : ?
B : . (1)_______ _
:
A : ? (2) ?
b w f e a m : .: (3) /
.
A ; . (4)__________ ?
B : . (5V - .
A: ? (6)
?
B : . (7)__________
.
L esso n 9: B a rb e rsh o p s cfe B e a u ty Salons 281
P lease w rite a parag rap h describ in g y our experience in a barber

shop or a b eau ty salon.
u opvu odsuvA X ' l u o ssa q
mffioiiK
284 B EG IN N ER S K O R E A N '
Patterns
?
eo-di-kka-ji ga-sim -ni-kka?
W here w ould you like to go?
.
dae-hang-no-kka-ji jo m bu-ta-kam -ni-da.
To the co lle g e s street, please. -

joe-so n g -h a-ji-m an hap-seung jo m hae-do doe-get-seum -ni-kka?
I m sorry, but w ould it be O K if I take another passenger?
.
gil-i m an-i m a-ki-ne-yo.
A ll the roads are congested.
.
seo-ul si-nae-neun eon-je-na i-rae-yo.
This is quite typical on the streets in Seoul, {lit. In dow ntow n Seoul,
the traffic is alw ays ju st like this.)
?
geu-rae-do ju -ju n g -i ju -m al-bo-da jo m nat-ji an-a-yo?
B ut d o n t you think traffic is a lot sm oother during w eekdays than
on the w eekends?
. 2 i
kcun-il nun-nc-yo. yak-sok-si-gan-e n e u j-eo n -n eu n -d e...
I have a p roblem (lit. I am in trouble.) 1 am late for a m e e tin g ...
?
geo-i da w an-neun-de eo-di se-w o deu-ril-kka-yo?
(W e are) alm ost there, and w here can I drop you off?
L esso n 10; Transportation 285
.
je o -g i yuk-gyo m it-e se-w o ju-se-yo.
P lease drop m e o ff under the overpass over there.
9 ,6 0 0 -
y o -g eu m un gu-cheon-yuk-baeg-w on na-w at-seum -ni-da.
T he fare com es out to 9600 w on.
10,000 . p .
y eo-gi m an-w on-i-yo. jan -d o n -eu n geu-nyang ga-ji-se-yo.
H ere is 10,000 w on. P lease keep the change.
?
yeo-kkw on-ha-go bi-haeng-gi-pyo jo m ju-si-get-seum -ni-kka?
M ay I have y o u r p assport and plane ticket?
.
yeo-gi it-seum -ni-da.
H ere they are.
?
jim -e u n rnyeot gae-na bu-chi-sil kkeom -ni-kka?
H ow m any pieces o f luggage w ill you being taking {lit shipping)?
. ?
du-gae-yo. geu-ri-go i-geon ga-ji-go ta-do doe-jyo?
Just tw o. A n d I can take this one on b oard w ith m e, right?
.
d u-gae-kka-ji gw aen-chan-seum -ni-da.
You m ay take up to tw o pieces o f luggage w ith you. {lit. U p to tw o,
it5s O K .)
?
jw a-seo g -eu n eo-neu jjo g -eu -ro deu-ril-kka-yo?
W ith the seat, w hich side do you prefer? {lit. W hich side o f seat
should I give you?)
.
chang-cheug-eu-ro ju-se-yo.
A w indow seat, please.
A
hok-si deo pil-yo-ha-sin ge iss-eu-sim -ni-kka?
Is there anything m ore I can do for you? {lit. A re there any m ore
' things you need?) -
?
i ka-deu-e m a-il-li-ji jo m neo-eo ju-si-g ess-eo -y o ?
C an you please add m y m ileage (for this flight) onto this card?
.
i-ri ju-sip-si-o.
M ay I have y our card, please? (Jit. Please give it to m e.)
.
yeo-gi son-nim yeo-kkw on-ha-go bo-ding-pae-sseu it-seum -ni-da.
H ere are your passport and boarding pass.
:
ge-i-teu-neun sam -sip-pal-beon-i-go jw a-seo k -b eo n -h o -n eu n
i-sep-chil-e-i-im -ni-da.
T he gate num ber is 38 and your seat n um ber is 27A .
.
jeu l-g eo -u n yeo-haeng doe-sim -si-o.
H ave a pleasant flight.
L esson 10: T ransportation 287
12 3 0 .
bu-san-haeng yeol-ttu-si sam -sip-bun pyo du-jang-m an ju-se-yo.
P lease give m e tw o tickets for the train that departs at 12:30
to Pusan. '
. 2 0 ,0 0 0 .
du-j ang-i-yo*. i-m an-w on-im -ni-da. :
Tw o tickets. T hat .comes to 20,000 w on.
4
12 3 0 ?
yeol-ttu-si sam -sip-bun-e chul-bal-ha-m yeon-m yeot-si-e
bu-san-e do-cha-ka-na-yo? *
I f the train leaves at 12:30, w hat tim e w ill it arrive in Pusan?
5 .
bo-tong da-seot-si-gan jeong-do geol-lyeo-yo.
It usually takes about 5 hours.
?
gi~cha ta-neun de-ga eo-di-jyo?
W here can I go to board the train? (lit. W here is the place to board
the train?)
?
je o -g i geon-neo-pyeon cheot-beon-jjae peul-laet-pom -e
bu-san-haeng-i-ra-go sseo it-ji-yo?
You see the first platform across the track w here a sign says
To P usan, right?
.
geu-jjog-e ga-seo gi-da-ri-se-yo.
P lease go there and wait.
?
jung-gan-e gi-cha-reul gal-a-ta-ya doe-na-yo, a-ni-m yeon ba-ro
ga-na-yo?
D o I have to change trains, or w ould this train take m e directly
there? (lit. W ould I have to transfer trains or w ould this train go
there directly?)
.
j i-kaeng-i-ni-kka gal-a-ta-ji an-eu-syeo-do dw ae-yo.
T his train w ill take y o u directly there, so you w ill n o t need to
change trains, {lit. Since this train goes there directly, you d o n t
n eed to ansfer.)
L e sso n 10: T ransportation 289
(1) taek-si-ta-gi ;
: ?
: . . ;
dae-hang-no-kka-j i jo m bu-ta-kam -ni-da. :
A
: .
? '
al-get-seum -ni-da. geu-reon-de joe-song-ha-ji-m an
hap-seung jo m hae-do doe-get-seum -ni-kka?
: . . .
n e gw aen-chan-a-yo. geu-reo-se-yo, geu-reon-de gil-i
m an-i m a-ki-ne-yo.
: .
?
seo-ul si-nae-neun eon-je-na i-rae-yo. geu-rae-do
ju -ju n g -i ju -m al-b o -d a jo m nat-jx an-a-yo?
: . ...
keun-il nan-ne-yo. yak-sok-si-gan-e neuj-eon-neun-de.
: ( ) ?
(jam -si hu) geo-ui da w an-neun-de eo-di se-w o
deu-ril-kka-yo?
: .
je o -g i yuk-gyo m it-e se-w o ju-se-yo.
: 9,6 0 0 .
yo-geum ~eun gu-cheon-yuk-baeg-w on
na-w at-seum -ni-da.
: 10,000 . .
yeo-gi m an-w on-i-yo. jan -d o n -eu n geu-nyang ga-ji-se-yo.
: . . .
go-m ap-seum -ni-da. an-nyeong-hi ga-se-yo.
(2) b| ^1 E|| bi*haeng-gi ta-gi
: . F?
eo-seo o-sip-si-o. yeo-kkw on-ha-go bi-haeng-gi-pyo jo m
ju-si-get-seum -ni-kka?
: .
yeo-gi iss-eum -ni-da.
: ? .
' jim -eu n m yeot gae-na bu-chi-sil kkeom -ni-kka?
: . ?
du-gae-yo. geu-ri-go i-geon ga-ji-go ta-do doe-jyo?
: . .
?
ne. du-gae-kka-ji gw aen-chan-seum -ni-da. jw a-seog-eun
eo-neu jjo g -eu -ro deu-ril-kka-yo?
: .
chang-cheug-eu-ro ju-se-yo.
: ? _
hok-si deo pil-yo-han ge iss-eu-sim -ni-kka?
: ?
i ka-deu-e m a-il-ii-ji jo m neo-eo ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
: ( S W )

n ei-ri ju-sip-si-o. (jam -si hu) yeo-gi son-nim yeo-
kkw on-ha-go bo-ding-pae-sseu it-seum -ni-da.
3 8 2 7 A .
.
ge-i-teu-neun sam -sip-pal-beon-i-go jw a-seok-beon-
ho-neun i-sip-chil-e-i-im -ni-da. jeu l-g eo -u n yeo-haeng
doe-sip-si-o.
L esso n 10: Transportation 291
: .
gam -sa-ham -ni-da.
(3)
'/ B|- J Igi-cha/go-sok-ppeo~sseu ta-gi
: 12 3 0 .
b u-san-haeng yeol-ttu-si sam -sip-bun pyo du-jang-m an
ju-se-y o .
: . 2 0 ,0 0 0 . '
du-jang-i-yo. i-m an-w on-im -ni-da.
: 12 3 0 ?
yeol-ttu-si sam -sip-bun-e chul-bal-ha-m yeon m yeot si-e
bu-san-e do-cha-ka-na-yo?
: 5 .
bo-tong da-seot-si-gan jeo n g -d o geol-lyeo-yo.
: ?
geu-reon-de gi-cha ta-neun de-ga eo-di-jyo?
:
? .
jeo -g i geon-neo-pyeon cheot-beon-jjae peul-laet-pom -
e bu -san-haeng-i-ra-go sseo it-ji-yo? geu-jjog-e ga-seo
gi-da-ri se-yo.
: ?
ju n g -g an -e gi-cha-reul g al-a-ta-ya doe-na-yo, a-ni-m yeon
ba-ro ga-na-yo?
: .
ji-k a en g -i-n i-k k a gal-a-ta-ji an-eu-syeo-do dw ae-yo.
292 - B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
English Translation
(1) R iding a taxi '
Driver: W here w ould you like to go, sir?

Lee: To the co lleg es street, please.
D river; OK. I m sorry, but w ould it be O K if I take another
passenger?
Lee: Sure, its OK. P lease do. It .-seems like all the roads are
congested.
D river: This is quite typical on the streets in Seoul. B ut d o n t
you think traffic is a lot sm oother during the w eekdays
than on the w eekends? *
Lee: I have a problem . I am late for a m e e tin g ...
(after a while) .
D river: We are alm ost there, and w here can I drop you off?
Lee: Please drop m e o ff under the overpass over there.
D river: T he cab fare com es to 9600 w on.
Lee: H ere is 10,000 w on. P lease keep the change.
D river: T hank you. G ood-bye.
(2) R iding an airplane
E m ployee: W elcom e. M ay I have your passport and plane ticket?

Lee: H ere they are.
E m ployee: H ow m any pieces o f luggage w ill you being taking?
Lee: Just two. A nd I can take this one on b o ard w ith m e,
right?
E m ployee: Sure. You m ay take up to tw o pieces o f luggage w ith
you. W ith the seat, w hich side do you prefer?
Lee: A w indow seat, please.
E m ployee: Is there anything m ore I can do for you?
Lee: C an you please add m y m ileage for this flight onto
m y card?
E m ployee: Sure. M ay I have y our card please? (after a while)

H ere are y our p assp o rt and b oarding pass. T he gate
num ber is 38 and y o u r seat n um ber is 27A . H ope you
have a p leasan t flight.
Lee: T hank you.
(3) R iding ; train/express bus
Lee: M ay I get tw o tickets for the train that departs at 12:30

to P usan?
E m ployee: Two tickets. T hat com es to 20,000 w on.
Lee; I f the train leaves at 12:30, w h at tim e should I expect
to arrive in P usan?
E m ployee: It usually takes about 5 hours.
Lee: B y the way, w here do I go to b oard the train?
E m ployee: D o you see the first platfo rm across the track w here a
sign says To P usan ? Please go there and w ait.
Lee: D o I have to m ake a change trains, or does this train
take m e directly to Pusan?
E m ployee: This train w ill take you d irectly to Pusan, so you will
not n eed to change trains.
Vocabulary
N ou n s / P ronouns
geon-neo-pyeon across the street

ge-i-teu gate
go sok-beo-seu express bus
geu jjo k that side
^1 A|- gi-sa - driver
I gi-cha train
gil street, road
dae-hang-no university street
du-gae tw o item s
du-jang tw o sheets o f paper
m a-il-li-ji m ileage
m yeot-gae h ow m any item s?
m yeot-si w h at tim e?
m it under, beneath
bo-ding-pae-sseu boarding pass
bu-san P usan
bu-san-haeng going to P usan
bi-haeng-gi airplane
bi-haeng-gi-pyo airplane ticket
seo-ul Seoul
son-nim g u e stvisitor, custom er
si-nae dow ntow n
yak-sok-si-gan appointm ent tim e
e o -n e u jjo k w hich w ay?
P eo-di w here?
yeo-kkw on passport
I yeo-gi here
yeo-haeng travel
yo-geum fare
yuk-gyo over pass
jan -d o n change
jeo -g i there
jw a -se o k seat
jw a-seok-beon-ho seat num ber
ju -ju n g w eekdays
ju -m a l w eekend
jig -w o n ; em ployee
jik -h aen g : non-stop, direct
jim baggage _ .
clm ng-clieuk w indow side
cheot-beon-jjae first
51 ka-deu card
ta-gi riding '
1 ta-neun de place to ride
taek-si taxi
pyo ticket
peul-laet-pom platform
pil-yo-han geot things to be needed
10,00_Q sim -m an-w on 10,000 w on
12 30 yeol-u-si sam -sip-bun 12:30 pm
2 0 ,000 i- sim -m an-w on 20,000 w on
3 8 sam -sip-pal-beon the num ber 38
5 da-seot-si-gan 5 hours
9 ,600 gu-cheon-yuk-baeg-w on 9,600 w on
V erb s
ga-da to go
ga-ji-go ta-da to ride having some
ga-ji-da to have
Ei gal-ata-da to transfer
geoW i-da to take tim e
gw aen-chan-ta to be O K
geu-reo-da to do so
I P gi-da-ri-da to w ait
na-o-da to com e out
nat-da to be better
n e o -e o ju -d a to put on som ething (for
som eone)
neut-da to be late
doe-da to becom e
m a4 d -d a to be blocked, to be
jam m ed
J[C[ ba-ro ga-da to go directly

bu-chi-da to send
bu-ta-ka-da to request
' se-w o deu-ri-da to stop (hon.)
se-w o ju -d a to stop
sseo it-da to be w ritten
al-da to know
o-da to com e
51' jo e-so n g -h a-d a to be s o n y
ju -d a to give
' jeu l-g eo p -d a to b e happy
chul-bal-ha-da to depart
LF C} keun-il na-da to have a problem , to have
trouble
ta-d a to ride
6 ['' hap-seung-ha-da to share a ride
geo-ui alm ost

geu-nyang ju st
geu-rae-do although, even though
bo-tong in general
L esso n 10: ly a n sp o rta tio u 297
a-ni-m yeon if not

eo-seo quickly
eon-je-na alw ays
jam -si h|i after a w hile
jo in a little, please
jung-gan-e in the m iddle, on the w ay
hok-si ju s t in case
G ram m ar
(1) O rdinal N u m bers
Native ordinal numbers Sino-Korean ordinal numbers
1st c h e o t- jja e c h e o t- b e o n - jja e je - il- h o e

2 nd d u l- jja e , d u -b e o n -jja e je - i- h o e
3 rd s e t-jja e , s e -b e o n - jja e je - s a m - h o e
4 ,h n e t- jja e , n e - b e o n - jja e r j e - s a - h o e
5 th d a - s e o t- jja e , HV d a -s e o t-b e o n -jja e je - o - h o e
6 th y e o - s e o j a e , y e o - s e o t- b e o n - jja e j e - y u - k o e
7 th t il- g o p - jja e iN g o p -b e o n -jja e j e c h il- h o e
8 th y e o - d e o l- jja e , y e o - d e o l-p p e o n -jja e je - p a l- h o e
9 lh a - h o p -jja e , a - h o p -b e o n -jja e je - g u - h o e
l ,h y e o l- jja e , y e o l- p p e o n - jja e je - s i - p e
11th 1 y e o l- h a n - b e o n - jja e j e - s ib - il- h o e
12I,J y e o l- ttu - b e o n - jja e je - s ib - il- h o e
13 H y e o l- s s e -b e o n -jja e S lje - s ip - s a m - h o e
14th tl y e o l 'l e
b e o n - jja e j e - s ip - s a - h o e
15ltl H y e o l- tta - s e o t- b e o n - jja e je - s ib - o - h o e
16lh y e o l- ly e o -s e o t-b e o n -jja e j e - s im - n y u - k o
1 7 ,h y e U g o p -b e o n _ jja e S lje -s ip -c h il- I io e
. 18 lh ! y e o l- ly e o - d e o l- p p e o n - jja e j e - s ip - p a l- h o e
19lh 1 y e o l- a -h o p - b e o n - jja e j e - s ip - g u - h o e
2 0 th s e u - m u - b e o n - jja e je - i - s i - p o e
2 1 st s e u -m u l- h a n -b e o n -jja e j e - i - s i b je
2 2 nd H s e u - m u l- ttu - b e o n - jja e f je - i - s i b - i - h e
2 9 th :: . H s e u - m u l'a - h o p - b e o n - jja e je - i- s ip - g u - h o e
A{ Sj P s e o - r e u n - b e p n - ija e j e - s a m - s i- p e
4 0 th : :_ m a-heun.--beon--jj a e I j e - s a - s i - p e
11' s w in - b e o n - jja e I je - c si-p o e
6 0 th H y e - s u n - b e n - jja e j e - y u k - s i- p o e
7 0 Ih il-h e u n -b e o n - jja e j e - c h il- s i- p o e
8 0 lh y e o - d e u n - b e o n - jja e je - p a l- s i- p o e
9 0 lh a - h e u n - b e o n - jja e I _ je -g u -si-p e
1 0 0 th H b a e k - b e o n - jja e j e - b a e - k o e
w h ic h m y e o t- jja e , m y e o t- b e o n -jja e m y e o - to e
(2) C o m p o u n d S e n te n c e s : / (a /e o -s e o ) vs. H (go)
The ending 0(/ ) is used to connect tw o action o r event clauses

describing an action or event. T he clauses are in chronological order,
w ith the first alw ays a preco n d itio n or cause o f the second. T he verb
in the first clause cannot use the p ast tense, and the subject o f the tw o
clause^ m ust be the sam e. .
,
chin-gu-reul m an-na-seo y eo n g-hw a-reul bw ass-eo-yo.
I m et m y frien d and then w e w e n t to see a m ovie.
W hen listing u n related events, the ending is used. F o r exam ple:
.
chin-gu-reul m an-na-go yeon g -h w a-reu l bw ass-eo-yo.
I m et m y friend, and I w en t to see a m ovie.
(3) S t a te o f B e i n g : f / i 51 C| (a /e o it-d a )
The pattern ~ 0 |7 ' m eans in the state o f b eing. It describes

the continuation o f a state after a result has been had. The focus
is on the current state and n ot on the action that led to the result.
E x am p les
.
sang-ja an-e sa-gw a~ga deul-eo it-da.
A pples are in the box.
.
je o n g -h o
neun han-gug-e ga iss-eo-yo.
Jung-H o is in K orea.
The use o f this ending contrasts w ith the use o f , w hich

indicates that a person or thing is in the m idst o f a process, e.g.
. (je o n g -h o -n e u n ji-g eu m han-gug-e
ga-go iss-eo-yo) Jeong-H o is now going to K orea.
(4) B ackgroun d Inform ation: fSJtZS!) HI ( (at/eot)-neun~de)
To supply background inform ation about the situation in the m ain

clause, the ending is used. It occurs in the follow ing circum
stances: w henthe speaker and listener are sharing inform ation; w hen
tw o clauses are contrasted; and w h e n a request or proposal is ju s ti
fied. T here are alternative form s. T he ending is u sed w ith an
active verb stem ending in / , o r / . T he ending ( ) 1~
is used w ith a descriptive verb stem . W ith a copula stem , the ending
^ is used. In the p ast tense, / is placed before ,
(5) E xpressin g Su rpriseA dm iration o r S ym path y: (JIS

(ne-yo)
T he ending indicates an exclam ation. It is heard w hen the

speaker hears som ething that contradicts their know ledge o f a m atter.
T he ending m ay be used in any tense, but it m u st alw ays occur in
a declarative sentence. It differs fro m the ending 7 w hich
indicates a neutral reaction.
(6) R h etorical Q uestions: | / an-a-yo?)
The ion^ form o f the negative, or * ? can be used as a

rhetorical question. U sing a negative question is a m ore polite w ay
!' stauug u b e lie f or an opinion. I f the listener agrees, the response
begins w ith I (ne) as in this exchange;
?
yo-jeum nal-ssi-ga jeo n g -m al chup-ji an-a-yo?
Is n t the w eather these days really cold?
L esso n 10: T ransportation 301
.
n e 5jeo n g -m al geu-reon-ne-yo.
Yes, it really is.
T he w ords (m aj-a-yo) and H (geu-rae-yo) m ay also be

u sed to begin the sentence.
I f the listen er disagrees w ith the speaker, the appropriate response is

01 (a-ni-o). I f the listener is uncertain, he or she responds w ith
(geul-sse-yo). .
Further Study
(1) M âns o f Tvanspovtation
go-sok-ppeo-seu express bus

I !*gi-cha train
3 F ren-teu-ka rental car
bae boat, ship
beo-seu bus j
bi-haeng gi airplane
_bl o-to-ba-i m otorcycle
1Fja -d o n g 'c h a
:'ja-g a-y o n g car (personal)
' ja -j eon-geo bike
ji-h a-ch eo l subw ay
taek-si taxi
geol-eo-seo on foot, by w alking

I ttw i-eo-seo b y running
un-jeon-hae-seo by driving
N ( / ) (eul/reul) ta-go by riding (something)
chul-bal-ha-neun got departure
" ' cha ta -neun got ground transportation
bo d ing
pae-sseu boarding pass
yeo-kkw on passport
!*b i'ja visa
Hi bi-haeng-gi-pyo airline ticket
bi-haeng-jang / gong-hang airport
gung-nae-seon dom estic airlines
guk-je-seon international airlines
na-ga-neun got exit

gal-a-ta-neun got subw ay platform
oen-jjok left
o-reuu-jjok right
sin-ho-deung traffic signal

hoeng-dan-bo-do crossw alk
yuk-gyo overpass
| ji-h a-d o underpass
sa-geo-ri four-w ay intersection
jik -jin -h a-d a to go straight

ttok ba-ro ga-da to go straight
OF I doe-dol-a ga-da to go back
jw a-hoe-jeon-ha-da. r to turn left
oen-jjog~eu-ro ga-da to tu rn left
Qu-hoe-jeon-ha-da to tu rn right
o re u n -jjo g -e u -ro g a-d a- to turn right
m u-dan hoeng-dan-eul ha-da to jay w a lk
aem -byul-leon
seu am bulance
' gu-geup-cha am bulance
so-bang-seo fire departm ent
F so-bang-cha fire truck
gyeong-chal police
gyeong-chal-sseo police departm ent
C ultural N ote
T r a v e lin g in K o r e a
W hen traveling in K orea, public transportation has m any advantages.

S treet signs are inadequate in m o st places and Seoul has heavy traffic
alm ost all day long. U sing the subw ay is the m ost tim e-efficient w y
o f traveling. T ickets can be purchased at either'vending m achines or
ticket w indow s. T he city bus routes are difficult to understand if one
is n o t fam iliar w ith them . O ne m ay call in advance for taxi service,
b u t m ost people-sim ply hail them w hen they pass by.
T h ough officially discouraged, ride-sharing in taxis ( hap-seung)

is very com m on during p e a k hours. Taxi drivers stop several tim es
to p ick up additional passengers, and each party pays a separate fare.
Tipping is not required, but, since m any passengers dislike w aiting
for sm all change, they w ill often tell the driver to keep the balance
o f the paym ent.
Trains and express buses are the m ost com m on w ay o f traveling

betw een regions. O ne m ay use a car, but under norm al traffic condi
tions, it takes about five hours to get from Seoul to Pusan, w hich is
longer than m ost people care to drive. O n the trains and buses, one
is generally issued a one-w ay ticket, w ith a return ticket being pur
chased after arriving at o n e s destination.
W h en driving, bew are o f people jayw alking. It is very com m on in the

cities. W hen stopping at a gas station, rem em ber that m ost stations
w ill pum p y our gas for you; self-service is very rare. T ipping is not
required at the station, and the posted price for gas is by the liter.
Exercises
(1) ^?
(2)
-jo e-so n g -h a-ji-m an h ap-seung jo m hae-do doe-get-seum -ni-kka?
( ?
geo-i da w an-neun-de eo-di se-w o deu-ril-kka-yo?
(4) ?
jim -e u n m yeot gae-na bu-chi-sil kkeom -ni-kka?
. ? - .
jw a -se o g -eu n eo-neu jjo g -eu -ro deu-ril-kka-yo?
(6) ; ^?
hok-si deo p il-yo-han ge iss-eu-sim -ni-kka?
(1) ?
geu-rae-do ju -ju n g -i ju -m a l-b o -d a jo m nat~ji an-a-yo?
(2) ?
yeo-kkw on-ha-go bi-h aen g 1gi-pyo jo m ju-si-get-seum -ni-kka?
(3) 12 ?
yeol-ttu-si-e chul-bal-ha-m yeon m yeot-si-e bu-san-e
do-cha-ka-na-yo?
(4) ] *
ji-k aen g -i-n i-k k a gi-cha-reul gal-a-ta-ji an-eu-syeo-do dw ae-yo.
(5) 3 8 2 7 A . -
ge-i-teu-neun sam -sip-pal-beon-i~go jw a-seok-beon-ho-neun
i-sip-chil-e-i-im -ni-da.
nop p o dsu oi|qnd
qîAv s9 U3Usdx3 m o /i Smquosgp ^d^^JSm^d b s ûav ss 9y;
sjsquinu {Bmpjo ssn aans 3[

p9M sxq^Suunp op c sa q noA sSuxq^ sAy s ûav s s a y ; >
3Uqo 3ip d93)t 3SE3U (g)

3J3ip J3AO SSBdjSAO 91 JSpUH O 3UI d j p 3SB9|J ( )
3SB9|d cU BSnj JOJ : \ \2 SutOJBdsp UIBJ3 ip JOJ S ^ o p OAVJL ( )
lu im i 9ip pjBoq o j ubo (z)
*pa^S3UOO 9 IB SpBOJ 91 \ \ e 3>JT{ SUI33S (|)

UBQJO^J 0ut SmAVOÔj
Qip *
N v a r a o Sc'HHNNIOHe 90
S d o t f f o IS O y s^ u v ff n UOSS9J
<x x x x x x x >
ItT I E 1 E n IK
1
H S Patterns
.
tong-jang m an-deul-gi.
O pening a bank account.
?
eo-tteo-ke do-w a deu ril-kka-yo?

H ow m ay I help you?
; .
tong-jang-eul ha-na m an-deul-lyeo-go ha-neun-de-yo.
I w ould like to open an account, {lit. I w ould like to m ake an
account keeping book.)
? ?
geu-reo-se-yo? geu-reom sin-bun-jjeung-ha-go do-jang jo m
ju-si-get-seum -ni-kka?
Is th at so? T hen w ould you give m e your ID and signature stam p?
?
sin-bun-jjeung-eun yeo-kkw on-i-m yeon doe-jyo?
M y passport can be an ID, right?
.
geu-ri-go do-jang-eun eom -neun-de-yo.
A nd I d o n t have a signature stam p.

.:
3 A B K .
gw aen-chan-a-yo. geu-riyang ssa-in-m an ha-syeo-do dw ae-yo.
I ts OK* You can ju st sign.
?
eol-m a-na ye-geum -ha-si-get-seum -ni-kka?
H ow m u ch do you w ant to deposit?
L esso n 11: B a n ks <&P o st O ffices 309-
- .
i sin-cheong-seo-e son-nim seong-ham -ha-go ju -so -h a-g o bi-m il-
b eon-ho jo m sseo ju -sip -si-o .
O n this application, please w rite y our nam e, address, and pin
num ber.
? .
i-reo-ke sseu-m yeon doe-na-yo?
Is it O K i f I w rite like this?
- : ?
ne, dw aet-seum -ni-da. hyeon-geum ka-deu-do pil-yo-ha-si-ji-yo?
Yes, its done. You need an ATM card too, right?
.
ne, hae ju -se-yo.
Yes, please do it for me.
.
jam -k k an -m a n gi-da-ri-se-yo.
W ait a m inute, please.
.
yeo-gi son-nim tong-j ang-ha-go hyeon-geum -ka-deu it-seum -ni-da.
H ere is your balance {lit. account keeping) b o o k and an ATM card.
hw an-jeon-ha-gi
exchanging currency
.
hw an-jeon-eul jo m ha-go sip-eun-de-yo.
I w o u ld like to exchange som e m oney.
310 BEG IN N ERS KOREAN
- ?
o-neul hw an-nyul-i eo-tteo-ke doe-na-yo?
W hat is to d ay s exchange rate?
1300 .
dal-leo-dang cheon-sam -baeg-w on-i-e-yo.
1300 w on per dollar. .
? y
eol-m a-na ba-kku-si-ge-y ?
H ow m uch do you w an t to exchange?
5 0 0 . _
o-baek-bul-m an ba-kkw o ju-se-yo.
Just 500 dollars, please. -
?
yeo-gi sin -cheong'seo jo m sseo ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
W ould you please fill out the application form here?
.
yeo-kkw on~i-na sin-bun-jjeung jo m bo-yeo-ju-se-yo.
Please show m e your passport or ID.
?
don-eun hyeon-geum -eu-ro deu-ril-kka^yo, a-ni-m yeon su-pyo-ro
d u-iil-kk ''yo?
D o you w ant your m oney in cash or checks?
.
jeo n -b u su-pyo-ro ju -si-go jan-don-m an hyeon-geum -eu-ro
ju-se-yo.
P lease give m e everything in checks and only the change in cash.
L esso n 11: B a n k s & P o s t O ffices 311
5 ,000 .
su-su-ryo o-cheon-w on gong-je-ha-go deu-ryeot-seun-ni-da.
I ve taken out the 5,000 w on processing fee and given you the rest.
(lit. I gave you the rest after d ed ucting the processing
5,000-w on fee.)

pyeon-ji bu-chi~gi
sending m ail x
?
i-geo saen-di-e-i-go-kka-ji eol-m a-na geol-lil-kka-yo?
H ow long w ill this take to get to San D iego?
?
eo-tteo-ke b o -n ae
sil kkeon-de-yo?
H ow w ould you w ant to send it?
.
je-il ppal-li ga-neun geos-eu-ro hae ju -se-yo.
The fastest way, please.
3 . ?
sok-dal-u-pyeon-eun sam -il-i-m yeon doe-neun-de jo m bi-ssa-yo.
geu-pa-se-yo?
Express m ail w ill take three days, b u t its a little expensive. A re you
in a hurry?
. ?
byeol-lo-yo. geu-reom eo-tteon ge jo -eu l-k k a-y o ?
N ot really. T hen w hat do you think is better?
312 " B E G IN N E R S KOREAN
.
hang-gong-pyeon-eu-ro bo-nae-si-m yeon han sil-jju-il jeong-do
geol-lyeo-yo.
I f you send it airm ail, it w ill take about a w eek.
.
geu-reom geu-geol-lo hal-kke-yo.
T hen I w ill take that, ;
? -f
deung-gi-u-pyeon-eu-ro hae deu-ril-kka-yo?
D o you w ant it to be registered m ail? . -
, .
a-ni-o, gw aen-chan-a-yo. .
N o, lats OK.
?
yeo-gi-e bad-eu-sil ppun ju-so-ha-go seong-ham jo m sseo -
ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
W ould you please w rite the re c e iv e rs nam e and address here?
?
i-reo-ke sseu-m yeon doe-na-yo?
Is it O K i f I w rite like this?
:?
dw aet-seum -ni-da. m w o deo pil-yo-ha-sin ge iss-eu-sim -ni-kka?
Y es it5s done. Is there anything else I can do fo r you? {lit Is there
anytihing m ore you need?)
2 0 0 l .
i-baeg-w on-jja-ri u-pyo yeol-jjang-m an ju-se-yo.
P lease give m e ten 200-w on stam ps.
L esso n 11: B a n ks & P o st O ffices 313
2 3 0
.
ji-n a n ju -b u -teo u-pyeon-nyo-geum -i in-sang-dw aet-gi ttae-m un-
e i-jen i-baek-sam -sib-w on-jja-ri-reul sa-yong-ha-syeo-ya
doe-n eu n -d e-y o .
B ecause o f the price increase last w eek, y ou w ill probably need to
use 230-w on stam ps now.
2 3 0 10 .
geu-reom i-baek-sam -sib-w on-jja-ri-ro y eol-jjang ju-se-y o . 1
T hen ten 230-w on stam ps, please.
32f M odel C onversations
(1) t o n g - j a n g m a n - d e u l - g i
: , . ?
e o - s e o o-se-yo, s o n - n i m . eo-tteo-ke
do-wa-deu-ril-kka-yo?
: .
tong-jang-eul ha- n a m a n - d e u l - l y e o - g o h a - n e u n - d e - y o
: ? ; 1 . ?
geu-reo-se-yo? g e u - r e o m sin-bun-jjeung-ha-go dq-jang
j o m ju-si-get-seum-ni-kka?
: ? .
s i n - b u n - j j e u n g - e u n y e o - k k w o n - i - m y e o n d o e - j y o ? geu-ri-
go do-jang-eun eom-neun-de-yo.
: . .
?
gwaen-chan-a-yo. geu-nyang sa-in-man ha-syeo-do
_ dwae-yo. eol-ma-na ye-geum-ha-si-get-seum-ni-kka^
: 30 .
sam-sim-man-won-i-yo.
:
.
1 sin-cheong-seo-e s o n - n i m s e o n g - h a m - h a - g o ju-so-ha-go
_ b i - m i l - b e o n - h o j o m s s e o ju-sip-si-o.
: ( ) ?
(jam-si h u ) i-reo-ke s s e u - m y e o n d o e ~ n a
yo?
? -
ne dwaet-seum-ni-da. h y e o n - g e u m ka-deu-do
pil-yo-ha-si-jyo?
.
n e ? h a e ju-se-yo.
L esso n 11: B a n ks & P o st Offices 315
: ' .... ( )
. .
jam -k k an -m an gi-da-ri-se-yo. (jam -si liu) yeo-gi son-nim
tong-j ang-ha-go hyeon-geum -ka-deu it-seum -ni-da.
an-nyeong-hi ga-sip-si-o.
(2) hw an-jeon-ha-gi
: . M ?
"hw an-heon-eul jo m ha-go sip-eun-de-yo, o-neul
hw an-nyul-i eo-tteo-ke doe-na-yo?
: 1300 . ?
dal-Ieo-dang cheon-sam -baeg-w on-i-e-yo. eol-m a-na
ba-kku-si-ge-yo? ' '
: 5 0 0 .
o-baek-bul-m an ba-kkw o ju-se-yo.
: ?
.
geu-reom yeo-gi sin-cheong-seo jo m sseo ju-si-gess-
eo-yo? geu-ri-go yeo-kkw on-i-na sin-burjje u n g jo m
bo-yeo-ju-se-yo.
: .
yeo-gi it-seum -ni-'da.
: ?
don-eun hyeon-geum -eu-ro deu-ril-lcka-yo, a-ni-m yeon
su-pyo-ro deu-ril-kka-yo?
: .
jeo n -b u su-pyo-ro ju -si-g o jan -d o n -m an hyeon-geum -eu-
ro ju-se-yo.
: ( ) . 5 ,0 0 0
. .
(jam -si hu) yeo-gi it-seum-ni-da* su-su-ryo o-cheon-
w on gong-j e-ha-go deu-ryeot-seum -ni-da. an-nyeong-hi
ga-sip-si-o.
: .
gam -sa-ham -ni-da.
(3) pyeon-ji bu-chi-gi

: ?
i-geo saen-di-e-i-go-kka-ji eol-m a-na geol-lil-kka-yo?
: ?
eo-tteo-ke bo-nae-sil kkeon-de-yo?
: .
je-il ppal-li ga-neun geos-eu-ro hae ju -se-y o ,
: 3 . ?
sok-dal-u-pyeon-eun san-il-i-m yeon doe-neun-de jo m
bi-ssa-yo. g e u -p a -se-y o ? "
. ?
byeol-lo-yo. geu-reom eo-tteon ge jo -eul-kka-yo?
: .
hang-gong-pyeon-eu-ro bo-nae-si-m yeon han il-jju-il
jeo n g -d o geol-lyeo-yo.
: .
geu-reom geu-geol-lo hal-kke-yo.
: ?
deung-gi-u~pyeon-eu-ro hae deu-ril-kka-yo?
: .
a-ni-o, gw aen-chan-a-yo.
?
yeo-gi-e bad-eu-sil bun ju -so -h a-g o seong-ham jo m sseo
ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
: ( ) g ?
(jam -si hu) i-reo-ke sseu-m yeon doe-na-yo?
?
n e dw aet-seum -ni-da- m w o deo pil-yo-ha-sin-ge
iss-eu-sim -ni-kka?
2 0 0 10 .
i-baeg-w on-jja-ri u-pyo yeol-jjang-m an ju -se-yo.
L esso n 11: B a n ks & B o st O ffices 317
: 230
. .
ji-n a n ju -b u -te o u-pyeon-yo-geum -i in-sang-dw aet-gi
ttae-m un-e i-jen i-baek-sam -sib-w on-jj a-ri-reul sa-yong-
h a-syeo-ya doe-neun-de-yo.
? 2 3 0 1 0 .
geu-rae-yo? geu-reom i-baek-sam -sib-w on-jja-ri-ro yeol-
jja n g j'u-se-yo.
9 S E 5 E nglish Translation
(1) O pening a bank account

E m ployee: W elcom e, custom er. H ow m ay I help you?
Lee: I w ould like to open an account.
Em ployee: Is that so? Then w ould you give m e y our ID and
signature stam p?
Lee: M y passort can be an ID , right? A nd I d o n t have a
signature stam p.
E m ployee; Its O K . You can ju s t sign. H ow m uch do you w ant to
deposit?
Lee: * 300,000 w on, please. .
Em ployee: O n this application, p lease w rite y o u r nam e, address, *
and pin num ber.
L e e :' (after a while) Is it O K if I w rite like this?
Em ployee: Yes, its done. You need an ATM card too, right?
Lee: Yes, please do it for m e.
Em ployee: W ait a m inute, please, (after a w hile) H ere are your
balance- book and ATM card. G ood-bye.
(2) E xchanging currency

Lee: I w ould like to exchange som e m oney. W hat is to d a y s
exchange rate? '
E m ployee: 1300 w on per dollar. H ow m uch do you w ant to
exchange?
Lee: Just 500 dollars, please.
E m ployee: T hen w ould you please fill out this application form ?
A nd please show m e y our passport or ID.
Lee: H ere it is*
E m ployee: D o you w ant your m oney in cash or checks?
Lee: P lease give m e everything in checks and only the
change in cash.
E m ployee: {after a w hile) H ere it is. I to o k out the 5 ?000-w on
processing fee and gave it to you the rest. G ood-bye.
Lee: T hank you.
L esso n 11: B a n k s <Sc P o st O ffices 319
(3) Sending m ail

Lee: H ow long w ill this take to go to San D iego?
E m ployee: H ow w ould y o u w a n t to send it?
Lee: The fastest way, please.
E m ployee: E xpress m ail w ill take three days but its a little
expensive. A re you in a hurry?
Lee: N o t really. T hen w h at do y o u th in k is better?
E m ployee: I f you send it as airm ail, it w ill take about a w eek.
Lee: T hen I w ill take that. .
E m ployee: D o y o u w an t it sent reg istered m ail?
Lee: N o, th a ts OK.
E m ployee: W ould you please w rite the re c e iv e rs nam e and
address here?
Lee: (after a w hile) Is this O K ?
Em ployee: Yes, th a ts good. Is there anything else I can do for
you?
Lee: P lease give m e ten 2 0 0 -w o n stam ps.
E m ployee: B ecause o f the price increase last w eek, you w ill
probably need to use 2 30-w on stam ps now.
Lee: R eally? T hen ten 2 30-w on stam ps, please.
Vocabulary
N o u n s / P ronoun s
do-jang stam p, seal

don m oney
deung-gi-u-pyeon registered m ail
mwo w hat?
bad-eu-sil bun , receiver
bi-m il-beon-ho pin (personal identification)
num ber
saîn ' signature
seong-ham nam e (hon.)
sok-dal-u-pyeon express m ail
son-nim : custom er
su-su-ryo fee, charge
supyo check
sin-bun-jjeung ID card
sin-cheong-seo ' application
eo-tteon geo w hich one?
yeo-kkw on passport
o-neul today
u-pyeon-yo~geum postage, postal charge
u-pyo stam p
i-geo this one
iarv-clon change
* I | address
A! U ji-n a n ju last w eek
- I v-| jig - w o n em ployee
tong-jang m ati-deul-gi opening a bank account
tong-jang b an k account
pyeon-ji bu-chi-gi sending a piece o f m ail
_ pil-y o
ha-sin geot som ething needed (hon.)
ha-na one
L e sso n 11: B a n k s <Sc P o st O ffices 321
hyeon-geum cash
hyeon-geum -ka-deu ATM card
hw an-nyul exchange rate
hwan~j eon-ha-gi exchanging currency
10 yeol-jjang ten sheets o f paper
1300 cheon-sam -baeg-w on 1300 w on
2 0 0 i-baeg-w on-jja-ri 200-w on value
2 3 0 i-baek-sam -s
-w on-jja-ri 230-w on value
30 sam -sim -m an-w on 300,000 w on
3 sam -il " three days '
5 ,0 0 0 o-cheon-w on 5,000 w on
5 0 0 o-baek-bul 500 dollars
Verbs
ga-da to go
S" AI-8I-Q gam -sa-ha-da to thank
geol-li_da to take tim e
gong-je-lia-da to deduct
: geu-reo-ta to be so
geu-pa~da to be hurrying
11=1 Q gi-d a-rida to w ait
do-w a-deu-ri-da to help (hon.)
1 doe-da to becom e
m an-deul-da to m ake
ba-k k u -d a to change
ba-kkw o ju -d a to change
bo-nae-da to send
bo -yeo-ju-da to show
bi-ssa-da to be expensive
sa-yong-ha-da to use
' sseo ju -d a to w rite
sseu-da to w rite
eop-da to not exist

ye-geum -ha-da to save m oney
o-da to com e
| in-sang-doe-da to be increased
jo -ta to be good
pil-yo-ha-da to need
ha-da to do
hae deu-ri-da to do (hon.)
h a e ju -d a - to do
hw an-j eon-ha-da . to exchange m oney
geu-geol-lo that one

geu-nyang ju st
geu-reom then
geu-ri-go and
dal-leo-dang p er dollar
byeol-lo n o t particularly
p p a -li fast
a-ni-m yeon or, i f not
an~nyeong-hi peacefully
eo-eo-ke how ?
eo-seo quickly
eol-m a-na how m uch?
I yeo-gi here
_ i-re -ke like this
j am -kkan-m an for a m inute
jam -si-h u after a w hile
jeo n -b u all
je -il the m ost, the first
jo m a little, please
han il-jju-il jeo n g -d o about a w eek
hang-gong-pyeon-eu-ro v ia airm ail
L esso n 11: B a n ks & P o st Offices 323
G ram m ar
(1) The E n d in g ( 2 J ^ ? ((eu)l~kka-yo?): S h a ll 1 /

w e .. . D o y o u th in k
T he basic function o f the ending ( ) ^ ? is to ask for the lis

te n e r^ opinion. W h en the sen ten ces subject noun is I or w e
(w hen the speaker is the subject or a part o f the subject), the ending
( ) ) ? is used. In addition to asking the listen e rs opinion it
allow s one to suggest or offer to do som ething. E xam ples: r
? :
m w o m eog-eul-kka-yo? ' *
. W hat are w e going to eat?
?
keo-pi m a-sil-kka-yo?
Shall w e drink som e coffee?
W hen used in the third person, the speaker is asking for the listen e rs
opinion (i.e. do you th ink E xam ples:
? . .
gil-i bok-ja-pal-kka-yo?
D o you think the traffic w ill be busy?
?
il-i eo~ryeo~ul-kka-yo?
D o you think the task is difficult?
W hen used in the form H : ) ( ) ? the listener is

given alternatives from w hich to choose. F o r exam ple:
?
keo-pi-reul m a-sil-kka-yo, ju -seu -reu l m a-sil-kka-yo?
Shall w e drink coffee o r ju ice?
U se [w hen the verb stem ends in any consonant except ^ .

W hen the consonant is use ( . W hen the stem ends in a
voWfel, is used. *
(2) The Volitional: [! [1 (go sip-da) vs. [F (go

sip-eo-ha-da) w an t to w ou ld like to
T he pattern C[ is used to state either w hat the speaker w ishes

to do or to ask w hat the listener w ould w ant. W hen indicating w hat a
third person w ould w ant, one uses the ending ~ .
T he past tense o f (go sip-eo-yo) / (go

sip-eo-hae-yo) is (go sip-eoss-eo-yo) /
(go sip-eo-haess-eo-yo), respectively; and the future prospective
tense is (go sip-eul kkeo-ye-yo) /
(go sip-eo-hal kkeo-ye-yo).
Exam ples:
: .
jeo -n e u n han-gug-e ga-go sip-eo-yo .
I w an t to go to K orea.
.
jeo n g -h o -n eu n han-gug-e ga-go sip-eo-hae-yo.
Jeong-ho w ants to go to K orea.
L esso n 11: B a n k s & P o st O ffices 325
.
jeo -n e u n han-gug-e ga-go sip-eoss-eo-yo.
I w anted to go to K orea. :
.
jeo n g -h o -n eu n han-gug-e ga-go sip-eo-haess-eo-yo.
Jeong-ho w anted to go to K orea.
.
jeo-rieun han-gug-e ga-go sip-eul kkeo-yeo-yo.
I w ill w ant to go to K orea.
. '
jeo n g -h o -n eu n han-gug-e ga-go sip-eo-hal kkeo-ye-yo.
Jeong-ho w ill w ant to go to K orea. .
(3) S ta tin g Cause: (tta e-m u n -e)y (gi ttae-

m u n -e )y a m / | / | (a/eo-seo) b e c a m e because o f
The pattern is used w hen the speaker w ishes to give a

reason for som ething. It is the equivalent o f the E nglish prepositions
because or because of. It is affixed to the verb stem , and can be
used w ith a tense m arker. It tends to be form al and often occurs in
form al settings and in w riting. T he w ord is used w hen the
cause referred to is a noun.
W hen the sentence relates that som ething progresses from som e
thing else, rather than b ein g its cause, the ending ~ 17 is used. It
cannot take any tense m arker and is m ost appropriate in the context
o f an apology, excuse, or w hen expressing gratitude. F o r exam ple:
.
neuj-eo-seo joe-song-ham -ni-da.
I am sorry [because] I am late.
N either or / m ay be used w ith a com m and (the

im perative), o r w hen m aking a proposition o r suggestion.
(4) E xpressin g Intention: - ( 3 ) 3 2 ((eu)-ryeo-go

ha-da) vs. ((eu)-reo)
To express an intention to perform a future action or to convey that

som ething is about to happen, one uses the pattern ()
. It can be used w ith any v e rb T his is in contrast to the pattern
( ) w ith w hich only verbs o f com ing or going can be used.
Exam ples:.
. '
o-neul-eun il-jj ik j a-ryeo-go hae-yo.
* I plan to go to sleep early today.
.
beo-sseu-ga ji-g eu m tteo-na-ryeo-go hae-yo.
T he bus is about to depart. _
.
tel-le-bi-jeon-eul bo-ryeo-go hae-yo.
I am going to w atch TV.
. .
il-ha-roo lioc-sii-c ua-yo.
go l the to u 'u rk .
.
ui-sa seon-saeng-nim -eul m an-na-reo byeong-w on-e
w ass-eo-yo.
I cam e to the hospital to m eet a doctor.
L esso n 11:-B a n k s < P o st Offices 327
(5) The P attern ( S ) | ((eu)~myeon doe-da) it w ould

do if . . it w ou ld be g o o d /a ll righ t i f
T he p attern - {) w hich m eans it w ould do i f . o r it

w ould be good/all right i f .. is used w hen indicating w hat is needed
t perfo rm an action o r resolve a situation. W hen em phasizing that
only one thing is needed, follow the noun w ith (m an ) and affix
( ) to the verb stem . T his p attern is b est translated as all
one has to do is*..
(6) M o n ey-rela ted E xpression s
don-eul chat-da to w ithdraw m oney

don-eul beo l-d a to earn m oney
don-eul sseu-da to spend m oney
don-eul b u -ch i da to send m oney
don eul bat-da

to receive m oney
don-eul ju -d a to give m oney
don eul tta-da
to w in m oney
don-eul il-ta to lose m oney
don-eul il-eo-beo-ri-da to m isplace m oney
don-eul ju p -d a to find m oney
\ P" don-eul m at-gi-da to save m oney
dori deul-da to n eed m oney
F urther Study
K orean C u rrency
T he unit o f K orean currency is the w on ( ) w hich com es from the

C hinese character for circle. T here are five different coins in use;
1 ( il-w on)
10 ( sib-w on)
5 0 ( o-sib-w on) : *
100 ( baeg :w o n )
5 0 0 (
baeg-w on)
T here are three denom inations o f p ap er currency:
1000 ( cheon-w on)

5 0 0 0 ( o-cheon-w on)
10,000 ( m an-w on)
O fficial checks are sim ilar to tra v e le rs checks, and are issued at
a bank. ,
C hecks: su-pyo ( 1 ja-g i-ap su-pyo)
O ne U .S. dollar is equal to approxim ately 1000 w on.
A d d itio n a l V o c a b u la r y :
hw an-nyul exchange rate

bank account
eun-haeng-geo-rae-sin-cheong-seo application
S i ip-geum -pyo deposit slip
L&sscm 11: B a n k s & P o st O ffices 329
chul-geum -pyo w ithdraw al slip

bi-m il
beon-ho pin num ber
tong-jang deposit and
w ithdraw al record
do-jang seal, stam p
h y eo n -geum -ka-deu ATM card
hyeon-g eu m -g i-g eu p -g i A TM m achine
h w an -n y u l: i nae-ri-da the exchange rate

goes dow n
h w an-nyul-i o -reu-da " the exchange rate
goes up .
hw an-j eon-eul-ha-da t exchange m oney
don-eul chat-da to w ithdraw
) ' je o -g e u m -h a da
to deposit
S1' ye-g eu m -h a-d a to deposit
u-pyo-reul sa-da to buy a stam p

u -pyo-reul bu-chi-da to p u t on a stam p
/ pyeon -ji/so -p o -reu l bat-da to receive a letter/
package
/ to send a letter/
pyeon-j i/so-po-reul bu-chi-da package
pyeo n -ji-reu l sseu-da to w rite a letter
d ap-jang-eul sseu-da to w rite a reply
ju -so -re u l sseu-da to w rite an address
b an n eu n sa-ram recipient
bo-n ae-n eu n sa-ram sender
ju_so address
seong-ham nam e
seong-m y eong nam e
0 1 i-reum nam e
jung-ang-u-che~guk central po st office
. 330 B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
u-che-tong ' m ailbox

u -ch e -g u k jig -w o n post office em ployee
u-pyeon-nyo-geum postage
u-che-bu postm an
u-pyeon-beon-ho zip code
hang-gong u-pyeon air m ail,

first-class m ail
ppa-reun u-pyeon express m ail
( sok-dal-u-pyeon)
deung-gi u-pyeon registered m ail
bo-tong*u-pyeon regular m ail,
( il'b a n u-pyeon) ground m ail
!" sang-ja box

I pyeon-ji~bong-tu envelope
pyeon-ji letter
pyeon-ji-ji letter p ap er
idso~po package
yeop-seo postcard
L esso n 11: B a n ks & P o st O ffices 331
n C ultural N ote
B anks in K o rea are u sually open from 9:00 A .M . to 4:30 P.M. during
the w eekdays and closed on w eekends. A ll banks p rovide currency
exchange services. C ustom ers p a y utility bills at the bank, and
any num ber o f services, including balance transfers, can be done at
an ATM.
K orea is cash oriented society. M any sm all shops do not accept

credit cards, and personal checks do not exist. O nly banks can issue
checks. -
Post offices are usually open on weekdays from 9:00 A.M . to 5:00 P.M
and S aturdays from 9:00 A .M . to 1:00 P.M. T hey offer a great deal
m ore than the U .S. postal service. O ne can do o n e s banking, m ail
order local specialties, m ake train reservations, o r b u y express bus
tickets. In the m ajority o f offices, one can b u y stam ps from vending
m achines. W h en sending m ail, one m ust address the envelope in
m acro-to-m icro style, beginning w ith the country and ending w ith
the p e rso n s nam e.
332 . B E G IN N E R S K O REAN . -
Exercises
1. Please respond to the follow ing:
(1) . ?
eo-seo o-se-yo, son-nim . eo-tteo-ke do-w a-deu-ril-kka-yo?
(2) ? .
eo l-m a-naye-geum -ha-si-get-seum -ni-kka?
(3) ? :
eol-m a-na ba-kkw o deu-ril-kka-yo? 7
(4) # , ?
don-eun hyeon-geum -eu-ro deu-ril-kka-yo, su-pyo-ro ;
_ deu-ril-kka-yo?
(5) h?
i so-po eo-tteo-ke bo-nae-sil kkeom -ni-kka?
(1) ? .
sin-bun-jjeung-eun yeo-kkw on-i-m yeon doe-jyo? geu-ri-go
do-jang-eun eom -neun-de-yo.
(2)
.
i sin-cheong-seo-e son-nim seong-ham -ha-go ju-so~ha-go
bi-m il~beon-ho jo m sseo ju-sip-si-o.
(3) S .
don-eun jeo n -b u su-pyo-ro ju -si-g o jan -d o n -m an
hyeon-geum -eu-ro ju-se-yo.
(4) 3 . ?
sok-dal u-pyeon~eun sam -il-i-m yeon doe-neun-de jo m
bi-ssa-yo. geu-pa-se-yo?
(5) .
hang-gong-pyeon-eu-ro bo-nae-si-m yeon han il-jju-il jeo n g -d o
geol-lyeo-yo.
L esso n 11: B a n k s & P o st O ffices 333
(6) 2 3 0
.
ji-n a n ju -b u -te o u-pyeon-nyo-geum -i in-sang-dw aet-gi ttae-
m un-e i-jen i-baek-sam -sib-w on-jja-ri-reul sa-yong-ha-syeo-ya
doe-n eu n -d e-y o .
(1) I w o u ld like to have a b a n k account.

(2) W ould you please give m e y o u r ID and signature stam p?
(3) You need an ATM card, right?
(4) W h at is to d ay s exchange rate?
(5) I to o k out the 5,00G-won p ro cessin g fee is taken out and gave
you the rest.
4. P lease w rite the m eaning o f the phrases below and w rite

sentences using them :
' (1) don-eul chat-da

(2) don-eul beol-da
(3) don-eul bu-chi-da
(4) don-eul tta-da
(5) [ k io n - i deul-da
5. P lease read the follow ing num bers in K orean:
(1 ) 250
(2) 7 8 ,3 5 0
(3) 4 6 9 ,7 0 0 ^
(4) 1,257,800
(5) 3 4 ,5 0 0 ,0 0 0
6. P lease w rite a paragraph about an experience in either a bank or

a po st office.
12
L esso n 12: H o sp ita ls & D ru g sto res

Patterns
. ?
eo-seo o-se-yo. e -tteo-ke o-syeoss-eo-yo?
W elcom e. W hat brings you here? ( lit W hat did you com e here for?)
.
gam -gi-e geol-lin geot gat-a-seo-yo.
Its because I think I caught a cold.
?
yo-jeum gam -gi-ga jeo n g -m al do-ka-ji-yo?
T he colds these days are really severe, right?
.
jam -k k an -m an jeo -g i anj-a-seo gi-da-ri-se-yo.
Please sit there and w ait a m om ent.
?
bo-heom -ka-deu jo m ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
W ould you please give m e your health insurance card?
.
yeo-gi iss-eo-yo.
FI ere it is.
?
co-tli-gii co-uco-ke a-peu-se-yo?
W here and how do you feel sick?
.
gam -gi-e geol-lin geot gat-eun-de eo-ji-reop-go gi-un-i eops-eo-yo.
I think I have a cold; I feel dizzy and have no energy.
L esso n 12: H o sp ita ls c; D rugstores 337
. .
chup-go ttam -i na-m yeon-seo gi-chim -eul ja-k k u hae-yo.
I feel cold and I am sw eating, and I m coughing constantly.
. .
m ok-do a-peu-go-yo. sum -do ja l m ot sw i-gess-eo-yo.
M y th ro at also hurts. A nd I cannot breathe easily.
. ,
eo-je-bam -sae-do-rok seol-ssa-ha-go to-haess-eo-yo.
I had diarrhea and threw up all night yesterday.
.
neo~mu eo-ji-reo-w o-seo anj-a iss-eul ssu-ga eops-eo-yo.
I feel so dizzy that I cannot stay seated.
.
ji-g eu m -d o ja-k k u nup-go sip-eo-yo.
E ven now I w ant to lie down.
?
eon-je-bu-teo seol-ssa-ha-gi si-ja-kaess-eo-yo?
W hen did y o u r diarrhea start?
.
han i-teul jeon -b u -teo -y o .
A bout tw o days ago.
.
i-jjog-eu-ro anj-a bo-se-yo.
P lease sit here.
.
sum -eul keu-ge sw i-eo bo-se-yo.
Take a deep breath, please.
338 . - B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
- .
a hae bo-se-yo.
Please say A h!
k .
geom -sa-reul jo m hae-ya doe-gen-neun-de-yo.
We need to do som e tests.
? ,
m a-ji-m ag-eu-ro saeng-ri-ha-sin ge eon-je-ji-yo?
H ow long has it been since your last period?, {lit. W hen w as the last
tim e you had a period?) - '
15 .
ji-n a n dal sib-o-il-i-yo. :
I had it on th e l5 lh o f last m onth.
?
sang-tae-ga eo-tteon-ga-yo?
H ow is m y condition?
.
geom -sa-reul hae-bw a-ya al-get-ji-m an jan g -y eo m -e geoM in geot _
gat-a-yo.
W e n eed m ore exam inations/tests to know details, b u t I think you
have enteritis.
: | ? :
geu-reom eo-tteo-ke ha-ji-yo?
Then w hat am I supposed to do?
.
yO'-jeum-eun jo -e u n yag-i m an-eu-ni-kka geok-jeong m an-i an
ha-syeo-do gw aen-chan-a-yo.
B ecause there are lots o f good m edicines these days, you d o n t need
to w orry too m uch.
L esso n 12: H o sp ita ls &. D rugstores 339
.
geu-reom da-haeng-i-ne-yo.
T h a ts good. {lit. T hat w ould be fortunate.)
K?
eo-eo-ke o-syeot-seum -ni-kka?
W hat brings you here?
;P
in-m om -i ja -ju but-go yang-chi-jil hal ttae in-m om -e-seo ja-k k u
p i-g a na-yo.
M y gum s are frequently sw ollen, and I often b leed w h en I brush
m y teeth.
? ?
geu-rae-yo? jo m bol-kka-yo?
R eally? C an I see it for a m om ent?
.
jeu n g -san g -i byeol-lo sim -ha-ji-neun an-kun-yo.
It is n o t that serious, {lit. T he sym ptom is not that serious.)
.
geu-rae-do chi-ryo-reul jo m hae-ya-get-seum -ni-da.
B u t you have to get som e treatm ent, (lit. B u t w e still have to
treat it.)
. .
jo m a peu-sil kkeom -ni-da. jo -g e u m -m an cham -eu-se yo.
It w ill h urt a little bit. Just endure it fo r a bit, please.
. -
da dw aet-seum -ni-da. i-je yang-chi-jil ha-sip-si-o.
I ts all done. N o w rinse y our m outh, please.
? '
in-m om -i w ae ja-k k u geu-reo-ji-yo?
W hy is this happening w ith m y gum s constantly? (lit. W hy m y gum
is often doing like this?)
.
in-m om -i jo m ya-kan sa-ram -deul-i iss-eo-yo.
Som e people have soft gum s. (lit. T here are som e people w ho have
w eak gum s.) ,
.
yang-chi-jil-hal ae kkok chi-ju-yeom ye-bang-nyong chi-yag-eul
sa-yong-ha-se-yo.
P lease use an anti-peridentitis toothpaste w henever you brush
your teeth.
?
peul-l -sseu sa-yong-ha-sil jju l-eu n al-ji-yo?
You know how to floss, right?
. ?
eo-seo o-se-yo. m w ol do-w a deu-ril-kka-yo?
W elcom e. W hat can I do for you? ( lit W hat should I help you?)
.
u i-sa seon-saeng-nim -i cheo-bang-jeon-eul ju-syeon-neun-de-yo
M y doctor gave m e a prescription.
3 : A )| ....
g e u -re o se -y o ? i-ri ju -se -y jam -kkan-m an gi-da-ri-se-yo.
Is that so? P lease give it to m e. Please w ait for a m inute.
L esso n 12: H o sp ita ls & D rugstores 341
3 2 -
i al-lyag-eun ha-ru-e se-beon-ssik si-ku-e du-al-ssik deu-se-yo.
W ith these pills, please take tw o after every m eal, three tim es a day.
.
i m ul-lyag-eun a-chim -jeo-nyeok gong-bog-e han-keop-ssik
deu-se-yo*
W ith this liquid, please take one cup in the m orning and in the after
noon on an em pty stom ach. ^
| .
chi-ju-yeom ye-bang-nyong chi-ya-ka-go peul-lo-sseu-rang m a-u-
sseu-w o-ssi-do ha-na ju-se-y o .
P lease give m e an anti-peridentitis toothpaste, a box o f floss, and a
bo ttle o f m outhw ash, too.
?
eo-tteon hoe-sa je-p u m -eu -ro deu~ril-kka-yo?
W hat brand do you prefer?
.
a-m u h oe-sa kkeo-na da g w aen -ch an -a-y o .
A ny one w o u ld be OK.
3 M odel C onversations
(1) byeong-w on-e-seo

: . ?
eo-seo o-se-yo. eo-tteo-ke o-syeoss-eo-yo?
.
gam -gi-e geol-lin-geot gat-a-seo-yo.
: ?
. ?
yo-jeum gam ogi-ga j eong-m al do-ka-ji-yo?
jam -k k an -m an je o -g i anj-a-seo gi-da-ri-se-yo.
cham bo-heom -ka-deu jo m ju-si-gess-eo-yo?
: . -
yeo-gi iss-eo-yo.
( S ^ ja m -s i hu)
: ?
eo-di-ga eo-tteo-ke a-peu-se-yo?
: .
gam-gi~e geol-lin geot gat-eun-de eo-ji-reop-go
gi-un-i eops-eo-yo.
. .
chup-go ttam -i na-m yeon-seo gi-chim -eul ja -k k u hae-yo.
m ok-do a-peu-go-yo.
.
geu-ri-go sum -do ja i m ot sw i-get-go-yo, eo-je

bam -sae-do-rok scol-ssa-ha-go to-haess-co-yo.
.
.
n eo-m u eo-ji-reo-w o-seo anj-a iss-eul su-ga eops-eo-yo.
ji-geum -do ja -k k u nup-go sip-eo-yo.
h ?
eon-je-bu-teo seol-ssa-ha-gi si-ja-kaess-eo-yo?
: . :
han i-teul jeon-bu-teo-yo.
: ...
,
i-jjok~eu-ro anj-a b-se-yo. sum -eul keu-ge sw i-eo bo-se-
yo. a hae bo-se-yo. :
' f .
?
geom -sa-reul jo m hae-ya doe-gen-neun-de-yo,
m a-ji-m ag-eu-ro saeng-ni-ha-sin ge eon-je-ji-yo?
: 15 . ?
ji-n an -d al sib-o-il-i-yo. sang-tae-ga eo-tteon-ga-yo?
: .
geom -sa-reul hae bw a-ya al-get-j i-m an j ang-yeom -e geol-
lin geot gat-a-yo.
: ? ?
geu-rae-yo? geu-reom eo-tteo-ke ha-ji-yo?
:
.
yo-jeum -eun jo -e u n yag-i m an-eu-ni-kka geok-jeong ,
m an-i an ha-syeo-do gw aen-chan-a-yo.
: .
geu-reom da-haeng-i-ne-yo.
(2)
: ?
eo-tteo-ke o-syeot-seum -ni-kka?
:
.
in-m om -i ja -ju but-go yang-chi-jil-hal ttae in-m om -e-seo
ja-k k u pi-ga-na-yo.
: ? ? .... .
geu-rae-yo? jo m bol-kka-yo? jeu n g -san g -i byeol-lo
sim -han-j i-neun an-kun-yo.
. . -
geu-rae-do chi-ryo-reul jo m hae-ya-gess-eum -ni-da.
. .
jo m a-peu-sil kkeom -ni-da. jo -g e u m -m an cham -eu-se-yo.
( ) . .
(jam -si hu) da dw aet-seum -ni-da. i-je yang-chi-jil
ha-sip-si-o. " .
. ?
in-m om -i w ae ja -k k u geu-reo-jx-yo?
: .
. _
in-m om -i jo m ya-k an sa-ram -deul-I iss-eo-yo.
yang-chil-jil-hal ttae kkok chi-ju-yeom ye-bang-nyong
chi-yag-eul sa-yong-ha-se-yo.

.
geu-ri-go yang-chil-jil-han da-eum -e peul-lo-ssu-ha-go
m a-u-ssu-w o-ssi k k o k ha-si-go-yo.
?
peul-lo-ssu sa-yong-ha-sil ju l-e u n al-ji-yo?
: 1 .
n e 3 al-a-yo.
(3) yak-gug-e-seo
: . ?
eo-seo o-se-yo. m w ol do-w a deu-ril-kka-yo?
: .
ui-sa seon-saeng-nim -i cheo-bang-jeon-eul
ju-syeon-neun-de-yo.
: ? .
geu-reo-se-yo? i-ri ju -se-y o . jam -k k an -m a n
L esso n 12: H o sp ita ls <fe D rugstores 345
gi-da-ri-se-yo.
( ) 3 ( )
2 () .
(jam -si hu) i al-lyag-eun ha-ru-e se-beor ssik si-ku-e du-
al-ssik deu-se-yo.
.
geu-ri-go i m ul-lyag-eun a-chim -j eo-nyeok gong-bog-e
han-keop-ssik du-se-yo.
: , .
.
n e al-get-seum -ni-da. ch am 3 geu-ri-go chi-ju-y.eom
ye-bang-nyong chi-ya-ka-go peul-lo-sseu-rang
m a-u-sseu-w o-ssi-do ha-na ju -se-yo.
_ ?
eo-tteo hoe-sa je-p u m -eu -ro deu-ril-kka-yo?
: .
a-m u hoe-sa kkeo-na da gw aen-chan~a-yo.
9 H E nglish Translation
(1) A t a hospital
N urse: W elcom e. H ow m ay I help you?
Lee: I think I have a cold.
N urse: T he colds these days are really severe, right? Please
have sit there and ju s t w ait a m om ent. O h, w ould you
please give m e y o u r health insurance card?
Lee: : H ere it is.
(after w hil )
D octor: W here and how does it hurt? * *

Lee: I think I have a cold; I feel dizzy and have no energy.
I am cold and sw eating, and I am coughing constantly.
M y throat hurts, too. A nd I cannot breathe easily, and
I had diarrhea and threw up all n ight yesterday, I feel
so dizzy that I cannot sit dow n properly. E ven now I
w ould like to lie dow n.
D octor: W hen did you start having diarrhea?
Lee: A bout tw o days ago.
D octor: P lease sit h e re ... Take a deep breath. Say A h ! We
need to do som e tests. H ow long has it been since your
last period?
Lee: I had it on the 15th o f last m onth. H ow is m y
condition?
Doctor: H I see the details after the tests, but I think you have
enterilis.
Lee: R eally? T hen w hat should I do?
D octor: B ecause there are lots o f good m edicines these days,
you d o n t need to w orry too m uch.
Lee: T hat w ould be good.
L esso n 12: H o sp ita ls <Sc D ru g stores 347
(2) A t a dentistry
D entist: W hat brings you here?
Lee: M y gum s get frequently sw ollen, and I often bleed
w hen I b rush m y teeth. '
D entist: R eally? L et m e s e e ... It is not th at serious. B u t you
still need som e treatm ent. T his w ill h urt a bit.
P lease be patient, {after w hile) Its all done. N ow
rinse your m outh, please.
Lee: W h a ts happening on m y gum ?
D entist: T here are som e p eo p le w ho h av e w eak er gum s. For
sure, p lease u se an anti-peridentitis toothpaste w hen
ever y o u b rush y o u r teeth. A nd d o n t forget to floss
and use m outhw ash every tim e you b rush y our teeth.
You know how to use floss, right?
Lee: Yes, I know.
(3) A t a pharm acy

Pharm acist: W elcom e. H ow m ay I help you?
Lee: M y d octor gave m e a prescription.
Pharm acist: Is that so? P lease give it to m e. P lease w ait for a
m inute, (after a w hile) W ith these p ills please take
tw o after every m eal, three tim es a day. A nd w ith this
liquid, please tak e one cup in the m orning and in the
afternoon on an em pty stom ach.
Lee: O K I understand. O h, and give m e an anti-peridentitis
toothpaste, a box o f floss, and a bottle o f m outhw ash,
please.
P harm acist: D o you have any preference?
Lee: A ny one w ould be O K .
- 348 B EG IN N ER S K OREAN
V ocabulary
N o u n s/ P ron ou n s:
gar ho-w on nurse

gam -gi cold _
m a-u-seu~w o-si m outhw ash
^ m ok throat, neck
m ul-lyak liquid m edicine
byeong-w on hospital
bo-heom -ka-de\i insurance card
" sa-ram -deul p eo p le
sang-tae condition
a-chim m orning
al-iyak pill, tablet
yak-guk drugstore
' yak-sa pharm acist
ecje yesterday
ye-bang-nyong prevention
ui-sa doctor
] ' ui-sa seon-saeng-nim doctor
i-jjok this w ay
in-m om gum
jan g -y eo m enteritis (infection in the
sm all intestine)
j c o - n y ( : evening
II ?:-'Vjo-pum p roduct
t jo -cu n yak good m edicine
jeu n g -san g sym ptom
ji-n a n dal last m onth
cheo-bang-j eon prescription
I !' chi-kkw a dentistry
I chi-sil floss
chi-yak toothpaste
chi_ju-yeom gum disease

peul-lo-seu floss
hoe-sa com pany
15 s >-o-il 15 days - '
2 ( ) du-al-ssik 2 pills (each tim e)
3 ( 1) se-beon-ssik 3 tim es (a day)
V erbs
gam -gi-e geol-li-da to catch a cold

geok-jeong-ha-da to w orry -
Al geom -sa-reul ha-da ' to g et exam ined
geu-reo-ta to b e so
gi-da_ri-da to w ait
gi-un-i eop-da to have no energy
gi_chim -eul ha-da to cough
nup-da to lay dow n
da doe-da to be finished
da-h aen g -i
da to be lucky
' do-w a deu-ri-da to help (hon.)
do-ka-da to b e strong, to be severe
2-1 [) deu-ri-da to give (hon.)
deul-da to take
g | " t t am-i na-da to sw eat
m an-ta to be m any
bo-da to see
but-da to be sw ollen
saeng-ri ha-da

to be having o n e s period,
to be m enstruating
seol-ssa-ha-da to have diarrhea
sum -eul sw i-da to breathe
sim -ha-da to be serious
a-ha-da to say ah
350 . B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
a-peu-da to be hurt, to be sick

a-peu-da to be sick
an-tta to sit
anj-a it-da to be sitting
al-da to know
ya-ka-da to be w eak
yang-chi-jil-ha-da to brush a p e s teeth
eo-tteo-ta to be how ?
eo-ji-reop-da to be dizzy
jan g -y eo m -e geol-li-da to have intestinal trouble
cham -tta - " to be patient
chup-da to feel cold, to be cold
chi-ryo-reul ha-da to treat
to-ha-da to vom it
I J \ LKIj p i-ga na-da to bleed
Adverbs / Prepositions / Conjunctions

gong-bog-e on an em pty stom ach
geu-rae-do even it is true
geu-ri-go and
kkok for sure
y neo-m u too
m a-ji-m ag-eu-ro at last
H bam -sae-do-rok for all night
byeoM o not particularly
sik-hu-e after a m eal
a-m u any
eo-dl w here
eo-tteon w hich, a certain
eo-tteo-ke how
eo-seo quickly
eon-je w hen
w ae w hy
L esso n 12: H o sp ita ls & D ru g stores
yo-jeum these days

i-je now
ja-kkii again and again
ja -ju often
jam -k k an -m an fo r a m inute
jeo -g i there
Jo-geum -m an a little
ji-geum -do even now
cham oh r
keu-ge w idely, b ig ? loudly
ha-m -e p er day
han i-teul je o n about tw o days ago
han-keop-ss : one cup (at a tim e)
G ram m ar
(1) N u m ber o f D a ys (u sin g cardin a l num bers)
S in o-K orean N ative K orean
one day il-il ha-ru

tw o days i-il i-teul .
three days . sam -il sa-heul
four days sa-'il S na-heul
five days o-il . : ] tat-sae
six days yu g -il H yeot-sae
seven days : chil-il i-re
eight days .pal-il yeo-deu-re
nine days gu-il a~heu-re
ten days s -il B yeol-heul
fifteen days sib-o-il H yeol-dat-sae
S bo-reum
tw enty days i-sib-il seu-m u-nal
(2) The P attern 71 A| t (gi si-ja -k a -d a ) begin to /

staH t o
O ne uses the pattern * to indicate that one is beginning

or starting to perform an action. In the past tense (Jbegan to, begun
r ) one uses (gi si-ja-kaess-eo-yo). W ith the future
tense {w ill begin to), the ending ~ (gi si-ja-kal
kkeo-ye-yo) is used.
(3) The P attern ( S ) B ((eu )l ssu it-da/eop-da)

ucan / c a n n o t...^ vs. ( S j H [ O ((e u )ljju l
al-da/m o-reu -da) k n o w / d o n t kn ow h ow t o . . .
L e sso n 12: H o sp ita ls & D rugstores 353
W hen the p attern ( ) / is affixed to a verb, it indi

cates that one can o r cannot perform the action in question. It is equiv
alent to the verb folio w ed by the verb stem w ith the suffix
. O n e s capability o r lack th e re o f can be due to any num ber o f
reasons. E xam ples:
-
te-ni-seu-reul chil ju l al-ji-m an bi-ga w a-seo o-neul-eun chil sue
ops-eo-yo. :
I know how to play tennis, b u t I cannot play today because it is r
raining.
-
.
bul-go-gi-reul m an-deul ju l al-ji-ixian g o-gi-ga eops-eo-seo
ji-g eu m -eu n m an-deul sue ops-eo-yo.
I know how to cook bul-go-gi, b u t I cannot m ake it now because I
d o n t have beef.
The pattern ; ) / is restricted to indicating o n e's

know ledge or lack o f it regarding p erform ing the action.
(4) E xpressin g C on cu rren t Actions-. H .

((eu)-myeon~seo) A w h ile...97
To indicate that tw o actions are concurrent, one uses the pattern

( ) the equivalent o f the E nglish w h ile. The tense o f the
actions should only be indicated in the final clause. Exam ples:
.
bab-eul m eog-eu-m yeon-seo tel le-bi-jeon-eul bw a-yo.

I am w atching T V w hile I am eating.

.
un-jeon-ha-m yeon-seo eum -ag-eul deul-eo-yo.
I am listening to m usic w hile I am driving.
(5) W ashing
A lthough the w ord w ash in E nglish is used to describe m ost acts o f

hygiene and cleaning, K orean uses different verbs according to w hat
is being w ashed.
/ son/bal-eul ssit-da to w ash o n e s hands/feet

yang-chi-jil-eul ha-da to brush o n e s teeth
i-reul dak-da ' - to brush o n e s teeth
se-su-reul ha-da to w ash o n e s face
" m eo-ri-reul gam -tta to w ash o n e s hair
sya-w o-reul ha-da to take a show er
m og-yog-eul ha-da to take a bath
ppal-lae-reul ha-da to do laundry
seol-geo-jL-reul ha-da to w ash dishes
(6) E m otion s a n d F eelings
gi-ppeu-da to be happy
seul-peu-da to be sad
a / to be stressed
seu-teu-re-sseu-ga m an-ta/ssa-i-da
to relieve stress
seu-teu-re-sseu-ga pul-li-da
jo -ta to be good
sil-ta to not be likable
L(- [( sin-na-da to be excited
sim -sim -ha-da to feel bored
ji-ru -h a-d a to be bored to death
I pi-gon-ha-da to be tired
L esson 12: H o sp ita ls c: D rugstores 355
* m u-seop-da to be scared/afraid
h aeng-bo-ka-da to be happy
LIU* hw a-g a na-da to be angry
" h va-ga pul-li-da to have anger subside
356 - B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
a U Further Study
H o s p ita ls a n d C a llin g fo r M e d ic a l H e lp
byeong-w on hospital, clinic

nae-kkw a departm ent o f internal^
m edicine
[so-a-kkw a : pediatrics
" an-kkw a ophthalm ology (eye)
oe-kk^/a departm ent o f external
m edicine
" chi-kkw a ' dentistry -
" gan-ho-sa nurse

gan-ho-w on nurse -
yak-sa pharm acist
' ui-sa doctor
E ui-ryo-bo-heom -ka-deu health insurance card

cheo-bang-jeon prescription
m eong-neun nyak pills

ba-reu-neun nyak ointm ent
| ga-ru-yak pow dered m edicine
m ul-lyak liquid m edicine
al-lyak tablet/pill
( ) sik-jeon-(e) before a m eal

( ) si-ku-(e) after a m eal
gong-bog-e on an em pty stom ach
M e d ic a l S e r v ic e s
y a g 'e u l m eok-da to take a m edication

/ to g et a general
jong-hap-geom -sa-reul ha-da/bat-da exam ination (testing)
ju -sa-reu l m at-da to get injected
/ to be exam ined
jin -ch al-eu l h a-d a 3at-da (in a hospital)
ib-w on-ha-da to hospitalize
r) toe w ar
h a da to release
B o d y P a r ts
: ga-seum chest/breast
gw i ear
nun eye
da-ri leg
deung b ack
m eo-ri h ead
m ok neck
m u-reup knee
bal foot
bal-k k a rak toe
bae belly
son hand
son-kka-rak finger
H eo-kkae shoulder
eol-gul face
eong-deong-i bu tt, hip
i tooth
ip m outh
ko nose
teok chin
pal arm
heo-ri w aist
p a ip sq o Bp-Bq-uo-id H |
q i
Bp-BUBg-Td ^|T I
3 ixx; i u i o a u s s q i
Bp-BT|- } _j] _)
osou Auuru b ABq Bp-BU I-[nui-UO>[ 4-1 -1-1 I n ^ ^ i
uopsaguoo 9ABq
- ) S i ^ s
lompoo3A^q ep-n9d-B Bg-I i c l
JOA3J B 3ABq l Bp-BU M 3/C j ]
! | g
Azzxp aq ; Bp-dogj-if-os (
ijp-lTOp-uiiq Bg-ig-iMS-uins
S uiq^gjq Aajnogjip 3A^q oj
I B CICI
uopS3xpui QA^q i Bp-9 p-uB B-BAvq-os y j (5 ! (
BaqxiBip 3A^q Bp q |n9j-BSs-| QS { j -{q _|Y
mq j
Bp-ra Bg-oaqo-guBS ! !
](2 FX-jv
u!^d q BUics QA^q i Bp-nod-B B-3Bq _| ^
3JOS Q A ^q ep-jnq i-g ui |
BP~n~I3^ 3-T-XaB3~>[ Ul
JB O Ilp 3JOS B QAÎJ
I 2 B IK)k:
sqoBpBoq b QA^q o ep-nod-B eS-u-oaui _| ~| ]
psanfui l Bp-iqo-Bp
tjSnoo j Bp-mi ins-m iqo-ig | |:
XSjquq ui Suppu[ aq ^ Bp-dosi-tm -jg | |
PI 9A^q Bp-H-l 9 3-I-UIBg | = 1(0 |
s u io ^ d u i^ s
Nvaôî s^ H N N iosa 8?e

*9UT0ip3UJ TOISV IBUOI
ip ^ J l UT 3 u iZ I|B I 0 3 d s S3TJT|I0BJ
jo csQT ûiiBqd "soiuip ojiAvpiui csoiui | |^ u s p cs]Bjxdsoq are
asq^sqAv cjg g ]\e isoui|B vs ps^dsooB aiB ossq *UB|d aoueansui
Ajiumumoo m u iof o! 3]q^]iBA^ sx uox^do sq i c9 u m sui 9iBAud
j o ssdXq. J3ipo pu s s sip jo j ôu op oqM ssoip jo ^ 'S] oqos
s ^ A u d j o s3sA idui3 sq j piiB S33 [dm3 ox^qnd io j Xjo^puBur
SpBUI U33q 3Amj S^SUSq 30UBIIISUI cApU303 OlOp 'S33A |dui3 }
jo j aouBJnsui apiAoid oj ssiUBduioa p^jinboj passed sbm
UOX^]SI3| '9 L 6 1 UI '30UBJUSUI |B0ip3UI 3ABq SU9Zpp UBQJO^J ISO]
*SQIDUQJ3UI9 JOJ 6 1 1
S]Btp 9u -SQjnuixu um p ssq\ sq uô îbav qp 's ^ i d s o q i^qô V
*sjnoq |BJ3A3S sq ubo s|îd so i{ 3113 vs sjxbav jnq po n b a i i u are
SUOIJBAJQSQ^J *fg g 3JB S3pt|I0BJ aiO)J UJ *p piAOjd QOIA
I3S JO \QAQ\ 3ql PUB 3qj JO 32XS sq ; Q ôipui 30 go ScJ P p
pu ^'OIUip lôipoxil,, (/ p i l d s l{ SUXI 3ip S3 S P9JIun 3lP UI
B 3 J O I U I S |B J l d s H
n S[ |Y C S fe S
S3A is2nuQ >sjvîdso^ z j u o s ss j
Exercises
(1) . ? eo-seo o-se~yo. eo-tteo-ke

o-syeoss-eo-yo?
(2) ? eo-di-ga eo-tteo-ke a-peu-se-yo?
(3) ? e o n -je -b u -te o a -p e u
gi
si-ja-ka-syeoss-eo-yo?
(4) ? e o -'tteo n h o e -saje -p u m -e ii-ra
deu-ril-kka-yo? . '
(5) ? m a -ji-m a g -eu -m sik -
sa-reul ha-sin ge eon-je-ji-yo?
2. P lease translate the follow ing into E nglish:
(1) .
gam -gi-e geol-lin geot gat-eun-de eo-ji-reop-go gi-un-i
eops-eo-yo.
(2) .
chup-go ttam -i na-m yeon-seo gi-chim -eul ja-k k u hae-yo.
(3) .
eo-je bam -sae-do-rok seol-ssa-ha-go to-haess-eo-yo.
(4) .
neo-m u eo-ji-reo-w o-seo anj-a Iss-eul su-ga eops-eo-yo.
(5) 0 | : .
yoom -sa-rcul hae bw a-ya al-get-ji-m an jan g -y eo m -e geol-lin
ycot
(6) s a .
yo-jeum -en jo -e u a yag-i m an -eu -n i-k k a geok-jeong m an-i an
ha-syeo-do gw aen-chan-a-yo.
L esso n 12: H o sp ita ls & D ru gstores 361
3. Please translate the follow ing into Korean:*
(1) M y gum s are frequently sw ollen, and I often bleed w hen I brush
m y teeth.
(2) F o r sure, please use an anti-peridentitis toothpaste w hen you
brush your teeth
(3) W ith these pills, please take tw o after every m eal, three tifnes
a day.
(4) P lease give m e an anti-peridentitis toothpaste, a b o x o f floss,
and a b o ttle o f m outhw ash.
(5) Please use floss and m outhw ash for sure after you brush
your teeth. ' '
4. Please w rite the m eaning o f the w ords below and com pose
sentences using them :
(1) sim -sin v h a-d a

(2) ji-ru -h a-d a
(3) pi-gon-lia-da
(4) sin-na-da
(5) m u-seop-da
5. Please fill in the blanks w ith the appropriate w ords: '
[ K K , , ]
(1) ________ .
(2) ________ -
(3) ________ .
(4) ________ .
(5) ________ .
6. P lease w rite a paragraph about your experience in a hospital.

K e y to E x ercise s
L esson 1
2. :
(1) Thank you.
(2) E xcuse m e.
(3) I am sorry.
(4) W elcom e.
(5) D o n t m ention it.
3. ,
(1) 3 ? geu-ciong-an eo-tteo-ke
j i-nae-syeot-seum-ni-kka?
(2) n r ! . deok-bun-e ja l ji-naet-seum -ni-da.
(3) . -rae-gan-man-im-ni-da.
(4) . da-eum-e tto boep-get-seum-ni-da.
(5) . da_si boep-ge dwae-seo
ban-gap-seum -ni-da.
L esso n 2
2
( 1 ) 1 com e from K orea. I live in Su-w on.
(2) I am not K orean. I am Chinese.
(3) You and I are the same age. I am 32 years old too.
(4) We dont have a kid yet. There are only two o f us, my wife
and I. 5
(1)
mi-gug-in-im-ni-da.
(2) . j e - n e u n m i-si-gan-e-seo
tae-eo-nat-seum-ni-da.
(3) .j e- n e u n kae-na-da-e-seo
wat-seum-ni-da.
K e y to E xercises 365
(4) *. jeo -n e u n chil-w ol-saeng-im -ni-da.

(5) . jeo -n e u n h y eong-je-ga eop-seum -ni-da.
L esson 3
2.
(1) T here is a shopping cen ter inside the apartm ent com plex, so it is
very convenient.
(2) I m oved last F riday and alm ost finished putting things in order
during the w eekend. -
(3) T hat b uilding has had construction these p ast few days, so it is
too crow ded.
(4) T here is a coffee shop in the b asem en t o f the Je-il building.
(5) P lease cross the signal light and go straight on your
right-hand side.
3.
(1) . chaek-sang w i-e keom -pyu-teo-
ga iss-eo-yo.
(2) . je ga-bang-eun tak-ja m it-e
iss-eo-yo.
(3) . cliim -dae yeop-e jeo n -h w a-g i-g a
iss-eo-yo.
(4) . ch ang-m un-eun sso-pa dw i-e
iss-eo-yo.
(5) . geo-sil ap-e m un-i iss-eo-yo.
L esso n 4
2.
(1) Y esterday w as m y siste rs b irthday and I com pletely forgot.
(2) It conflicts w ith the n e w c o m ers reception.
(3) T om orrow is the day o f m y college alum ni reunion.
(4) I ts alm ost tim e to go hom e already.
(5) I should stop by a w atch repair -shop w hen I go hom e.

(6) D o n t you think it m ight be that the battery is w orn out?
3.
(1) chon'gu-baek-gu-sip-chil-lyeon
chil-w ol sim -nyug-il
(2) o-hu yeol tu-si sam -sip-bun
(3) cheon-gu-baek-yuk-sip-o-nyeon
yu-w ol sam -sib-il -*
(4) o-hu se-si sa-sib-o-bun
(-5) i-ch eo n -sa'n y eo n pal-w ol chil-il
(6) o-jeon il-gop-si s )-o-bun . *
(7) 1 i-cheon-nyeon si-w ol i-sip-gu-il
(8) o-jeon a-hop-si i sip-bun
(9) i-cheon-nyung-nyeon sib-i-w ol
i-sib-o-il
(10) o-jeon yeol-ssi sa-sip-bun
L esson 5
2.
(1) Please say to call back to the office as soon as she gets the
m essage.
(2) E veryone know s there is a sta ff m eeting tom orrow at 4:00,
right?
(3) I contacted everyone yesterday, but I couldnt get a hold o f one
person.
(4) I urgently need to contact him , but 1 d o n t have his phone
num ber.
( 5 ) 1 am sorry for calling you so late at night.
3.
(1) .
su-sin-ja bu-dam -eu-ro jeon-hw a-reul jo n geol-go
sip-exin-de-yo.
(2) . .
jo e-so n g -h am -n i-d a jeo n -h w a-reu l ja l m ot geon geot gat-a-yo.
(3) .
ia-d o n e eun e-d ap -ei-e m e-m o-reul nam -gyeo iu-sip-si-o.
(4) : .
sin-ho-neun ga-neun-de jeo n -h w a-reu l an bad-a-yo.
(5) .
jeo n -h w a -g a go-jang-nan geot gat-a-yo.
L esson 6
2.
(1) It is show ing unusually high tem peratures not only in K orea but
all around the w orld these days.
(2) Its w orse in K orea b ecau se its so hum id in the sum m er.
(3) I t s so hot and hum id that I d o n t w ant to go out.
(4) A ctually I had a plan to go to see a m ovie tom orrow w ith m y
friend.
(5) I ts a new spy m ovie and supposed to b e really good.
3.
(1)
.
je o -n e u n ju-m al-tto n g -an tel-le-bi-jeon bo-netm geos-eul jo -a-
ha-neun-de i-beon ju -m al-e-n eu n neo-m u ba-ppass-eo-yo.
(2)
.
je chw i-m i-neun geu-rim geu-ri-gf-i-go, je nam -dong-saeng
chw i-m i-neun pi-a-no chi-gi-im -ni-da.
(3) .
han-gug-e gyeo-ul nal-ssi-neun a-ju chup-go ba-ram -i m an-i
bum -ni-da.
368 B EG IN N ER 'S K OREAN -
(4)
,
si-gan-i iss-eul-ttae jeo -n e u n bang-m ul-gw an-i-na m i-sul-gw an-
, e ga-neun geos-eul jo-a-ham -ni-da.
(5) .
nae-il saen-di-e-go-e-neun b i-ga m an-i o-get-seum -ni-da.
L esso n 7
2/ . ,
(1) T his design sells the m ost these days.
(2) D o e sn t this need to be dry-cleaned?
(3) We got a lot o f dress pants that d o n t need to be dry-cleaned '
these days.
(4) T he regular price is 100,000 w on, b u t th ere s a sale now so it
w ill be discounted 25% .
(5) E lderly people like plain colors less than young people do
these days.
(6) I think this dark yellow dress shirt and the striped tie w ould
m atch w ell.
(7) A p lain-color one that m atches w ell w ith any clothes w ould
be great.
3.
(1) . an-gyeo-yo.
(2) . bo-yeo-yo.
(3) . m a-keo-yo.
(4) . m ul-Iyeoss-eo-yo.
(5) . ppaet-gyeoss-eo-yo.
4.
(1) ip-go (2) m ae-go (3) sin-kko
(4) I kki-go (5) sseu-go (6) S beot-go
(7) pul-go (8) beot-go (9) H ppae-go
(10) beot-go
L esso n 8
2. :
(1) T he tim e seem s to be going by so fast today.
(2) A ll the foods are relatively good there. T he restaurant is
clean also.
(3) I ts m y treat today, (or I w ill treat you today.)
(4) I b rought a guest w ith m e today, so please be especially nice.
(5) Please give us som e cold w ater and w et tow els too.
(6) T h a ts w hy I am a regular custom er at this place, you know ?
3. .
(1) ' !'? y eo-gi m o-du eol-m a-im -ni-kka?
(2) . m an-i pa-se-yo.
(3) . deok-bun-e ja l m eog-eoss-eum -ni-da.
(4) . da-eum beon-en je -g a sa-ji-yo.
(5) ? jan g -sa ja l doe-si-ji-yo?
(6) . il-jjik na-o-syeon-ne-yo.
4.
(1) . chaek-sang w i-e keom -pu-teo-ga
eops-eo-yo.
(2) . u-ri a-beo-ji-neun seon-
saeng-nim -i a-ni-se-yo.
(3) Q . jeo -n e u n han-gug-eo-reul ja l
m ol-la-yo.
(4) 0 . jeo -n e u n han-gug-eum -sig-eul
an jo-a-hae-yo.
(5) . je yeo-ja-chin-gu-neun
byeol-lo an ye-ppeo-yo.
L esson 9
2.
(1) W ould you like to look at these m agazines w hile you are w aiting?
(2) Your hair is pretty thick so w ithout the layering, it w ill
look stuffy.
(3) Since your h air is so dark, try tinting y our hair.
(4) D o n t change the shape o f the h air and ju s t trim it a little
shorter, please.
; (5) I guess m y hair grow s faster than o ther p e o p le s.
3.
(1) . tae-w oss-eo-yo
(2) . kkeul-yeo-yo
(3) . ul-lyeo-yo
(4) . beot-geo-yo
(5) . i-pyeo-yo
(6) . nat-chw o ju -se-y o
(7) . jae-w o-yo
4.
(1) g en rae 'se o
(2) geu-reon-de
(3) geu-ri-go
(4) g e u - r e o n - d e
(5) EH g e u - m e - s e o
(6) geu-re ' m y e o n
(7) geu-reo-chi-man
L e s s o n 10
2.
(1) D o n t you think traffic is a lot sm oother during the w eekdays
rather than the w eekends?
. K e y to E xercises 371
(2) M ay I have y o u r p assp o rt and plane ticket?

(3) I f it leaves at 12:30, w hat tim e can I expect it to arrive in Pusan?
(4) Since this train w ill directly take you to Pusan, you w ill not
need to change trains. .
(5) T he gate num ber is 38 and your seat num ber is 27A.
3. .
(1) . gil-i m an-i m a-ki-ne-yo.
(2) S ? gi~cha ta-neun de-ga eo-di-jyo?
(3) 1 ( ) . bu -san -h aen g h an -si-p y o
du*jang-m an ju-se-yo.
(4) . jeo -g i yuk-gyo m it-e se-w o
ju-se-yo.
(5) I I -jan -d o n -eu n geu-nyang ga-ji~se-yo.
L e s s o n 11
2.
(1) M y passort can be used as an ID, right? A nd I d o n t have
a stam p.
(2) P lease w rite y our nam e, address, and pin num ber on this
application form .
(3) P lease give m e everything in checks and only the change
in cash.
(4) E xpress m ail w ill take three d ays but its a little expensive. A re
you in a huriy?
(5) I f you send it as air-m ail it w ill take about a week.
(6) B ecause o f the price increase last w eek, you will probably need
to use 230-w on stam ps now.
3.
(1) .
tong-jang-eul ha-na m an-deul~lyeo-go ha-neun-de-yo.
(2) F?
sin-bun-jjeung-ha-go do-jang jo m ju -si-get-seum -ni-kka?
(3) ?
hyeon-geum -ka-deu-do pil-yo-ha-si-j i-yo?
(4) ?
o-neul hw an-nyul-i eo-tteo-ke doe-na-yo?
() 5 0 0 0 ( ) .
su-su-ryo o-cheon-w on gong-j e-ha-go deu-ryeot-seum -ni-da.
4. , "
(1) to w ithdraw m oney
(2) to earn m oney
(3) to send m oney
(4) to w in m oney
(5) to need m oney
5.
(1) i-baeg-o-sib-w on
(2) ch il-m an-pal-cheon'sam -baeg-o-sib-w on
(3)
sa-sim -nyung-m an-gu-cheonchil-baeg-w on
(4)
baeg-i-sib-o-m an-chil-cheon-pal-baeg-w on
(5) sam -cheon-sa-baeg-o-sim -m an-w on
L e s s o n 12
2.
( 1 ) 1 feel like I have a cold; I am dizzy and have no energy.
(2) I am cold and sw eating, and I am coughing frequently.
(3) I have had diarrhea and was throw ing up all night yesterday.
(4) I feel so dizzy that I cannot sit down.
(5) I w ill see the details after tests, but I th in k you have enteritis.
(6) B ecause there are lots o f good m edicines these days, y o u d o n t
need to w orry too m uch.
K ey to E xercises 373
r> ^ 2 -
.
( 3 ) 3 ( ) 2 ( .
(4)

(5 ) ^ .
4. . '
(1) to feel bored :
(2) to be boredto death
(3) to be tired -
(4) to be excited
(5) to be scared/afraid
5.
(1) nae-kkw a
(2) na-kkw a
(3) X\ l chi-kkw a
(4) so-a-kkw a
(5) oe-kkw a
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ie f K o rea n G ra m m a r
376 BEGINNER'S KOREAN
1. W O R D O R D E R
orean is a predicate-final language. All sentences end with the pre cate i e
the verb or adjective. All other elements in the sentence, such as the subject
r obJect
aPPear before ^ predicate. Korean particles, the equivalent of
English prepositions (e.g.from, in, with, or to), always appear after the noun
r P^noun to which theyre rdated. The elements before the predicate can
be placed in any order as long as the sentence ends with the predicate, a
tendency that has"led to Korean being called a free word order! language.
Consider this English sentence: Michael eats breakfast at a restaurant in

the corning. Lets break it down into its component parts:
M ichael subject
e a ts predicate '
breakfast <object>
at a restaurant <location> (at is the preposition/particle)
in the morning <time> (in is the preposition/particle)
Now lets convert this to a Korean structural pattern:
Michael (+ subject marker) <subject> .

die morning + in <time + time particle
a restaurant + at ^location + location particle
breakfast (+ object marker) <object>
e a ts
predicate
So, in Korean, this would be:
s
.
(ma-i-keul-i) (a-chim~e) (sik-dang-e-seo) (bab-eul) (m eong-neun-da)
Michael the morning-in restauran t-at breakfast
eats.
Other possibilities include:

.
(sik-dang-e-seo) (a-chim-e) (ma-i-keul-i) (bab-eul) (m eong-neun-da)
restaurant-at the morning-in Michael breakfast eats.
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ie f K orean G ram m ar 377

t=J 5 .
(a-chim -e) (m a-i-keul-i) (sik-dang-e-seo) (bab-eul) (m eong-neun-da)
the morning~in Michael a restaurant-at breakfast eats.
A s c a n b e se e n , th e s e n te n c e e le m e n ts c a n b e a rra n g e d in an y o rd e r as lo n g
as th e s e n te n c e e n d s w ith th e p re d ic a te .
2. S P E E C H L E V E L S
K o re a n h as fo u r sp e e c h le v e ls th a t in d ic a te th e s p e a k e r s in te rp e rso n a l
re la tio n s h ip w ith th e h ea rer. T h e s e sp e e c h le v e ls a re in d ic a te d b y s e n te n te -
fin al su ffix e s a tta c h e d to p re d ic a te s . T h e s e su ffix e s a re illu stra te d b elo w .
S ta te m e n t Q u e s tio n R equest S u g g e s tio n
d e f e r e n tia l - - / ? - ( ) N /A
( - s e u m /- m - n i- d a ) ( - s e u m /- m - n i- k k a ) ( [- e u ] - s ip - s i- o )
p o lite - / - / ? - / - /
( -a /e o - y o ) ( - a /e o - y o ) ( -a /e o - y o ) (-a /e o - y o )
in tim a te - / - / ? - / _ /
( -a /e o ) (-a /e o ) ( -a /e o ) (-a /e o )
p la in - / - ? - / -
( - e u n /n e u n /n - d a ) (-n i) (-a /e o - r a ) (-ja )
F o r e x a m p le , (m e o k -s e u m -n i-d a ), (m e o g -e o -y o ),
(m e o g -e o ), a n d ( m e o n g -n e u n -d a ) all m e a n [ so m e o n e ] ea ts,
e x p re s s e d in d iffe re n t sp e e c h le v els.
T h e m o s t c o m m o n le v e l u s e d to a n a d u lt is th e p o lite o n e. W h ile th e
d e fe re n tia l le v e l is u s e d m o stly b y m a le sp e a k e rs in fo rm a l situ a tio n s su c h
as n e w s re p o rts o r p u b lic le c tu re s, th e p o lite le v e l is w id e ly u se d b y b o th
m a le s a n d fe m a le s in d a ily c o n v e rsa tio n .
T h e in tim a te le v e l a n d th e p la in le v e l a re u s e d b y a n o ld p e rs o n w h e n
s p e a k in g to a y o u n g e r o n e , b y a c h ild to h is o r h e r sib lin g s, o r b e tw e e n c lo se
frie n d s w h o s e frie n d sh ip b e g a n in c h ild h o o d o r a d o le sc e n c e .
3. P R O N O U N S
P erson al Pronouns
Singular Plain Honorific Humble

1st person / /
(I, me, myself) n / nae je 1je
2nd person __
(you) neo
3rd person // //
(for a person)
(he, she, it, etc.) ilgeu/jeo-sa-ram ilgeu/jeo-bun
// - -
(for a thing)
ilgeu/jeo-geot
The use o f personal pronouns is not common in Korean, except for the rst
person pronoun. With the second and third person, usually either the name
or title is used.
Plural Plain Honorific Humble

1st person (s) I()
(we) u~ri-{deul) jeo-h ui-(deu l)
2nd person ( )
(you all) neo-hui-ideul)
3rd person / / / /
(tfiey) ifgeufjeo -mm-deul ifgeufjeo-bun-deul
!: :
g je -geot-deul
A p p en d ix 1: A B r ie f K orean G ram m ar 379
P ossessive P ronouns
Singular Plain Honorific ; Humble

1st person LH ___
(my) nae * je
2nd person
(your) ne
3rd person . / / ( ) / / (5
(his/hers/its) iigeuijeo-sa-ram-deul-{ui) i/geu/jeo-bun-deul~(ui)
Plural Plain Honorific Humble

1st person ( )() ' . ( )()
(our) u~n~(deul)~{ui) jeo-hui~{deul)-{ui)
2nd person ()()

(your) neo-hui-(deul)~(ui)
3rd person / / ( ) / / ( )
(their) iigeuIjeo-sa-ram-deul~{ui) -w-
/ / ()
i/geu/jeo-geot~deul~(ui)
Plural nouns in English use a plural suffix, e.g. the s in fields . In Korean,
the plural suffix - (-ta, -da) is optional and rarely used.
4. D E M O N S T R A T IV E S
For the topic markers, subject markers and object markers, please see the
section on particles below.
th is (near speaker)
/ 0 1 (Jopic) {subj. {obj

i-geotH-geo i-geon i-ge i-geol
I (place) 0 ! (direction) {person 01 ^ (person, hon')

yô-gi i-jjok i-sa-ram i-bun
(g e u )
th a t (near listener)
/ (Jopic) (subj.) ( )
geu-geotfgeu-geo geu-geon geu-ge geu-geol
I (place) (direction) (person) 3 ^ (person, hon.)

ge -gi geu-jjok geu-sa-ram geu-bun
(je o )
th a t o v e r th e re (away from both speaker and listener)
/ [topic) {subj (obj

jeo~geotijeo-geo jeo-geon jeo~ge jeo-geol
I (place) ( rec) A\ (person) (person, hon.)

jeo~gi jeo-jjok jec sa-ram jeo-bun
5. P A R T IC L E S
Particles are words that indicate the context in which one is to understand
the noun, phrase or sentence to which they are attached. They are usually
short, often no more than a syllable, and some have functions similar to such
English prepositions as in, tor at and with. Others are used as markers for
the subject and object nouns in a sentence. Remember that particles always
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ie f K orean G m m m a r 381
come after the sentence elements they modify. Occasionally, different

particles are used depending on whether the word to which they are attachi
ends with a consonant or a vowel. '
Subject
-01 ( u s e d a fte r a c o n s o n a n t)
(-i) (hak-saengî)
* s tu d e n t (+ subject marker
.. [subj.])
- ( u s e d a fte r a v o w e l) __
(-ga) (ui-sa-ga)
' d o c to r (+ su b j.)
-IHIA1 {h o n o rific)
(-kke-seo) (a-bea-j i-kke-seo)
f a t h e r (+ s u b j.)
Object
-S {u se d a fte r a c o n s o n a n t) :^ '
(-eul) (chaek-sangêul)
d e s k (+ object marker [obj.])
(u s e d a fte r a vo w el) I
(-reul) (ui-ja-reuD
c h a ir (+ o b j.)
Topic
_O (u s e d a fte r c o n s o n a n t)
(-eun) (han-gung-malreun)
K o r e a n la n g u a g e (+ topic
marker [top.])
- ( u s e d a fte r a v o w e l)
(-nuen) (han-gug
ecnneun)
K o r e a n la n g u a g e (+ to p ,)
Dative (Indirect Object)
- :
(-e-ge) (chin-eu-e-ee^
to my friend
- (colloquial)
(-han-te) fchin-eu-han-te)
to my friend
- {honorific)
(-kke) Ca-beo-ii-kke'l
to my father
Source
-
(-e-ge-seo) Cchin-gu-e-ee-seo'l
from my friend
- ' {colloquial)
(-han-te-seo) (chin- gu-han-te-seo^
from my friend
Location -
- {current) M .
(-e) (hak-gy re iss-eo-yo.)
I am in school.
(destination) .
(hak-gyoê ga-yo.)
I go to school.
- {place o f action) _
(-e'seo) Chak-evo-e-seo
gong-bu-hae-yo.)
I study at school
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r i e f K o rea n G ra m m a r 383
{starting point o f action) .

(Tiak-evo-e-seo wass-eo-vo.)
I came from the school.
-( ) {direction o f action) .
([-eu]-ro) (seo-ul-lo ga-yo.)
I go to Seoul.
- . . . _ (from . . . to . . . )
(-e-seo ... -kka-ji) Tmi-eue-e-seo
han-guk-kka-ji)
from America to Korea
Time

(-e) (a-chimê)
in the morning
. . , - (from . . until . . .)
(-bu-teo ... -kka-ji) Ta-chim-bu-teo
i eo-nveok-kka-i i)
from morning until evening
Purpose
-( ) (in order to)

([-eu]-reo) (chin-gu man-na-reo)
in order to meet my friend
( ) (in order to)

([-eu]-ryeo-go) fseo-ul-e aa-rveo-ao')
in order to go to Seoul
Miscellaneous
-( ) (by means of )
(t-eu]-ro) (bi-haeng-gi-ro)
(transportation)

rbol-pen-eu-rol
(instrument)
- * (also) .
(-do) (na-do ga-go sip-eo-yo.)
I also want to go.
- (only just ) s .
(-man) (col-la-man iu-se-vo^
Please ju st give me a Coke.
( ) (or something; just) ]

([-i]-na) (o-neul jib-e-seo iam-i-na
jal-Iae-yo.) -
I ll ju st stay home and sleep
today.
(as many as; already) ill

^ !
.
(o-neul keo-pi-reul se-jan-i-
na ma-syeoss-eo-yo.)
I already drank three cups o f
coffee today.
- (nothing but only)

(-bakk-e) (da-seot sa-ram-bakk-e an
wass-eo-yo.)
O n ly f i v e p e o p le ca m e.
(- always accompanies a negative verb [Verbs are discussed below in

Numbers 6, 7, and 8.])
'
(per, for) 2000 .
(_e) (han sang-jaê i-cheon-won-
iê-yo.)
I t s 2 0 0 0 w o n [K o re a n
c u r re n c y ] p e r box.
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r i e f K o rea n G ram m ar 385
6. Q U E S T IO N W O R D S
?
(nu-ga) (nu-ea ean-ho-won-i-se-vo?')
who {subject) Who s the nurse? *
?
(nu-gu) fnu-eu-reul chai-eu-se
vo?)
who Who are you looking for?
? .
(mu-seun) ("mu-seun il-eul ha-se-vo?)
what kind of; what What kind o f work do you do?
What do you do fo r a /zvz?
?
(mu-eot) mu-eos-eul jo-a-ha-se-vo?
what What do you like?
?
(mwo) (mwo-ea ie-il eo-rveo-u-se-vo?)
what (colloquial) What is the most difficult thing fo r you?
?
(eo-neu) feo-neu na-ra sa-ram-i-se-yo?')
which Which country re you from ?
?
(eo-di) (eo-di sa-se-vo?)
where Where do you live?
?
(eo-tteo-ke) fbu-san-e eo-tteo-ke ea-vo?)
how How can I get to Pusan?
?
(eo-tteon) (eo-tteon sa-ram-eul io-a-ha-se-vo?')
what kind of What kind o f people do you like?
?
(eon-je) Ceon-ie han-eue-e ea-se-voT)
when When a e leaving fo r Korea?
>1 ?
(eol-tna-na) Hian-eu -e eol-ma-na eve-sil geo-ve-voTl
how long/many/much How long are you staying in Korea?
1 ?
(wae) (wae han-gug-e ga-se-yo?)
why Why are you going to Korea?
. IN D E F IN IT E P R O N O U N S
.
(nu-ga) Cnu-ea wass-e 'V .)
someone/anyone There is someone.
.
(nu~gu) ("nu-eu-reul de-ri-eo ol eeo-ve-vo.')
someone/anyone I am bringing someone.
.
(mu-seun) fmu-seun naem-sae-ea na-vo.)
some kind of I smell something.
S .
(mwo) (mwo iom sass-eo~vo.)
somcihi/jg/anything I bought something.
(original form o f mwd)

(mieot)
s o mething/anything
.
(eo-neu) feo-neu-nal eao-ia-ei ewi-ga jal an
deul-lyeoss-eo-yo.)
one One day, all o f a sudden, I couldn t hear.
q .
(eo-di) (eo-di iom ea-eo sip-eo vo.)
somewhere/anywhexe I want to go somewhere.
s m .
(eo-tteo-ke) Ceo-tteo-ke iom hae bo-se-vol
somehow Please do something.
:: .
(eo-tteon) , (eo-tteon sa-ram-i iib-e wass-eo-vo .
some Somebody came to our house. r
. ?
(eon-je) Ceon-ie han-beon man-nal-kka-vo?^
sometime/anytime Should we meet sometime? '
.
(nu-gu-deun-ji) Cnu-eu-deun-ii an-iel-la-reul io-a-hae-vo.'l
whoevervhomever Whomever you ask, they all like Angela.
.
(mwo-deun-ji) (ieo-neun mwo-deun~ii da ial meoe-eo-vo.) .
whatever; anything Whatever the fo o d is, I will eat very well.
S .
(eo-neu geos-i-deun-ji) (han-eug-eum-sis-eun eo-neu eeos-i-deun-ii da
jo-a'-hae-yo.)
whichever I like all Korean food, whichever dish it may be.
.
(eo-di deun-ji) riu-mal-e-neun eo-di~deun-ii veo-haene-eul
ga-go sip-eo-yo.)
wherever Wherever the destination may be, I >vato
travel on weekends.
.
(eo-tteo-ke-deun-ji) ( eo-tteo-ke-deun-iioe-eue-e han-beon ea-eo
sip
eo yo.)
whatsoever, no matter No matter what, I _vva/ to go abroad once.
what
Q .
(eo-tteon geos-i-deun-ji) (ieo-neun veone-hwa-neun eo-tteon eeos-i-
deun-ji da bwa-Y .
whichever vhatever 1 like all movies, whatever kind you might
think of.
a
(eon-je-deun-ji) ("eon-ie-deun-ii u-ri-iih-e nol-leo o-se-vo.'i
whenever Come to my house whenever you like.
8. W O R D F O R M A T IO N
Noun Form ation
To form nouns om a verb, add -I (-gi) or - (-neun-geot) after the

verb stem.
Verb Noun
/
(geot-da) (geot-gi)/ (geon-neun geot)
walk walking
/
(no-rae-ha-da) (no-rae-ha-gi) / (no-rae-ha-neun geot)
sing singing
/
(syo-ping-ga-da) (syo-ping-ga-gi) / (syo-ping-ga-neun geot)
shop shopping
/
*a-da) a-gi) / (ja-neun geot)
sleep sleeping
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ie f K o rean G ram m ar 389
Verb Form ation
To form verbs "from a noun, add - (-ha-da) to the noun.
Noun * Verb
-
(il) (il-ha-da)
work to w.ork

(gong-bu) (gong-bu-ha-da)
study to study
_
(saeng-gak) (saeng-ga-ka-da)
thinking ' to think

(su-yeong) (su-yeong~ha-da)
swimming to swim
N ou n M odifier F orm ation
A construction consisting of a clause with either ~ or ( ) 1- before a

noun is called a relative clause. It is a type o f noun-modifying construction.
An example would be [hangul/romanization/English]. The key thing to
remember about relative clauses in Korean is that they always precede the
noun they modify. Korean differs from English in that the clauses are not
accompanied by such relative pronouns as who, that, and which.
A c tiv e V e r b ; D e s c rip tiv e :

/ A /
( ilk - d a /g a - d a ) , ( jo -ta /s s a - d a ) ( it- d a /e o p - d a ) (i-d a )
to re a d , to g o to b e g o o d , to e x ist, to n o t e x is t to b e
to b e c h e a p
P a s t/ . - - -
R e tr o s p e c t i v e / . /
(Im p e rfe c t) ( ilk - d e o n /g a - d e o n ) ( jo -te o n /s s a - d e o n ) ( it- d e o n /e o p - d e o n ) ( i-d e o n )
w a s re a d in g , w as good, w a s , 1t was
h s g o in g u c h e a p
P ast / - ( )
C o m p le te d /
(ilg ^ e u n /g a n )
re a d , w e n t
P re se n t / - ( ') _ i_
O n g o in g / / /
( ilk - n e u n /g a - n e u n ) ( jo -e u n /s s a n ) (in -n e u n /e o m - n e u n ) (in )
is re a d in g , is g o in g is g o o d , is c h e a p is, isn 't is
F u tu re / _( ) a -( ^ -( -s
U n re a liz e d / / /
( ilg - e u l/g a l) ( jo -e u l/s s a l) ( is s - e u l/e o p s -e u l)
w ill re a d , w ill g o w ill b e g o o d , w ill e x ist, w o n t e x is t w ill b e
w ill b e c h e a p
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r i e f K orean G ram m ar 391
A d verb F orm ation
To form an adverb from a descriptive verb, add - I (-ge) after the descriptive
verbs stem. . -
D e s c r ip tiv e V e rb A d v e rb

(jae-mi-it-da) (jae-mi-it-ge)
interesting interestingly
:
(neut-da) (neut-ge)
late lately

(ba-ppeu-da) (ba-ppeu-ge)
busy busily
!
(si-kkeu-reop-da) (si-kkeu-reop-ge)
loud loudly
9. T E N S E S
Korean verbs have three tenses: present, past, and future. The rules for
conjugating them into the tenses appear below. Please note that verbs are
conjugated by tense only and not by person.
Present:
verb stem - /
(-a/eo-yo)
.
(ji-geum han-gug-e ga-yo.)
I m leaving fo r Korea now.
Past:
verb stem + - /
(-ass/eoss-eo-yo)
.
(jang-nyeon-e han-gug-e gass-eo-yo.)
1 went to Korea last year
Future (probability in the future):
verb stem + -( ) s
(-[eu]l kkeo-ye-yo)
.
(nae-nyeon-e han-gug-e gal kkeo-ye-yo.)
I will go to Korea next year.
10. N E G A T I O N O F V E R B S
S hort-form N egation
.
(an-) (an meog-eo-yo.)
dont I.don t eat
.
(gong-bu an hae-yo.)
I don T
t study.
"m -r, .
(mot-) (mot meog-eo-yo.)
cant I can >teat.
.
(Gong-bu mo-tae-yo.)
I c a n s tu d y .
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r i e f K o rea n G ram m ar 393
L on g-form N egation
-XI .
(-ji anta) (meok-ji an-a-yo.)
I d o n t eat.
-XI .
(ji mo-ta-da) (meok-ji mo-tae-yo.)
I c a n t eat.
-XI (request only) .

(-ji mal-da) (meok-ji ma-se-yo)
Please d o n t eat it. ~
Special N egation W ords
(it-da) versus (eop-ta)

(iss-eo-yo)
there is . . .

(eops-eo-yo)
there is n o t. . .
(i-da) versus (a-ni-da)
.
(i-e-yo)
it is .. .
.
(a-ni-e-yo)
it is n o t. . .
' (al-da) versus ' (mo-reu-da)
...
(al-a-yo .. .)
I know . . .
...
(mol-la-yo . . .) .
I donknow . . .
(jo-ta) versus (sil-ta)
...
(jo-a-yo .. .)
I like . . .
...
(sil-eo-yo . . .)
I don t like . . .
(jo -a -h a -d a ) v s. (sil-e o -h a -d a )
...
(jo -a
h a e -y o . . .)
s/he likes . . .

(sil-eo-hae-yo . . .)
s/he doesn t like , .
11 . H O N O R I F I C E X P R E S S I O N S
Korean is a language whose honorific patterns are highly systematic.

Honorific forms appear in hierarchical address/reference terms and titles
some commonly used nouns and verbs, the pronoun system, particles, and
verb suffixes* Sentences in Korean cannot be formed without knowledge
o f ones social relationships to the listener or to the one referenced in terms
of age, kinship, and social status. Honorific forms are used when a social
or familial superior, a distant peer, or a stranger must be referred or spoken
to with respect.
N ouns
Plain Honorific Hum ble
age :
* (na-) (yeon-se) *
name
(i-reum) (seong-ham)
birthday
(saeng-il) (saeng-sin)
word
s ]
(mal) (mal-sseum) (mal-ssum)
house - CM
(jip) (daek)
meal
(bap) (jin-ji)
t==l
counter /
(s a-ram/myeong) (bun)
Pronouns
he/she / / / /
, (i/geu/jeo-sa-ram) (i/geu/jeo-bun)
I / /
(na-neun/nae-ga) (j eo-neun/j e-ga)
my *
(nae) : (je)
we : *y
(u-ri) (jeo-hui)
Verbs
see/meet / /
(bo-da/man-na-da) bo-si-da/man-na-si-da bwoep-da
be/exist/stay '
(it-da) (gye-si-da)
die
(j uk-da) (dol-a-ga-si-da)
be well/fine
(jal it-da) (an-nyeong-ha-si-da)
sleep
(ja-da) (ju-mu-sida)
eat /&
(meok-da) deu-si-da/jap-su-si-da
give
(ju-da) (ju-si-da) deu-ri-da
speak
(mal-ha-da) (mal-sseum-ha-si-da) (mal-sseum-
deu-ri-da)
A p p e n d ix 1; A B r ie f K orean G ram m ar 397
ask
(mul-eo-bo-da) (mul-eo-bo-si-da) (yeo-jj u-eo -bo-
V da)
P a rtic le s
subject - / ^
(I)/(-ga) " (-kke-seo)
topic - / -
(-eun)/(neun) (-kke-seo-neun)
goal - U , -
(-han-te)/(e-ge) (-kke)
12. I R R E G U L A R V E R B S
In Korean, there are verbs that change their final sound before a suffix that
begins with a certain sound. These verbs are commonly called irregular and
are nine types, as shown below.
[ -Irregular Verbs
[ -irregular verbs are those whose stem-final : becomes s before a vowel,
as in P" (deut-neun-da) to listen which becomes (deul-eo-yo).
Other examples:
to ask: (mut-neun-da) ( mul-eo-yo)

to walk: (geot-neim-da) > (geol-eo-yo)
-Irregular Verbs
1=1-irregular verbs are those whose final 1=1 sound becomes before a
vowel, as in I[I (ga-kkap-da) to be close, which becomes !
(ga-kka-wo-yo). Other examples:
to be cold: S (chup-da) > (chu-wo-yo)

to be difficult' (eo-reop-da) (eo-ryeo-wo-yo)
to be easy: (swip-da) (swi-wo-yo)
to be heavy: [) (mu-geop-da) > (mu-geo-wo-yo)

to be hot' (deop-da) > (deo-wo-yo)
"-Irregular Verbs
-irregular verbs are those whose final is deleted before a vowel, such
as (jit-neun-da) vs. (ji-eo-yo) to build, (but-
neun-da) vs. (bu-eo-yo) to pour, (jeot-neun-da) vs. XH
(jeo-eo-yo) to stir, and (it-neun~da) vs. (i-eo-yo) to
connect.
-Irregular Verbs
-irregular verbs are those whose final is deleted before another vowel.
All final verbs follow this pattern, such as [ (sseu-da) vs. (sseo-
yo) to write, (ba-ppeu-da) vs, (ba-ppa-yo) to be busy,55
(keu-da) vs. (keo-yo) to be big, (ye-ppeu~da) vs. _
(ye-ppeo-yo) to be pretty, U (na-ppeu-da) vs. U (na-ppa-
yo) to be bad, and (a-peu-da) vs. (a-pa-yo) to be sick.
-Irregular Verbs
irregular verbs are those whose stem-nal is deleted before the
consonants or such as (al-a-yo) vs. (a-se-yo)
to know 0 (nol-a-yo) vs. IC-f- (nop-ni-da) to play, and 0[
(dol-a-yo) vs. (do-ni-kka) to turn. All final verbs follow
this pattern.
-Irregular Verbs
-irregular verbs are those whose final becomes before a suffix
beginning with -eo or ~a5as in (bu-reu-da) vs. (bul-leo-yo)
to call, (mo-reu-da) vs. (mol-la-yo) to not know, and
tilil (ppa-reu-da) vs. (ppal-la-yo) to be fast.
-Irregular Verbs
-irregular verbs are those that undergo insertion before a suffix
beginning with eo or -a , such as 1=(pu-reu-da) to be blue vs.
(pu-reireo-seo) since it is blue. (i-reu-da) and
(nu-reu-da) also follow this pattern.
. A p p e n d ix 1: A B r i e f K orean G ram m ar " 399
-Irregular Verbs
-irregular verbs are those that undergo vowel change (from to H)
before a suffix beginning with eo or a, such as C\ (ha-da) to do vs.
(hae-seo) because someone does something. All verbs with
such as (jo-a-ha-da), (sil-eo-ha-da), (yeo-
haeng-ha~da), and 6 (su-yeong-ha-da) follow this pattern.
in Irregular Verbs
irregular verbs are those whose final ^ is deleted before a nasal consonant
( l_, , or ) and a vowel. They may undergo further phonological change
with the following vowel, such as S (ppal-ga-ta)- to be red vs.
ppal-gan red, (ha-ya-ta) to be white vs. (ha-ya-
ni-kka) because it is white, and (pa-ra-ta) to be blue vs. iif
(pa-ra-myeon) if it is blue. The verbs (no-ra-ta), 1 (kka-
ma-ta), (i-reo-ta), (geu-reo-ta), (jeo-reo-ta), and
' (eo-tteo-ta) also follow tMs pattern.
13. P A S S I V E V E R B S
Active Passive Example

.
(bo-da) (bo-i-da) (jeo-gi sin-ho-deung-i
bo-yeo~yo.)
to see to be seen I see the traffic light
over there.

(sseu-da) (sseu-i-da) (i-yag-i gam-gi-e jal
sseu-yeo-yo.)
to use to be used This medicine is often used
fo r colds.
.
(dat-da) (da-chi-da) (ba-ram-e mun-i
da-chyeoss eo-yo.)
to close to be closed The door closed by
the wind.
.
(mak-da) (ma-ki-da) (cha-ga man-a-seo
gil-i ma-kyeo-yo.)
to block to be blocked The street is blocked due to
nmny cars,
.
Cap-da) (ja-pi-da) do-dug-i gyeong-chal-han-te
ja-pyess-eo-yo.)
to catch to be caught The thief was caught by the
policeman. ,
t ^ .
(mul-da) (mul-li-da) (u-che-bu-ga gae-han-te mul-
lyeoss-eo-yo.)
to bite to be bitten The mailman was bitten by
dog.
.
(yeol-da) (yeol-li
da) (ga-ge-mun-i yeol-lyeoss-eo-
yo.)
to open to be open The store door is open,
s .
(deut-da) (deul-li-da) (eum-ak so-ri-ga
deul-lyeo-yo.)
to hear to be heard Music is heard by me.
.
(pal-da) (pal-li-da) (yo-jeum jib-i jal
pal-lyeo-yo.)
to sell tn he sold Houses are sold quickly
these days.
.
(ppaet-da) (ppaet-gi-da) (gae-han-te sa-gwa-reul
ppaet-gyeoss-eo-yo.)
to take away to be taken away M y apple was taken away by
the dog.
.
(an-tta) (an-gi-da) (a-i-ga eom-ma-ha-te an-
gyeoss-eo-yo.)
to hold to be held The baby was being held by
the mother. .
.
(jjot-da) (jjot-gi-da) (jwi-ga go-yang-i han-te jjot-
gyeo-yo.)
to chase to be chased A mouse is being chased by
a ca t J
14. C A U S A T IV E v e r b s
P la in C a u s a tiv e E x a m p le

.
(meok-da) (meog-i-da) (eom-ma-ga a-gi-han-te
u-yu-reul meog-yeo-yo.)
to eat to fe e d someone The mother is feeding
the baby.
.
(juk-da) (jug-i-da) (je-ga pa-ri-reul
jug-yeoss-eo-yo.)
to die to kill someone I killed the fly

.
(kkeul-ta) (kkeul-i-da) (ra-myeon-eul meog-eu-ryeo-
go mul-eul kkeul-yeo-yo.)
to boil to boil something I m boiling water to
cook ramen.

.
(ip-da) (i-pi-da) (eom-ma-ga a-gi-han-te
os-eul i-pyeo-yo.)
to wear to dress someone The mother is dressing
the baby.

.
(nup-da) (nu-pi-da) (eom-ma-ga a-gi-reul chim-
dae-e nu-pyeo-yo.)
to lie down to lay someone down The mother is laying the baby
down on the bed.

.
(an-tta) (an-chi-da) (eo,m-ma-ga a-gi-reul ui-ja-e
an-chyeo-yo.)
to sit to seat someone The mother is seating the
baby on the chair. -
. *
(ul-da) (ul-li-da) (hyeong-i dong-saeng-eul
ul-lyeo-yo.)
to cry to make someone cry The older brother makes his
younger sibling cry.

.
(eol-da) (eol-li-da) (mul-eul eol-lyeo-seo eol-
eum-eul man-deul-eo-yo.)
to freeze to freeze something You ca freeze water to
make ice.
.
(beot-da) (beot-gi-da) (eom-ma-ga a-gi osêul beot-
geo-yo.)
lf> take nff in undress someone The mother is undressing
the baby.
.
(ut-da) (ut-gi-da) (hyeong-i dong-saeng-eul
ut-gyeo-yo.)
to laugh to make someone laugh The older brother makes his
younger sibling laugh.
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ie f K o rean G ram m ar 403

.
(sin-tta) (sin-gi-da) (eom-ma-ga a-gi-han-te sin-
bal-eul sin-gyecyo.)
to wear to put shoes on someone The mother is putting shoes
on the baby.

.
(ja-da) (jae-u-da) (eom-ma-ga a-gi-reul chim
dae-e jae-wo-yo,)
to sleep to put someone to sleep The mother is putting the
baby to sleep on the bed.
. .
(ta-da) (tae-u-da) (sil-su-ro saeng-seon-eul tae-
woss-eo-yo.)
to burn to burn something I burned the fish by mistake.

.
(idcae-da) (kkae-u-da) (eom-ma-ga a-chim-e a-i-reul
kkae-wo-yo.)
to wake to wake somcon up The mother wak s up the
baby in the morning.
15. C O N N E C T IV E S
Noun Connectives
.
(ttae-mun-e) (cha sa-go ttae-mun-e gil-i ma-kyeoss-eo-yo.)
because o f There s traffic because o f the acciden t.
- 5 .
(-mare) (dae-hak-gyo ttae chin-gu-reul o-nyeon-man-e
u-yeon-hi man-nass-eo )
in I ran into my college friend, whom I had not
seen in five years.
- . .
(-man-keum) (dong-saeng-i hyeong-man-keum ki-ga
keo-yo.)
as much as The younger sibling is as tall as the
older brother.
- .
(-mal-go) (yuk-gae-jang mal-go bul-go-gi-reul
deu-se-yo.) '
not [X]; instead Eat bulgogi instead o f yuk-gae-jang.
(used after a consonant) .

(-gwa) (chaek-sang-gwa ui-ja-reul
. sass-eo-yo.)
with, and I bought a desk and a chair.
- (used after a vowel) .

(-wa) (ui-ja-wa chaek-sang-eul sass-eo-yo.)
with, and I bought a chair and desk.
- {used after a consonant) .

(-i-na) (sin-mun-i-na chaeg-eul ilg-eo-yo.)
I read a newspaper or a book.
(used after a vowel) .

(na) (keo-pi-na cha-reul ma-syeo-yo.)
or I drink a coffee or a tea.
-01 {used after a consonant) ! O i.

(chaek-sang-i-rang ui-ja-reul
sass-eo-yo.)
wifh, iiml ((i"quial) 1 bought a desk and a chair.
- (used after vcnv/) .

(-na) (chin-gu-rang eum-ag-eul deul-eo-yo.)
with, and (colloquial) 1 listen to music with my friend.
.
(-ha-go) (chaek-sang-ha-go ui-ja-reul
sass-eo-yo.)
with, and (colloquial) I bought a desk and a chair.
C lausal C on nectives
- .
(-geo-na) I (ju-mal-e yeong-hwa-reul
bo-geo-na syo-ping-eul hae-yo.)
or I usually watch a movie or go
shopping on weekends. '
- - .
(-ge) (sa-jin jom jjik-ge sa-jin-gi jom .
bil-lyeo ju-se-yo.)
in order that; to Can I borrow your camera to take
' some pictures?
- .
(-go) (a-pa-teu-ga jo-yong-ha~go
kkae-kkeu-tae-yo.)
and The apartment is quiet and clean.
- .
(-go na-seo) (jeom-sim meok-go na-seo
gong-won-e gass-eo-yo.)
after We went to a park after we ate lunch.
[
.
(-gi ttae-mun-e) (nal-ssi-ga na-ppeu-gi ttae-mun-e
bakk-e an na-gass-eo-yo.)
because We didn \ go outside because the
weather was bad.
-
.
(-gi wi-hae-seo) (ha-gug-eo-reul bae-u-gi wi-hae-seo
han-gug-e wass-eo-yo.)
in order to I came to Korea to learn Korean.
- .
(-gi jeon-e) (jeom-sim meok-gi jeon-e gong-won-e
gass-eo-yo.)
before I went to the park before lunch.
-
. "
(-neu-ra-go) (in-teo-net ha-neu-ra-go tel-le-bi-jeon-
eul mot bwass-eo-yo.)
as a result o f. . . ing; because o f Because o f the Internet, I did not
watch TV.
-
,
(-neun gil-e) (u-che-gug-e ga~neun gil-e si-jang-e-
do gass-eo-yo.)
on one s way On my wato the post office, I stopped
by the market,
- .
(-neun dong-an) (ppal-lae-reul ha-neun dong-an sin-
mun-eul ilg-eo-yo.)
during; while While I do laundry I read the
newspaper.
- a .
(-neun ba-ram~e) (neom-e-ji-neun ba-ram-e
da-cheoss-eo-yo.)
as result of; bee use Because I fell, I hurt myself.
- ( ) ?
(-neun-de-[e]) (gim
chi-jji-gae kkeul-i-neun-de
mwo-ga pil-yo hae-yo?)
in /fo r . . . -ing What do you need in order to make
kimehi-jii-gae [Korean dish]?
- . .
(-da-ga) (ttwi-da-ga neom eo-jeoss-eo
yo.)
while doing something - Ife ll while I was running.
-/ >
.
(-a/eo ga-ji-go) (naeng-jang-go-ga jag-a ga-ji-go neo-
mu bul-pyeon-hae-yo.)
1) because Because the refrigerato is so small, it
is inconvenient.
- /
.' .
(-a/eo ga-ji-go) ; (han-gug-eo-reul bae-wo -ga-j i-go han-
gug-e-seo il-hal kkeo-yeo-yo.) -
2) by doing By learning Korean, I will be able to
work in Korea.
- / .
(-a/-eo~seo) (a-pa-teu-ga meol-eo-seo beo-seu ta-
go wa-yo.)
since I take the bus since the apartment is
fa r wajK
- /-
. -
(-at/-eot-da-ga) (ji-ha-cheol-eul tat-da-ga sa-ram-i
man-a-seo hoxvnass-eo-yo.)
speaker s past experience I had a hard time because there were
so many people in the subway.
- /-
.
-at/-eot-deo-ni (beo-seu-reul tat-deo-ni sa-ram-i neo-
mu man-ass-eo-yo.)
speaker s past experience There were many people in the bus
when I rode it.
-()
.
([-eu]-ni-kka) (ji-geum si-gan-i eops-eu-ni-kka taek-
si ta-se-to.)
1) because; since Take a taxi because there isn t enough
time. '
-( ) .
([-eu]-ni-kka) (jeon-hwa ha-ni-kka chin-gu-ga jib-e
eops-eoss-eo-yo.)
2) logical sequence I called my frien d but he/she was not
home. -
-() . . :
([-eu]-reo) (os-eul sa-reo ba-kwa-jeom-e ga-yo.)
in order to Ia m going to the mall to buy clothes.
-() .
([-eu]-ryeo-go) (yeo-haeng ga-ryeo-go jun-bi-haess-
eo-yo.)
intending to I prepared to take a trip.
-() .
([-eu]-ryeo-da-ga) mwon-ga mal-ha-ryeo-da-ga geu-man-
dwoss-eo-yo.
about to do, but I was going to say something but I
stopped.
-() .
([-eu]-ryeo-myeon) (pyeon-ji bu-chi-ryeo-myeon u-che-
gug-e ga-se-yo.)
i f one intends to to mail you letter go to
the post office.
-() ?
([eu]-myeon) (don-i man eu-mye i mwo hal kkeo-
ye-yo?)
if I f you had lot o f money, what would
you do?
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ik f K orean G ram m ar 409
-( ) . . ) E
.
([-eu]-myeon . . . eul-su-rok) (i yeong-hw a-neun bo-m yeon bol-su-
rok deo jae-m i-iss-eo-yo.)
the more . . . the more. . . The more you see ofthis movie, the
more you will like it.
-() .
([-eu]-myeor seo) (a-chim m eog-eu-m yeon-seo sin-mun-
eul ilg-eo-yo.) :
1) while While I eat breakfast I read the
7 newspaper.
-( .)
.
([-eu]-myeon-seo) (don-do eops-eu-m yeon-seo bi-ssan
cha-reul ta-go da-nyeo-yo.)
2) even though He/she is driving an expensive car
even though he/she does not have
money.
- / ..
(-eun hu/da-eum -e) (jeom -sim m eog-eun hu-e gong-won-e
gass-ec yo.)
after I went to the park after I had lunch.
- / /
.
(-eun)/(-neun)/(eul-jji) (sin-bal-i dong-saeng-han-te ja l maj-
eul-jji ja l m o-reu gess-eo-yo.)
indirect questions I am not sure i f these shoes will fit my
younger brother/sister.
- /- .
(-eun)/(-neun-de) (a-pa-teu-ga jo-yong-han-de an kkae-
kkeu-tae-yo.)
but The apartment is quiet but not clean.
- /-
.
(-eun)/(-neun-de-do) (eum-sig-eul man-i meog-eon-neun-
de-do a-jik-do bae-ga go-pa-yo.)
despite; although Although I ate a lot I am still hungry.
- .
(-eul ttae) (sin-gan iss-eul ttae tel-le-bi-jeon-eul
bwa-yo.)
when Watch TV when you have time.
-
- .
(-eul-kka-bwa) (han-guk nal-ssi-ga neo-mu chu-ul-
' kka-bwa geok-geong-i-e-yo.)
fo r fea r that; worry that I am afraid the weather in Korea is
too cold.
- .
(-eul man-keum) (eum-sig-eun meog-eul man-keum-
man ga-ji-go o-se-yo.)
to the extent/as much as Please bring only as much fo o d as you
can finish.
-
.
(~eul-te-ni-kka) (nae-il gal te-ni-kka mas-in-neun eum-
sik man-i jun-bi-ha-se-yo.)
because one will ; so I will be there tomorrow, so please
prepare enough food,
- / :. .
(~ i ~iii\ a - n i - r ] ) (hwa-ga nan ge a-ni-ra a-peun geo-
yeo-yo.)
it is n o t . . . b u t . . . I am not angry but sick.
A p p e n d ix 1 : A B r ie f K orean G ram m ar . 411
-
.
(i-ra -m y e o n ) (nae-ga man-il bu-ja-ra-myeon jo-eun
cha-reul sa-get-da.)
i f it is . I f I were rich I would buy a good car.
)I
.
(-i-ra -se o ) (o-neul-eun il-yo-il-i-ra-seo hak-gyo-e
an ga-yo.)
because; since r I am not going to-school today since it
is Sunday, :
-
. _
(-ja -m a -ja ) (a-chim-e il-eo-na-j a-ma-j a hwa-jang-
sil-e ga-yo.)
as soon as I go to the bathroom as soon as I get
up in the morning.
- .
(-ji-m a n ) (a-pa-teu-ga jo-yong-ha-ji-man an
kkae-kkeu-tae-yo.)
but The apartm&nt is quiet but not clean.
. . . ( ) -
(a -m u . . . [-i]-n a) (jeo-neun a-mu eum-sig~i-na da jal
meog-eo-yo.)
any I can eat any kind o f food,
/ .
(a -m u -ri . . . -a /-e o -d o ) (a-mu-ri gi-da-ryeo-do taek-si-ga an
wa-yo.)
no matter how No matter how long I wait for the taxi,
i t snot coming.
. . . - /
.
(eol-ma-na . . . -eun)/(-neun-j i) (seo-ul-e sa-ram-i eol-ma-na man-eun-
. ji kkam-jjak nol-lass-eo-yo.)
S ' t hat . * 1 ^ fs o s u r p r is e d th a t th e re a re so
m a n y p e o p le in S e o u l
/ .
(ha-na-do an/mot ) *- (ba-ppa-seo yeong-hwa-do ha-na-do
mot bwa-yo.)
not at all / cannot watch movies at all because /
am so busy.
Sentence Connectives
.
.
(geu-ri-go)
(a-pa-teu-ga jo-yong-hae-yo geu-ri-go
kkae~kkeu-tae-yo.)
and
apartment is quiet and clean.
.
.
(geu-rae-seo) (a-pa-teu-ga meol-eo-yo geu-rae-seo
beo-seu ta-go wa-yo.)
The apartment is far-away so I took
the bus.
.
.
OiL'u-ivon-tlc) (a-pa-teu-ga jo-yong-hae-yo geu-reon-
de an kkae-kkeu-tae-yo.)
hut (spaiicfi fu rm ) apanment is quiet but not clean
_ .
.
(geu-reo-chi-man) (a-pa-teu-ga jo-yong-hae-yo geu-reo-
chi-man an kkae-kkeu-tae-yo.)
but (written form ) The apartment is quietHowever, it is
not clean.
T A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ie f K
}rean G ram m ar 413
16. S E N T E N C E E N D IN G S & H E L P IN G V E R B S
- .
(-geo-deun-yo) (ji-nan ju-e bi-ja-reul
bad at-geo-deun-yo.) - "
you see, because . . . You see, I got my visa last week.
- .
(-ge doe-da) (han-gug-eul jo-a-ha-ge
dwaess-eo-yo.)
change o f events I came to like Korea. .
- :
.
(-ge ha-da) (a-i-deul-i bang-e mot deul-eo-o-ge
hae ju-se-yo.) .
make someone/something Please make the children stay out o f
the room.
- .
(-ge-yo) (ji-geum cheong-so-ha-ge-yo.)
intend to I am going to clean now.
-
(-get-seum-ni-da) (o-neul-ui nal-ssi-reul mal-sseum deu-
ri-get-seum-ni'da).
announcement I will tell you today s weather.
- / . (- [first
person only])
(-go sip-da/sip-eo-ha-da) (gal-bi-reul meok-go sip-eo-yo.)
want to I to eat galbi [Korean dish].
- /- . (-
[honorific])
(-go it-da)/(-gye-si-da) (ji-geum bap meok-go iss-eo-yo.)
progressive S/he is eating right now.
- ! -
(-gun-yo) (a-jik jib-e gye-syeot-gun-yo!)
exclamation You are still home!
- .
(-gi si-ja-ka
da) (han-gug-eo-reul bae-u-gi si-ga-kaess-
eo-yo.)
begin to I began to learn Korean.
- .
(-gi sil-ta) ' - (beo-seu ta-gi sil-eo-yo.)
I d o n t want to : I don 3t want to ride the bus.
.
-gi-ga bul-pyeon-ha-da beo-seu ta-gi-ga bul-pyeon-hae-yo.
it is inconvenient to It is inconvenient to ride the bus.
- .
(-gi-ga swip-da) (beo-seu ta-gi-ga swi-wo-yo.)
it is *sy to It is easy to ride the bus.
- .
(-gi-ga eo-ryeop-da) (beo-seu ta-gi-ga eo-ryeo-wo-yo.)
it is difficult to It is difficult to ride the bus
- .
(-gi-ga pyeon-ha-da) (beo-seu ta-gi-ga pyeon-hae-yo)
it is convenient to It is convenient to ride the bus.
- .
( -lm ncun ) (man-i ja-gi-neun han-neun-de a-jik-
do jol-lyeo-yo.)
as for. . . ~ing, I did. B u t . . . I slept a lot, but I am still sleepy.
- ? ? .
(-gi-neun-yo?) (han-gung-mal-eul jal-ha-gi-neuxi-yo?
jal mo-tae-yo.)
no way No way do I speak Korean well! I
can ft speak well.
-
.
(-gi-do ha-da); (si-gan iss-eo-myeon ga-kkeum bol
ling-eul chi-gi-do hae-yo.)
they also did I sometimes go bowling when I have
time, as they also did.
- f .
(-gi-ro ha-da) (yeo-reum-e hari-gug-e ga-gi-ro
haess-eo-yo.)
decide/plan to We/Iplan to go Korea this summer.
- .
(nyae-yo) : (dong-mul-won-e ga-nyae-yo.)
indirect speech (question) Someone asked i f I am going to
the zoo.
- ~ .
(-ne-yo) (mi-gug-e-seo o-rae sal-an-ne-yo.)
surprise/admiration/sympathy M y goodness, you lived in America fo r
a long time.
- .
(-neun gil-i-da) (ji-geum u-che-gug-e ga-neun
gil-i-e-yo.)
be on one s way I am on my >v) to the post office.
- .
(-neun jung-i-da) (ji-geum cheong-so-ha-neun
juxig-i-e-yo.)
in the process o f Ia m in the middle o f cleaning up.
A ? ? _
(-da)/(-ra-myeoxi-seo-yo?) (han-gug-e gan-da-myeon-seo-yo?)
confirming information I heard you are going to Korea,
- /(- ) .
(-dae-yo)/([-i]-rae-yo) (dong-mul-won-e gan-dae-yo.)
indirect speech (statement) I heard s/he is going to the zoo.
( )
.
(-deo-ra-go-yo) (ma-i-keul jo-deon-i jeong-mal nong-
gu-reul jal ha-deo-ra-go.)
speakersexperience ' M ichael Jordan plays basketball very
well, in my experience.
- :
(-deon-de-yo) (ho-tel sik-dang eum-sig-i a-ju mas~it-
deon-de-yo.)
speaker s experience The fo o d at the hotel restaurant was
.delicious, in my experience.
- .
(-rae-yo) * (dong-mul-won-e ga-rae-yo.)
indirect speech (request) Somebody told me to go to the zoo.
- . . . - .
(-man . . . -eu~myeon doe-da) (i-jen bi-haeng-gi-pyo-man s a-my eon
dwae-yo.)
all one needs is .. . A ll I need to buy is an airplane ticket.
->1
.
(-a)/(-eo beo-ri-da) (nam-eun seu-pa-ge-ti-reul dong-
saeng-i meog-eo-beo-ryeoss-eo-
yo.)
to get done/finish M y younger brother/sister finished the
leftover spaghetti

a ?
(-a)/(-eo bo-da) (gim-chi meog-eo bwass-eo-yo?)
n y doing Have you tried kimchi [Korean dishj?
- / .
-a/-eo bo-i-da ke-i-keu-ga mas-iss-eo bo-yeo-yo.
someone/something looks The cake looks delicious.
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ie f K o rea n G ram m ar 417
- / .
(-a)/(-eo bon jeog-i eop-da) (seu-ki ta bon jeog-i eops-eo-yo.)
there has been no occasion o f I have never skied before.
- / .
(a)/(-eo bon jeog-i it-da) (seu-ki ta bon jeog-i iss-eo-yo.)
there has been an occasion o f I have skied before.
- / : 10 .
(-a)/(-eo it-da) " (han sang-ja-e sa-gwa-ga yeol-kkae
deul-eo iss-eo-yo.)
be . . . -ing (state) There are ten apples in box.
- / / . (- /
[humble]) .
(-a)/(-eo ju-da)/(deu-ri-da) (da-si seol-myeong-hae ju-se-yo.)
benefactive Please explain to me again.
- / ?
(-a)/(-eo-do doe-da) (i ke-i-keu meog-eo-do dwae-yo.)
permission May I eat this cake?
- / / .
(-a)/(-eo~ya doe-da)/(ha-da) (mae-il un-dong-hae-ya dwae-yo.)
necessity One needs to exercise every day.
- / ' .
(-a)/(-eo-ya-ji-yo) (pi~gon-han-de il-jjik ja-ya-ji-yo.)
surely have to/ should You must be tired. You should go to
sleep early.
- / .
(-a)/(-eo-ya-hal-jj i mo-reu-get-da) (mwol sa-ya-hal-jji
mo-reu-gess-eo-yo.)
don know-[QwordJ to I don t know what to buy.
/ .
(-a)/(-eo-ji-da) (nal-ssi-ga chu-wo-jeoss-eo-yo.)
become, get to be The weather became cold.
/
.
(-a)/(-eo-ha-da) (eo-meo-ni-ga ke-i-keu-reul a-ju jo-a-
ha-se-yo.)
feeling o f the third person My mother really likes cake.
- / . .
(-ass)/(~eoss-eu-myeon ha-da) (a-peu-ro han-gug-e-seo sal-ass-eu-
myeon hae-yo.)
wish I wish to live in Kor a in the future.
-( ) .
([-eu]-myeon jo-ket-da) (pi-gon-hae-seo jass-eu-myeon jo-
kess-eo-yo.)
speaker rs wish; * I am tired. I an to sleep.
-( ) .
([-eu]-ryeo-go ha-da) (neo-mu pi-gon-hae-seo ja-ryeo-go
hae-yo.)
intend to I am so tired, I am going to sleep.
-( ) - .
([-eu]-myeon an doe-da) (a-ni-o meog-eu-myeon an dwae-yo.)
prohibition No, please d o n e a t .
- / .
(-eun)/(-neun geo-ye-yo) (in-mom ttae-mun-e i-ga a-peun geo-
ye-yo.)
the fa c t is My teeth hurt a lot because o f the
chewing gum.
- / m .
(-cun)'{-noun jitl al-da) (mi-guk-sa-ram-in-jul al-ass-eo-yo.)
/ . . . . I thought you were American.
- / .
(-eun)/(-neun cheo-ka-da) (chin-gu-ga nae mal-eul mot deul-eun
cheo-kaess-eo-yo.)
to pretend to My friend pretended not to listen.
- / .
(-eun)/(-neun pyeon-i-da) (u-ri bu-mo-nim-eun geon-gang-ha-sin
pyeon-i-e-yo.)
relatively - M y parents are relatively healthy.
- / / .
(-eun)/(-neun)/(-eul geot gat-da) (eo-je bi-ga on-geot gat-a-yo.)
it seems/looks like It looks like it rained yesterday.
./
(ji-geum bi-ga o-neun-geot gat-a-yo.)
It looks like its raining now.
.
. (nae-il bi-ga ol-kkeot gat-a-yo.)
It looks like i t sgoing to rain
tomorrow.
- / / .
(-eun)/(-neun)/(-eul mo-yang-i-da) (gi-bun-i jo-eun mo-yang-i-e-yo.)
it a p p e a r s You a p p e a r to b e in a g o o d m o o d .
- / /
.
(-eun)/(-neun)/(-eul jul mo-reu-da) (han-gug-eum-sig-i i-reo-ke mas-in-
neun jul mol-lass-eo-yo.)
d o n t k n o w I didn yt know that Korean fo o d was so
delicious.
- / / .
(-eun)/(-neun)/(-eul jul al-da) (eum-sig-I a-jik man-eun-jul
al-ass-eo-yo.)
k n o w ; th o u g h t I thought there was plenty o f food left.
- / .
(-eun)/(-neun-de-yo) (ma-i-keul-ssi ji-geum jib-e eom-
neun-de-yo.)
Michael is not home right now.
- / .. .
(-eun)/(-neun-ji. . . doe-da) (han-gug-e on-ji il-lyeon dwaess-eo-
yo.)
It has been [TIME] since It has been one year since I came to
Korea
- / .
(-eun)/(-neun-ji mo-reu-da) u-che-gug-i eo-di in-neun-ji mol-la-yo.
don t know th a t . . . I don t know where the post office is.
- / ?
(-eun)/(-neun-ji al-da) (u-che-gug-T eo-di in-neun-ji a-se-yo?)
know th a t. . . Do you know where the post office is?
- / ^ .
(-eun-ga)/(-neun-ga)/(na-bo-da) (o-neul gi-bun-i jo-eun-ga-bwa-yo.)
it seems t hat . . . /I guess I guess you are in good mood today.
-/ ? . S
?
(-eun/-neun-yo) (jeo-neun jib-i jom meol-eo-yo. ma-i-
keul-ssi-neun-yo.)
what about. . . ? My house is pretty fa r away. What
about yours, Michael?
-( ) e .
(-eul ppeon-ha-da) (ji-gab-eul il-eo-beo-ril ppeon-haess-
eo-yo.)
almost, nearly I almost lost my wallet.
-( ) e /
(-eul ssu it-d:i)/(-cop-da) (nae-il gal-ssu cops-eo-yo.)
funcnlial I cannot go tomorrow.
-( ) e .
(-eul jjul mo-reu-da) (te-ni-seu chil jjul mol-la-yo.)
not know how to I d o n k n o w how to play tennis.
A p p e n d ix 1: A B r ie f K o rea n G ram m ar 421
) E .
(-eul jjul al-da) (te
ni-seu chil jjul al-a-yo.)
know how to I know how to play tennis.
: ^ - ' .
(-eul kkeol geu-raet-da) (u-san-eul ga-ji-go na-ol kkeol geu-
raess-eo-yo.)
regret fo r past action I should have brought my umbrella.
-( ) e .
(-eul-kke-yo) - (i-tta-ga da-si ol-kke-yo)
willingness I will come back later.
)e . .
(-eul-kka saeng-ga-ka-da) (seon-mul-lo mwol sal-kka saeng-ga-
ka-go iss-eo-yo.)
think about I am thinking about what to buy fo r a
gift-
:) .
(-eul-kka ha-da) (ju-mal-e yeong-hwa bo-reo gal-kka
5 ' - hae-yo.)
thinking o f ~ing I am thinking o f going to the movies
this weekend.
-( ) = ? ?
(-eul-kka-yo) (han-gug-eo-ro mal-hal-klca-yo?)
1) Shall I/we, . . ? Should I speak in Korean?
-( ) ? ?
(-eul-kka-yo?) (nae-il nal-ssi-ga jo-eul-kka-yo?)
2) Do you think ....? Do you think tomorrow s weather will
be nice?
-( ) e . .
(-eul-lae-yo.) (yeong-hwa bo-reo gal-lae-yo.)
intention I will go to see movie.

- S _ .
(-jan-a-yo) (bakk-e bi-ga o-jan-a-yo.)
you know It's raining outside.
.
(-jae-yo) (dong-mul-won-e ga-jae-yo.)
indirect speech (suggestion) H/she asked me to go to the zoo.
- . .
.
(-ji-yo) (gil-i man-i xna-ki-neun-de ji-ha-cheol
ta-go ga-ji-yo.)
suggestion We should take the sw'vvasince there
is /zeavjtraffic. .
- ?/- S ? ?
(-ji-yo?)/(-jyo?) (o-neul nal-ssi'ga chain jo-chi-yo?)
seeking agreement I s n t o d a y s weather really nice?
( ) - /- /-
.
([ma-chi] -euxi/-neun/-eul geot gat-da) (du sa-ram-i ma-chi liyeong-je-in geot
ga-chi dalm-ass-eo-yo.)
as if The two people look alike as i f they
were brothers.
( ) . . . / .
([cba-ra-ri] . . . i/ga deo nat-da] (cha-ra-ri hon-ja sa-neun ge deo nat-
gess~eo~yo.)
ktd better It is better to live alone.
17. IN D IR E C T Q U O T A T IO N
Stan d ard F orm (C olloq u ial F orm )
S ta te m e n t;
- /- (- /-^- )
(-neun/-n-da-go hae-yo [-neun/-n-dae-yo])
. / .
(bab-eul meong-neun-da-go hae-yo.) / (bab-eul meong-neun-dae-yo.)
Someone said (he/she) is eatmg.
- ( )
(-ra-go hae-yo [-rae-yo])
/ .
(ui-sa-ra~go hae-yo.) / (ui-sa-rae-yo.)
Someone said (he/she) is a doctor.
Q u e s t io n :
- (- )
(-nya-go-hae-yo [nyae-yo])
. / .
(bab-eul meong-nya-go hae-yo.) / (bab-eul meong-nyae-yo.)
Someone asked i f (he/she) is eating.
Proposal:
- ( )
(-ja-go hae-yo [-jae-yo])
. / .
(bab-eul meok-ja-go hae-yo.-) / (bab-eul meok-jae-yo.)
Someone said lets eat.

:
.
.
iu p m p k } o ^ x s jjs
u m m M )^
.
:f ^ d y
: x pu

p,
a
- s 30^ CO^M
iu
/O^
(o xisfnYÔSUI3 5| )
-
o
'
B
l
J - n s - S S U3I u q q )
.
_ /
H9n "
SB
ar
SB
0,
is-ns- -
(o x oxiBq o's - n - )
( )- / H ),
r-j
KJ
'lo
^
-
s nlf
NN
/aw IOW m

varao s

ga-ge store, shop

convenient store
: ga-gyeok price
ga-kkap-da to be close
' ga-neun meo-ri thin hair
ga-da to go
ga-ru-yak powdered medicine
ga'su singer
: ga-seum chest/breast
ga-un-de middle
ga-eul fall, autumn
( ga-jok family, family
members
(formal)
I ga-ji-go o-da to bring something
ga-ji-go ta-da to ride having
something
ga-ji-da to have
gan-ho-sa nurse
gan-ho-won nurse
gal-saek light brown
gal-a-ta-neun got subway transfer
place
gal-a-ta-da to transfer
gam-gi cold
gam-gi-e geol-li-da to have a cold
HAl- Ct gam-sa-ha-da to thank
gat-da deu-ri-da to bring or take
something (hon,)
gat-da ju-da to bring or take
something
gat-da to be same
ga-chi together
H gae items
geo-gi there
B geo-seu-reum-tton change
geo-ui almost
geok-jeong-ha da to worry
Lr| geon-neo-da to cross (a street)
A p p en d ix 2: K o rea n E nglish Vocabulary 427
geon-neo-pyeon ' across the street

geon-mul building
geon-chuk-hak architecture
geot-da to walk
geol li-da to take time
geol-eo seo on foot, by walking
geom-sa-reul ha-da to get an exam
ge-i-teu . gate t
geo-wul winter :
gyeo-ja-saek : dark yellow, mustard
color
gyeol-hon-ha-da to get married
[ gyeop-chi-da to be overlapped
gyeong-yeong-hak business
management
gyeong-je-hak economics
gyeong-chal police :
gyecm-ctial-sseo police department^
police station
gye-san-seo check, bill
gye-si-da to exist, to be, to
stay (kon.)
go-deung-hak-go high school
go-deang-hak-saeng high school student
HI go-map-da - to thank
S go-mo " aunt (fathers sister)
go-mo-bu uncle (
husband)
go-saeng hard work
go-sok_beo-seu express bus
go-jang-na-da to be broken
gol-peu-reul chi-da to play golf
gop-seul meo ri curly hair
( ) gong-kkwa-dae-hak (gong-dae) engineering school
gong-mu-won civil servant
gong bog-e on an empty
stomach
gong-sa-jung on the construction
site
5X11 6FQ gong-je-ha-da to deduct
gong-hak engineering
gong-hang . airport
' gwa number o f lessons,
lessons in order
gwa-mok courses
gwa-jang-nim department manager
] gwaen-chan-ta to be OK, to be good
gwaen-chan-a bo-i-da to look good
gyo-su professor
gyo-yuk-hak education study
gyo-hwan-hae deu-ri-da to exchange (hon.)
gu nine ^
gU-gyeong-ha-da to just look around
gu-geup-cha ambulance
gu-reum-i kki-da to get cloudy
gu-wol September
guk ' soup
] gung-nae-seon domestic airlines
gung-mul soup
i guk-je-seon international airlines
gun-in military personnel
gulg-eun meo-ri thick hair
gulg-eun pa-ma perm with large rolls
gwon - volumes
gwon-tu-reul ha-da to play boxing
gwi ear
geu that
geu-dong-an during the time
geu jjok that side
geu-geol-lo that one
y-f geu-nyani? just, only
Z1 i geu-ra even it is true,
although, even
though
H geu-rae-so-eo so
geu-reo-da to do so
geu-reo-myeon if
? geu-reo-se-yo really?
!*geu-reo-ja lets do that
geu-reon-de but, by the way
(when changing
topic)
A p p e n d ix 2: K o rea n -E n g lish Vocabulary 429
geu-reom then
geu-reom-yo o f course
geu-reo-ke like that
geu-reo-ku-na thats right
S geu-reo-ta to be so '
geu-reo-chi-man but
geu-ri-go and
Q geu-rim-eul geu-ri-da to draw a picture
geu-jeo-kke the day before
yesterday
geu-je the day before
yesterday
geun-mu-ha-da to work at (company
name}
geun-cheo near, nearby
geum-nyeon this year
geum-bang soon :
geum-yo-il Friday
geu-pa-da to be hurry
geu-pi in a hurry
gi-da-ri-da to wait
gi-ppeu-da to be happy
I' gi-sa driver
gi-or i nat-da the temperature is
low
1 01 gi-on-i nop-da the temperature is
high
I I [gi-un-i eop-da to be lacking in
energy
gi-un-i eop-da to have no energy
gi-ja journalist
D\ gi-cha train
I gi-chim-eul ha-da to cough
J I E gi-ta-reul chi-da to play guitar
gin meo-ri long hair
gil street, road
gil-da to be long
gil-i length
1 gim-chi kimchi
kka-man black
.430 B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
kka-nian-saek black color

kka-ma-ta to be black
kkak-da to have a haircut
kkam-ppak , completely
H [ kkae-kkeu-ta-da to be clean
H kkae-da to wake
M kkae-u~da to wake someone up:
kkok t for sure
kkot-da : to wear (a pin)
kkon-mu-ni flower pattern
kkot-jip flower shop
kkeu-reu-da to untie, to loose
kkeun-kkeun-ha-da - to be humid, sticky,
muggy
S kkeul-ta to boil
S kkeuM-da ._ to boil something
kki-da to wear (a ring,
gloves, etc.)
I
I me
U na-ga-neun got exit
na-ga-da to go out
na-o-da to come out
na-I age .
1' na-i-ga man-ta to be old {persorf)
" na-i-deu-sin bun-deul old p e o p le
narjung-e later
U El L4 Ei na-ta-na-da to appear
a na-heul 4 days
/ nak-si-reul ga-da/ha-da to go fishing
nal day, date
nal-ssi weather, climate
nal-ssi-gana-ppeu-da the weather is bad
1S P- nal-ssi-ga jo-ta the weather is good
nalk-da to be old (object)
nam-gi-da to leave
nam-dong-saeng younger brother
nam-deul other people
nam-bang tennis/golf shirt
A p p e n d ix 2: K o rea n -E n g lish Vocabulary1 431
' nam-ja man

3 nam-pyeon husband
nat-da to be better
nat day -
nat-da to be low
' nat-chu-da to make something
low
nae my
)' nae-kkwa internal department
H nae-nyeon next year ^
nae-ryeo-ga-da to go down
nae-ryeo-o-da to come down
nae-il tomorrow
nea-hu-nyeon the year after next
year
naeng-myeon cold noodle
naeng-su ice water
di Hi naeng-keo-pi ice coffee
U neo-mu too, too much
neom-tta to go over
neo-ta to put inside
neo-eo ju-da to put on something
(for someone)
ne yes
nek-ta-i necktie
net four
nyeon year
&! no-ran yellow
no-raa-saek yellow color
no-ra-ta to be yellow
no-rae-reul bu-reu-da to sing a song
no-rae-bang-e ga-da to go to a karaoke
room
no-rae-ha-da to sing
no-in-yong things for old people
nol_a-ju-da to play for someones
bene t
nong-gu-reul ha~da to play basketball
nop-da to be high
J 1- nu-ga someone/anyone,
who (subject)
nu-gu . someone/anyone,
who
nu-na m ans older sister
nun snow, eye
nun-io-da . to snow
fe nup~da to lay down
rm-pi-da to lay someone
down
nyu-jil-laen-deu New Zealand
nyu-jil-laen-deu sa-ram New Zealand (adj.)
nyu-jil-laen-deu-in New Zealander
neulk-da r to be old (person or
animaT)
nut-ge . - late
neut-da - to be late
nuj-eo-do at latest
da all
da ga-chi all together
\L[ da doe-da to be all done, to
worn out, to be
all done
da-ni-da to attend
da-deul everyone, all
da-deum-eo ju-da to trim -
da-reun de other places
da-ri leg
da-rim-jil-ha-da to iron
da-bang, cafe, coffee shop
da-seot five
da-si again
Q S da-eum-ttal next month
da-eum-beon next time
Q da-eum-jju next week
da-eum-e next time
1 da-chi-da to get injured
da-haeng-i-da to be lucky
dan-go 1 regular customer
Of | Cf- dan-gol-i doe-da to become a regular
customer
A p p en d ix 2: K o rea n E nglish Vocabulary 433
dan-bal meo-ri shoulder-length hair

dan-ji apartment complex
dat-da to close
da-chi-da to be closed
dal months
dal-da to be sweet
dal-leo dollars
dal-leo-dang per dollar
- dak-go-gi chicken
dap-dap-hae bo-i-da to look heavy
dap-jang-eul sseu-da to write a reply
! tat-sae r 5 days"
dae-meori bald
dae-chung roughly
dae-hak _ college
dae-hak-gyo ' college, university
dae-hang-no university street
dae hak-saeng college student
dae-hag-won graduate school
dae-hag-won-saeng graduate student
dae-han-eun-haeng Dae-Han Bank
daek home, house (hon.)
deo more
deo-un nal hot day
deo-w oji-da to become hot, to get
hot
deok-bun-e thanks to (you)
deop-da to be hot
/ de-ri-go o-da/ga-da to bring/take
(someone)
dowa deu-ri-da to help (hon.)
do-wa-ju-da to help for someones
benefit
do-jang _ stamp, seal
dog-il Germany
dog-il-ssa-ram German
dog-il-eo German language
dog-il-in German
do-ka-da to be strong, to be
severe
don money
don-eul tta-da to win money
don-eul mat-gi-da to save money
don-eul bat-da " to receive money
don-eul beol-da to earn money
1 don-eul bu-chi-da to send money
don-eul sseu-da to spend money
don-eul il-ta to lose money
don-eul il-eo-beo-ri-da to misplace money
don-eul ju-da . to give money
don-feujup da * to nd money
don-eul chat-da twithdraw money
don-i deul-da to need money
dol-li-da to turn
dol a-ga-si-da . to pass away
dong-gap same age
dong-geu-ra-mi round
dong-ne village, town
dong-saeng younger sibling
dong-yang-hak Asian studies
S S f f l do ng- chang-ho e alumni assembly
dwae-ji-go-gi pork
doe-da to become
doe-dol-a ga-da to go back
du-reu-da to wear a (scarf)
dul two
dwi back, behind
dwin-meo-ri back hair
K)l deu-ra-i dry cleaning, blow
dry
| deu
ra-i-hada to have a blow dry,
to dry clean
deu-reom-eul chi-da to play drum
H.E( Cj- deu-ri-da to give (/ion.)
1 deu-si-da to eat {hon
S deut~da to hear
deul-da to take, to eat (hon.)
deul-leo-bo-da to stop by
deul-li-da to be heard
deul-eo-ga-da to enter
deung back
deung-gi-u-pyeon : registered mail
ol-D/3>m deung-san-eul ha da/ga-da
to climb a mountain
di-ja-i-neo designer
di-ja-in design
tta-tteu-ta-da to be warm
tta-ra-o-da . to follow
tta-reu-reung : ring ring
{telephone)
al y daughter
' ttam-i na-da to sweat
tto . - again -
ttok gat-da . to be same
ttok-ba-ro straight '
Uok-ba-ro ga a to go straight
ttwi-eo-seo ' by running
B
reo-si-a Russia
reo-si-a sa-ram Russian
reo-si-a-eo Russian language
reo-si-a-in Russian
re-seul-ling-eul ha-da to play wrestling
le-i-eo layer
le-i~eo-reul ju-da to layer
ren-teu-ka rental car
rin-seu ha-da to rinse out, to wash
out

ma-ri counter for animals
ma-sil kkeot something to drink
ma u-seu-wo-si mouthwash
ma-eum-e deul-da to like, to t
someones taste
3 Ci ma-eum-e an deul-da to not like
ma-il mile
ma-il-li-ji mileage
ma-ji-mag-eu-ro at last
ma-chim just in time
ma-heun forty
mak-da to block
ma-ki-da to be blocked, to be
jammed
man 10 thousand
man-na- bo ep -da to meet (Jion.)
man-na-da to meet
S man-deul-da to make
man-ta , to be many
man-i a lot .
mal word, language
mal-li-da to dry
mal-sseum word (hon.)
ma-sseum deu-ri-da to talk to (someone)
{hon.)
Cf mal-sseum-ha-si-da to speak (hon.)
mal-ha-da to speak
malg-a~ji-da to become clean
mas-i eop-da to not be delicious
mas-i it-da to be delicious
mas-it-ge tastily
mass-it-da to be tasty
mat-da to be correct, to t
9c mat-chu-da to fit, to set, to
adjust, to make
something t
mae-nyeon eveiy year
QHCKmae-da to tie
m ao-w til every month
mae-il every day
f- mac-ju every week
maek-ju bear
3 maep-da to be spicy/hot
maep-ji an-ke to not be hot
meo-ri head, hair
meo-ri gam-tta to wash hair
CH meo-ri kkyeol quality of hair
_ meo-ri sut volume of hair
A p p en d ix 2: JC orean-E nglish Vocabulary 437
: " meo-ri-ga a-peu-da to have headache

meo-ri-reul gam-tta to wash ones hair
to shampoo
meo-ri-reul kkak-da -to have a haircut
(man)
Cl *meo-ri-reul da-deum-tta to im hair
meo-ri-reul mal-li-da to have a towel dry
meo-ri-reul bit-da to brush hair
CH meo-n-reul ja-reu-da to have a haircut
(woman)
meo-ri-reu heng-gu-da tof rinse out, to wash
out
meo-ri-saek
kkal hair color
i ! meo-ri-pin : hairpin .
^ meong-neun nyak pills
meok-da to eat
meog-eo bo-da : to try to eat
meog-i-da to feed someone
meon-jeo ahead, first
meol-da to be far
me-nyu menu
ine-se-ji message
mek-si-ko Mexico
mek-si-ko sa-rain Mexican
mek-si-ko-in Mexican
myeo-neu-ri daughter-in- law
S myeo-chil several days, what
date?
myeong persons
myeot what
1 myeot ga-ji a couple of, several
myeot-gae how many items?
myeon-nyeon-saeng which year of being
bora?
myeot-beon-jjae what is the order [of
something]?
myeoNsi what time?
S myeot-si-jjeum approximately what
time?
Si myeo-toe what is the version/

episode/sequence
o f something?
myeot-jjae what is the order of
(used when asked about the order among siblings) something,
mo-du all
mo-re - the day after
tomorrow
- mo-reu-da not to know
mo-syeo-da deu-ri-da to take someone
{hon.)
mo-si-go ga-da * to bring someone
(hon.)
mo-si-go o-da to bring someone
(hon.) '
mo-si-da to take care {hon.)
mo-yang . shape
mo-ja hat
mok throat, neck
HI mok-gam-gi-e geol-li-da to have a sore throat
mok>do-ri m uf er/scarf
mok-sa pastor
mog-yo-il Thursday
mog-yog-eul ha-da to take a bath
mog-i ma-reu-da to be thirsty
S Q mog-i but-da ' to have a sore throat
mot bo-da not to see
mu-nan-ha-da to be decent
! mu-dan hoeng-dan-eul ha-da to jaywalk
mu-reup knee
[F mu_seop-d to be scared/afraid
/ mu-sseu/jel-ii-reul ba-reu-da to put on hair
mousse/gel
mu-seun some kind of, what
kind of; what
mu-seun nal special day
mu-seun yo-il what day?
nu-eot something/anything,
what
mun-hak literature
mul water
mul-laeng-myeon cold noodle soup
mul-da to bite
mul-li-da to be bitten
mul-li-hak physics
mul-ssu-geon wet towel
mul-lyak liquid medicine
mul-eo-bo-da to ask
mwo what, something
I mi-guk United States of
America
mi-guk>sa-ram American
mi guk-si-min American citien
mi-gug-in American
mi-sul - ne arts
mi-sul-gwan-e ga-da to go to an art
gallery
( ) mi-sul-dae-hak (mi-dae) art school
mi-si-gan Michigan
mi-sik-cliuk-gu-reul ha-da to play football
mi-yong-sa hairstylist
mit under, beneath,
underneath
td
g ba-kkat out, outside
ba-kku-da to change, to switch
b| ba-kku-reo o-da to come to exchange
ba-kkwo-ju-da to change, to switch
(telephones)
ba-dajjok sea side
ba-ram-i bul-da the wind blows
ba-ro as soon as possible
(a.s.a.p.)
Cba-ro ga-da to go directly
ba-ro dwi right behind
ba-reu-neun nyak ointment
ba-ppeu-ge busily
bl ba-ppeu-da to be busy
' va-i-ol-in-eul kyeo-da to play violin

ba-ji ' pants
- bang-mul-gwan-e ga-da to go to a museum
bak outside
ban-gap-da to be glad
ban-ji ring
ban-chan side dishes
ban-neun sa-ram recipient
bat-da to receive
bad-e\i-sil bun receiver
bal foot
bal-kka-rak toe *
bal-laju-da to put on
balk-da . to be bright
bam night
] bam-sae-do-rok for all night
bap cooked rice
bang-hak * (school) vacation
bae boat, ship, belly
bae-ga go-peu-da to be hungry
!' P" bae-ga bu-reu-da to be full
bae-ga a-peu-da to have stomach
pain
bae-gu-reul ha-da to play volleyball
bae-teo-ri battery
baek * hundred
' bae-kwa-jeom department store
beo-seu bus
beon number, times
- bcol one pair
l, ! -v.| I'C l-sr,0O already
[H ( ) beop-gwa-dae-hak (beop-dae) law school
j ''-'r hco-pak law study
W - i !"-l betu-i'i-da to undress someone
beot-da to take off
bel-teu belt
byeok wall
F byeon-ho-sa lawyer
byeol-lo not particularly
byeong bottles
byeong-won hospital, clinic

bo-nae-neun sa-ram sender
bo-nae-da to send
bo-da to see
bo-ding-pae-sseu boarding pass
bo-ra-saek purple (color)
bo-reum 15 days
bo-yeoju da to show
bo-i-da to be seen
bo-tong in general medium
bo-tong u-pyeon regular mail
bo-heom-ka-deu insurance card
bok-ja-pa-da to be busy, "to be
crowded
S bom spring
boep-da to meet, to see
(hon.)
bu-deu-reo-un meo-ri soft hair
bu-deu-reo-wo bo-i-da to look soft
bu-deu-reop-da to be soft
S bu mo parents
bu-san Pusan
bu-san-haeng going to Pusan
I ' bu-chi-da to send
bu-ta-ka-da to request
bun minutes, persons
(/ion.)
bun-hong-saek pink color
S bul dollars
5 but-da to be swollen
S but-da to attach, to be
attached
beul-la-u-seu blouse
bi rain
bi-ga o-da to rain
bi-gyo-jeok relatively
vi-di-o-reul bo-da to watch a videotape
bi-mil-beon-ho PIN number
bi-bim-naeng-myeon - - cold noodle with hot
paste
bi-bim-ppap rice with mixed

vegetables
bi-seo secretary
. bi-seu-ta da to be similar
bi-ssa-da to be expensive
vi-ol-la-reul kyeo-da viola
bija visa
bi-haeng-gi airplane
bi-haeng-gi-pyo airplane ticket
bi-haeng-jang airport
bil-lyeo-ju-da to lend for someone%
bene t
1 ppa-reun u-pye n express mail
s ppal-gan red
ppal-gan-saek red (color)
ppal-ga-ta to be red
ppal-lae-reul ha-da to do laundry
ppal-li fast
ppang-jjip bakery
H ppae-da to pull out, to take
off (rings, gloves,
etc.)
55 ppaet-gi-da to be taken away
ppaet-da to take away
ppeot-ppeo-tan meo-ri thick hair
J
sa four
sa-ga-kyeong square
!' H sa g -ri four-way
intersection
Aj-f-F ; to buy
sa-ram persons, people
sa-mu-sil office
( ) sa-beom-dae-hak (sa-dae) teacher education
school
A1 sa-sil-eun in fact
AF F sa-eop-ga businessman
A p p e n d ix 2: K jjj-ean-Enghsh Vocabulary 443
sa -w o l April
A1I sa -w i son-in-law
sa -i-d a 7-up
s a -i-je u size
sa -in signature
sa -ja n g president of a
company
! sa -jin -g w a n photograph
developing shop
sa -jin -e u l jjik - d a to take a picture
s a -c h o n cousin
s a -c h o n -d o n g -s a e n g younger cousin
s a -h o e -h a k sociology
sa -h e u l : 3 days
sa n mountain
s a n jjo k mountainside
s a n -tte u -ta -d a to be neat and fresh
s a n -c h a e g -e u l ha~da to go for a walk
sa l-d a to live
sam three
. sa x n -g a -k y e o n g triangle
sa m -w o l Marh
sa m -c h o n uncle {father s
brothers in
general)
s a n g -g a ' mall
( ) sa n g -g y e o n g -d a e -h a k (sa n g -d a e ) business school
sa n g -g w a n e o p -d a to be all right, to not
matter
s a n g -s a n g -i a n d o e -d a to be unable to
imagine
' s a n g -ja box
!" U Q s a n g -c h e o -g a n a 'd a to get hurt
s a n g -ta e condition
uFCI" sa n g -h a -d a to be damaged
! sa e-ro newly
sa e -ro n a o -d a to be newly released
) s a e -b y e o k dawn
sa e k -k k a l color
s a e k -s a n g color and shape
saen-di-e-i-go San Diego .

saeng-gi-da to form, to open
saeng-ri-ha-da to menstruate, to
be having ones
period
saeng-mul-hak biology
saeng-seon sh
saeng-sin birthday (hon.)
saeng-il birthday *
1 P* sya-wo-reul ha-da to take a shower
61- L[ syam-pu-ha-da to shampoo
seo-da . to stop
seo-reun . ' thirty
sseo-bi-sseu service
seo-ul Seoul
seo-jeom ' bookstore
seok-da to mix
seon-mul-ha-da to give a present
seon-saeng teacher
seon-pung-gi fan
seol-geo-ji-reul ha-da to wash dishes
seol-ssa-ha-da to have diarrhea
seop-ssi Celsius
seong-myeong name (formal)
seong-ham name (ten.)
M\ se-su-reul ha-da to wash ones face
se-wo deu-ri-da to stop (hon.')
se-woju-da to stop
: se-il-gi-gan sale period
: S se-ii-hae deu-ri-da to discount {hon.)
se-tak-gi washing machine
: l-"; sen leu cents
;set three
syeo-cheu shirt
so-go-gi beef
so-bang-seo re department, fire
station
so-bang-cha fire truck
so-a-kkwa pediatrics
so-ju soju
A p p e n d ix 2: K o rea n -E n g lish Vdcabulary 445
so-po ' package

so-hwa-ga an-doe-da to have indigestion
sok in, inside
sok-dal-upyeon express mail
sog-ot underwear
son hand
/ son/bal-eul ssit-da to wash ones hands/
feet
son~kka-rak finger
son-nyeo " granddaughter
son-nim guest, visitor,
customer
son-ja grandson
son -ju . grandchildren
son-jil-ha-da to take care
!l syo-ping-ga-da to go shopping
-su-geon towel
su-go-ha-da ' to work hard
su-bak watermelon
su-yeong-eul ha-da to swim
su-yeong-jang swimming pool
su-yo-il Wednesday
su-won Su-won, Korea
supyo check
su-hak mathematics
sum-swi-gi-ga him-deul-da to have difficulty
breathing
sum-eul swi-da to breath
swin fifty
syu-peo-ma-ket supermarket
seu-mu-nal 20 days
S seu-mul twenty
seu-we-teo sweater
seu-ka-peu scarf
seu ke-i-teu-reul ta-da
to skate
seu-ki-reul ta-da to ski
seu-ta king panty hose
/ to be stressed
seu-teu-re-sseu-ga man-ta /ssa*i-da
seu-teu re-sseu-ga pul-li-da to relieve stress

seu-teu-re-i-teu pa-ma straight permanent
(hairstyle)
seu-pe-in Spain
seu-pe-in sa-ram Spanish
seu-pe-in-eo Spanish language
JII seu-pe-in-in Spanish
seu-peu-re-i-reul hada to put on hairspray
seiil-peu-da to be sad
seup-do humidity
Si r oclock "
si-gan - time, hour
- ( ) si-gan(-i) it-da to have the time
si-ge watch clock
si-ge ppang ' watch repair store
si-kkeu_reop-ge loudly
si-kkeu-reop-da to be loud
si-nae downtown
si-da to be sour
si-a-beo-nim father-in-law
(female speaker)
si-eo-meo-nim _ mother-in-law
(female speaker)
si-won-ha-da to be cool
si-wol October
si-ja-ka-da to start
[ si-ki-da to order
sik-gu family, family
members (casual)
sik-sa hu after a meal
( ) sik-jeon-(e) before a meal
( ) si-ku-(e) after a meal
' sin-gi-da to put shoes on
someone
' sin-na-da to be excited
sin-tta to wear
sin-bal shoes
sin-bal-kka-ge shoe store
sin-bun-jj eung ID card
sin-cheong-seo application
A p p e n d ix 2: K orea n -E n g lish Vocabulary 447
sin-ho signal
sin-ho-deung traffic signal
sil-lae su-yeong-jang indoor swimming
pool
sil-lye bad manners
sil-lye-ji-man Excuse m e__
sil-ta to not be likable
sil-eo-ha-da to dislike
sim-ni-hak psychology
sim-sim-ha-da to feef bored
Cf sim-ha-da to be serious, to be j
severe
sip ten
s i-wol December
s )-_il-wol November
sing-geop-da to be blend
ssal-ssal-ha-da to be chilly
sseo it-da to be written
sseo ju-da to write
sseu-da to write, to use, to
be tart
sseu-i-da to be used
O
a ah
a-lia-da to say ah
a-nae wife
a-ni-da not to be
a-ni-myeon or, if not ~
OHJ a-ni-o no
a-deul son
01I a-rae under, below, down
a-mu any
a-mu bun anyone
a-beo-ji father
a-i child, kid
a-i-gu oh
a-ju very, very much
a-ju-meo-ni middle-aged woman
a-jik yet, still
a-jik-do yet
a-cham oh,
01 a-chim morning, breakfast
a-chim-eul meok-da to have a breakfast
a-pa-teu apartment
a-peu-da to be hurt, to be sick
S a-hop nine
a-heu-r: 9 days
0 \ a-heun ninety
an inside, not
an-gyeong glasses
an-kkwa * opthalmology
an-gi-da to be held
- ari-nyeong-ha-da to be well
' an-ny.eong-hi . safely, peacefully
an-tta to hold
an-tta to sit
anj-ait-da to be sitting
an-chi-da to seat someone
al-da to know
al-a-seo in a way that one
thinks is right
without getting
permisson or
confirmation
from others
ai-a-seo ha-da to do something in
a way that one
thinks is right
without asking
permission
or receiving
con rmation
from another
person
al-lyak pill, tablet
ap front
am-meo-ri front hair
ap-eu-ro from now on
S aem-byul-leon-seu ambulance
'[F ya-gu-reul ha-da to play baseball

yak-guk drugstore
yak-bang drugstore
yak-sa pharmacist
yak-sok-si_gan appointment time
yag-eul meok-da to take a medication
ya-ka-da to be weak
( ) yak-hak-dae-hak (yak-dae) college of pharmacy
yang-mal socks *
yang-sik Western food .
" yang-sik-dang Western restaurant
yang-ju Western liquors
XI 5
Ct- yang-chi-jil-ha-da. 1 to brush ones teeth
yang-hwa-jeom shoe store
eo-kkae shoulder
eo-neu ' some, which
eo-neu-bun which person
eo-neu jjok which way
eo-di where, somewhere/
anywhere
? eo-tteo-se-yo How about ?
How is it?
S eo-tteon which, a certain,
what kind of
eo-tteon geo which one
) 11 eo-tteo-ke how, somehow
eo-tteo-ta to be how
eo reoss-eul ttae when (someone
was) young
eo-meo uh uh
eo-meo-ni mother
eo-seo quickly, please
eo-ul-li-ge match well
e0-Ul-li da to match well
eo-je yesterday
eo-ji-reop-da to be dizzy
CH eo-hu alas, w ow ...
eok hundred million
eon-ni womans older sister
eon-eo-hak linguistics
450 B EG IN N ER 5S ^KOREAN
eon-je sometime/anytime,
when?
I eon-je-na whenever, Always
eon-je-deun-ji whenever
eol-gul ' face
eol-da to freeze
eol-li-da to freeze something
DI*eol-ma how much?
eol-m ajeon a while a*go
eol-ma na : how long/much/
, many?
eol-eum-i eol-da the ice freezes
eop-da +not to exist, not to
* ' have
eong-deong-i buttocks, hip
e-eo-keon air conditioner
en-ji-ni-eo engineer
yeo-kkwon passport
yeo-gi here
su yeo-deol eight
yeo-dong-saeng younger sister
yeo-deu-re 8 days
yeo-deun eighty
yeo~reum summer
yeo-seot six
yeo-ja woman
yeo-jjix-eo bo-da to ask (hum.)
yeo-haeng travel
C17 yeo-haeng-eul ha-da/ga-da to travel
yeok>sa-hak history
/ . 1,: ' to go to watch a play
yeon-geuk gu-gyeong-eul ga-da/ha-da
yeon-no-ran-saek light yellow (color)
2^ t yeon-no-rang-saek light yellow (color)
yeon-du-saek light green (color)
yeol-lak contact
yeol-lak deu-ri-da to contact {hum.)
yeol-la-ka-da to contact
yeon-mal end of the year
yeon-se age (hon.)
A p p e n d ix 2: K orea n -E n g lish Vocabulary 451
yeon-se-ga man-eu-si-da to be old (hon.)

yeon-ha-da to be light, to be
tender
yeon-han no-ran-saek light yellow (color)
yeol ten
yeol-da to open
yeol-li-da to be open
01 L
CLyeol-i na-da to have fever
S yeol-heul 10 days
yeom-saek dyeing
yeom-sae-ka-da to dye "
yeop-seo postcard
' i yeot-sae 6 days
S yeong-guk England
yeong-guk sa-ram " British
yeong-gug-in British
yeong-sang above zero
yeong-su-jeung receipt
yeong-eo English
yeong-ha below zero
/ to go to watch
yeong-hwa gu-gyeong-eul ga-da/ha-da a movie
() yeong-hwa(-reul) bo-da to watch a movie
yeop beside, side, nearby
EH yeoni-meo-ri side hair
ye yes, OK
ye-geum-ha-da to save money, to
deposit
ye-bang-nyong for prevention
ye-ppeu-ge pretty, beautifully
ye-ppeu-da to be pretty
ye-sun sixty
five
o-neul today
o-da to come
orae-gan-m an-e after a long time
o-rae-gan-man-i-da long time no see
o-rae-doe-da to be old (object)
o-reun-jjok right side
452 B EG IN N ER S KOREAN -
o-reun-jjog-eu-ro ga-da to turn right

o-ba coat
_ o-ppa womans older
brother
o-wol May
o-jeon A.M.
o-to-ba-i motorcycle
o-hu P.M.
on-do ' temperature
ol-la-ga-da : to go up
ol-la-o-da t to come up
ol-hae this year
ot clothes
t-ga-ge . clothing store
wa wow '
wa-i-syeo-cheu dress shirts
wae why
1! e-kkwa external department
' oe-sa-chon cousin (maternal)
1 oe-sam-chon uncle (maternal)
1 oe-sung-mo aunt (S\ s wife)
oen-jjok left
oen-jjog-eu-ro ga-da to turn left
yo-geum fare
yo-jeum these days
u-ri we, us, our
u-che-guk post office
u-che-guk:jig-won post office employee
u-che-bu postman
u-che-tong mailbox
u-pyeon-beon-ho zip code
u-pyeon-yo-geum postage, postal
charge
u-pyo stamp
u-pyo-reul bu-chi-da to put on a stamp
u-pyo-reul sa-da to buy a stamp
u-hoe-j eon-ha-da to make a right turn
un-dong-seon-su sportsman
un-jeon-gi-sa driver
im-jeon-ha-da to drive
A p p e n d ix 2: K o rea n E nglish Vocabulary 453
un-jeon-hae-seo by driving
ul-da to cry
ul-li-da to make someone
cry
ut>gi-da to make someone
laugh
ut-da
to laugh
won : Korean won
won-pi-seu dress
won-hyeong round
month
wol _
wol-mal . end of the month
wol-yo-U
Monday
w en-if what thing?
top, above, up
wi - -
yu-wol June
1 yu-chi-won
kindergarten
- yu-chi-won-saeng
kindergarten student
yuk six
yuk-gyo
overpass
eun-haeng bank

bank account
e u n -h a e n g -g e o -ra e -s in -c h e o n g -s e o application
eiun-nyo-su drink, beverage
eum-sik food
eum-ak music
( ) eum-ak-dae-hak (eum-dae) music school
g eum-ag-eul deut-da to listen to music
eum a-koe-e ga-da to go to a concert
( ) ui-kkwa-dae-hak (ui-dae) medical school
3V ui-ryo-bo-heoni-ka-deu health insurance
card
ui-sa doctor
ui-sa seon-saeng-nim doctor
medical study
ui-hak
two
i
/ / i/geu/jeo bun
this/that person
{hon.)
/ / i/geu/jeo sa-ram this/that person
01// i/geu/jeo this/that
/ / i/geu/jeo-geo this/that one

i-ga a-peu-da to have a toothache
i-geot jeo-geot this and that
i-da to be -
i-reo-ke like this
i-re 7 days
i-reul dak-da to brush ones teeth
0 1 i-reum name
0 1 i-ri this way
0 1 i-mo aunt (maternal)
i-mo-bu ^ uncle ( s -
husband)
i-bal-ssa m ans hairdresser
i beon-ttal this month
OJ i-beon-jju this week
i-sa moving
i-sa-ha-da to move
i-sang~gi-on hyeon-sang abnormal
(temperature)
i-sang-ha-da to be strange, to be
unusual
i-wol February
i-je now
i_jj k this side, this way
han i-teul jeon 2 days
il-lyu-hak anthropology
( ) school of the
in-mun-dae-hak (in-mun-dae) humanities
PI iti-sanf? facial impression
in-sang-doe-da to be increased
in-yeon destiny
il one, date, things,
work, job
rA _:il-i2 p seven
OilS il-gi-ye-bo weather forecast
il-ban u pyeon regular mail ground
mail
il-bon Japan
il-bon sa-ram Japanese
il-bon-eo Japanese language
il-bon-in Japanese
A p p en d ix 2: K orean-E nglish Vocabulary 455
ilssik - Japanese food

il~ssik~dang Japanese restaurant
il-eo-na-da to get up, to wake up
il-yo-il Sunday
il-wol ' January
han il-jju-il a week
n_jjik early
il-heun seventy
ilg-eo-ju-da to read for omeones
benefit _
ip rJ mouth
ip-geum-pyo deposit slip
ip-da to wear
ib-eo-bo-da '* to try on (clothes),
to wear
ib-e mat-da to fit someones taste
ib-won-ha-da - to hospitalize
61 i-pi-da to dress someone
in-mom gum
it-da to exist, to have
ij-eo-beo-ri-da to forget
XI ( ja-ga_yong car, automobile

(personal)
ja-gi-ap su-pyo official check
ja-kku again and again
ja-da to sleep
ja-dong eung-dap-gi answering machine
ja-dong-cha car, automobile (in
general)
X\ E-h ja-ra-da to grow
ja-reu
da to have a cut, to cut
ja-ri seat
( ) school of sciences
j a-yeon-dae-hak (ja-yeon-dae)
ja-jeon-geo bike
j_a-jeon_geo-reul ta-da to ride a bicycle
ja-ju often
ja-ket jacket
ja-pan-gi banding machine

jak-ga writer
jang-nyeon last year
jag-eun a-beo-ji uncle (father s
younger brother)
jag-eun eo-meo-ni aunt ( s
wife)
jan cups, glasses
jan-don change
jal well
jal doe-da to have done well to
be going well
jal mat-da to fit well
jal meok-da to eat well
. jal it-da to be well
jal hae ju-da to give special care
jal-la deu-ri-da to cut something for
someone (hum.)
jam-kkan-man for a minute
jam-si-hu after a while
jam-eul ja-da to sleep
jap-da to catch
jap-su-si-da to eat (hon.)
jap-ji magazine
ja-pi-da to be caught
jang sheets
jang-gap glove
jang-nan-kkam ga-ge toy store
jang-mo-nim mother-in-law (male
speaker)
jang-sa business
jang-yeom-e geol-li-da to have an intestinal
problem
jang-in-eo-reun father-in-law (jnale
speaker)
jae-mi-it-ge interestingly
jae-mi-it-da to be fun, to be
interesting
jae-u-da to make someone
sleep
A p p en d ix'2 : K o ean-E nglish Vocabui y 457
H jae-jang
nyeon the year before last
year
jeo I {hum.)
jeo-geum-ha-da to save money, to
deposit (money)
jeo-gi there
jeo-nyeok evening, dinner
jeo-nyeog-eul meok-da to have dinner
jeo-jjok that side
jeo-hi . our (hum.)
jeon se-gye-jeog-eu-ro worldwide
jeon-bu , " all
jeon-hwa telephone
!jeon-hwa geol-da to make a telephone
call
' jeon-hwa deu-ri
da to make a telephone
call (hum.)
jeon-hwa-beon-ho telephone number
(F jeon-hwa-ha-da to make a telephone
call
jeom-sim afternoon, lunch
jeom-sim meok-da to eat lunch
j eom-sim-si-gan lunch time
jeom-won salesperson
jeom-jan-ta to be decent
jeom-jan-eun geot plain item
jeom-jeom gradually
jecmg-kka original price
' jeong-ri-ha-da to organize
jeong-mal really, so
jeong-sa-ga-kyeong square
. jeong-sam-ga-kyeong triangle
jeong-jang suit
jeong-jang ba-ji dress pants
jeong-chi-hak political science
je my
je-ga bo-gi-e-neun in my opinion
je-gwa-jeom bakery
je-il the most, the rst
je-il-bil-ding Je-Il Building
458 ** BEGINNER'S KOREAN
je-pum - product
j trillion
jo-geum a little
jo-geum-man a little
S i J M o\ C-l- jo-ging-eul ha~da to jog
jo-ka nephew, niece
jom a little, ease
jong-eob-won , waiter, waitress,
employee
/ , to get a general
jong-hap-geom-sa-reul ha-da/bat-da examination
S jo-ta to like, to be likable
to be good
jo-a-ha-da - to like
OF jo-eun a-chim good morning
jo-eun yak good medicine
jwa-seok seat
jwa-seok-beon-ho seat number
jwa-hoe-jeon-ha-da to make a left turn
' joe-song-ha-da to be sorry
ju-da to give
ju-mat ' weekend
ju-rrm-si da to sleep {hon.)
' ju-mun-ha-da, to order
' ju-sa-reul mat-da to get injected
ju-so address
ju -so reu l sseu-da to write an address
ju~seu juice
ju 4 n owner
ju-jung weekdays
ju-hwang-saek orange (color)
juk-da to die
jug-i-da to kill someone
jul-mu-ni stripe pattern
jung-gan-e in the middle, on the
way ~
jung-guk China
' jung-guk sa-ram Chinese
jung-gug-eo Chinese language
jung-gug-in Chinese
jung-sik Chinese food

jung-sik-dang Chinese restaurant
jung-ang-u-che-guk central post office
jung-hak-gyo junior high school
jung-hak-saeng junior high student
jeul-geop-da to be happy
jeung-sang symptom
ji-geum now
ji-geum-do even now
ji-nan dal last month
ji-nanju * last week
1' ji-nae-da to spend time, to live :
ji-ru ha-da to be bored to death
ji-ha basement
ji-ha-do underpass -
S ji-ha-cheol subway
jik-sa ga-kyeong rectangle
jig-won employee
jig won-hoe-ui staff meeting
jik-jin-ha-da to go straight
jik-haeng non-stop, direct
jin-no-ran-saek dark yellow (color)
jin-no-rang-saek dark yellow (color)
jin-ji meal (h .')
/ jin chal-eul ha-da/bat-da to examine (in a
hospital)
jin-han no-ran-saek dark yellow {color)
jim baggage
jip house
jip-sa-ram (my) wife
jit-da to build
3 jit-da to be dark
jja_da to be salty
jjalp-ge short, shortly
jj alp_da to be short
1jjalb-eun meo-ri short hair
jjot-ginia to be chased
jj t-da to chase
: jjuk straight
460 . - B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
( cha ta-neun got ground

transportation
cha-da to be cold
chan-mul cold water
cham really, oh
cham-tta to be patient
chang-cheuk window side
chat-da : to look for, to nd
chaj-a-bo-da to look for
chaj-a:t-da to come to see
chaek-bang bookstore
chaeg-eul. ilk-da - to read a book *
cheo-bang-jeon - prescription
cheo-eum for the first time
cheon thousand
cheop-bo-yeong-hwa spy movie
cheot-beon-jjae first
cheong-saek navy blue (color)
( ) che-yuk-dae-hak (che-dae) college o f physical
education
che-keu-mu-nuiche-keu-mu~ni checkered pattern
chel-lo-reul kyeo-da cello
cho-deung-hak-gyo elementary school
cho-deung-hak-saeng elementary student
cho-rok-saek green {color)
chu-wo-ji da to get cold
' chuk-gu-reul ha-da to play soccer
i ip-chul-geum-pyo withdrawal slip
chu -bal-ha-neungot departure
:: i U diul-ba!-hn-iia to depart
ch > I'.J- chum-cul clm-cia to dance
if.! clmp-da to feel cold, to be
cold
cheung layer, story, oor
1 chi-kkwa dentistry
( ) chi-kkwa-dae-hak (chi-dae) dental school
chi-ryo-reul ha-da to give medical
treatment
I
chi-ma skirt
A p p en d ix 2; Kôrean-English Vocabulary 461
I chi-sil floss
I chi-yak toothpaste
ciii-ju-yeom gum disease
chil seven
S chil-wol July
ka-deu card, credit card

ka-deu nol-i-reul ha-da to play a card game
ka-pe cafe, coffee shop
BWUFO' kae-na-da Canada
5H U kae-na-da sa-ram Canadian
U4 kae-na-da-in Canadian
kae-ju-eol casual
k&o-teu-ha-da to have a haircut
keo-pi coffee
keo pi-syop coffee shop
keom-pu-teo computer
keom-pyu-teo ge-im-eul ha-da to play a computer
game
ko nose
ko-ga ma-ki-da to have nasal
congestion
co-teu coat
kol-la cola
LK:f kon-mul-i na-da to have a runny nose
keu-ge widely, big, loudly
keun-a-beo-ji uncle {father s older
brother)
keun-eo meo-ni

aunt ( s
wife)
keun-il na-da to have trouble
keuMa-ri-net-eul bul-da to play clarinet
E
ta-gi riding
ta-neun de place to ride
EMU ta-da to ride, to bum
ta-won-hyeong oval
ta-il tile
tak-gu-reul chi-da to play ping-pong

B tal-ui-sil fitting room
tae-eo-na-da to be bom
tae-u-da . - to bum something
taek-si taxi
teok chin
S teol-da to shake off
te-ni-seu-reul chi-da to play tennis
telle-bi-jeon-eul bo-da to watch TV
to-yo-il Saturday
to-ha-da - to vomit
tong-jang deposit and
withdrawal
record, bank
- account
tong-jang man-deul-gi opening a bank
account
toe-geun-si-gan time to leave the
office
toe-won-ha-da to release (from a
hospital)
teu-reom-pes-eul bul-da to play trumpet
' teu-reom-peu-reul chi-da to play a card game
teuk-byeol-hi especially
i teul-eo no-ta to turn on
H
pa-ran blue
pa-ran-saek blue {color)
pa-ra-ta to be blue
pa-ma meo-ri permanent-waved
hair
pa-ma-ha-da to have a permanent
pa-un-deu pounds
pa-jeon scallion pancake
pal eight, arm
pal-da to sell
pal-li-da to be sold
1 pal-wol August
A p p en d ix 2: K o rea n -E n g lish Vocabulary 463
pyeol-li-ha-da to be convenient
pyeon-ui-jeom convenient store
pyeon-ji letter
pyeon-ji bu-chi-gi sending a mail
/ pyeon-ji/so-po-reul bat-da to receive a letter/
package
/ pyeon-ji/so-po-reul bu-chi-da to send a letter/
package
pyeon-ji-reul sseu-da to write a letter
pyeon-ji-bong-tu , envelope
I pyeon-ji-ji letter paper
po do-ju wine
pyo . ticket
M t} fjul-da : to untie
peu-rang-sseu France
peu-rang-sseu sa-ram French
peu -rang-sseu-eo French language
peu-rang-sseu-in French
peul-laet-pom platform
peul-lo-seu OSS
5 peul-lus-eul bul-da to play flute

1L|- C[ pi-ga na-da to bleed
pi-gon-ha-da to be tired
pi-a-no-reul chi-da to play piano
pil-yo-ha_da to need
pil-yo-han geot things to be needed

ha-na one
ha-da to do
ha-ru 1 day
ha-ru-e per day
ha-yan white
ha-yan-saek white {color)
ha-ya-ta to be white
hang-nyeon school year
hak-saeng student
han-guk Korea
han-guk-bun Korean (hon.)
han-guk sa-ram Korean
han-guk-gye Korean-, related to

Korea
han-gug-eo Korean language
han-gug-in Korean
han-beon once
han-sik Korean food
han-sik-dang Korean restaurant
han-sik-jip Korean restaurant
han-yeong-seo-jeom Han-Yeong
Bookstore
han jan - one cup
hal sue op-da cannot help, there is
' no other choice
hal-meo-ni grandmother
hal-meo-ni daek grandmothers house
(kon.)
hap-seung-ha-da to share a ride
hang-gong u-pyeon air mail, first-class
mail
hang-gong-pyeon-eu-ro via airmail
hang-sang always
H Cf- hae deu-ri-da to do (hum.)
hae ju-da to do
haen-deu-pon cellular phone
haeng-bo-ka-da to be happy
haeng-in passer-by
heo-ri waist
CJ he-eo di~ja-i-neo hair dresser
he-eo keu-rim hair cream
h y c o n -u c u m cash
hyeon-geum-gi-geup-gi ATM machine
51 hyeon- geum-ka-deu ATM card
liyeong m ans older brother
ho-ju Australia
ho-ju sa-ram Australian
ho-ju-in Australian
hok-si by any chance, just
in case
!' hon-ja by oneself, alone
A p p en d ix 2: K orean-E nglish P ca w/a? 465
: ' Lf- C\ hwa-ga na~da to be an_gry

hwa-ssi Fahrenheit
hwa-yo-il Tuesday
hwa-won florist/flower shop
hwa-hak ' chemistry
hwan-yeong-hoe welcome party
hwan-nyul exchange rate :
hwan-nyul-i nae-ri-da the exchange rate
goes down
: ' hwan-nyul-i o-reu-da the exchange rate
goes up
hwan-jeon-eul-ha-da to exchange money
hwan-jeon-ha-gi exchanging currency
!' 5K1hwan-jeori~ha-da to exchange money
M hoe-sa company *
hoe-sa-won office employee
hoe-saek gray (color)
hoeng-dan-bo-do crosswalk
hwol-ssin much more
heu-ryeo-ji-da to get cloudy
heum hmmm
A p p e n d ix 3:
E n g lish -K o re a n V ocabulary
A
abnormal weather i-sang-gi-on hyeon-sang
above zero- yeong-sang
above wi
account gu-jwaacross, gon-neo
across the street geon-neo-pyeon
address ju-so -
adjust . mat-chu-da
afraid : mu-seop-da
after a long time o-rae-gan-man-e
after a meal sik-sahu ( ) si
ku-(e)*
after a while jam-si-hu
afternoon jeom sim
again da-si, tto
again and again ja-kku
age yeon-se na-i
same age dong-gap
ah a
ahead meon-jeo
air gong-gi
air conditioner e-eo-keon
air mail hang-gong u-pyeon
via airmail hang-gong-pyeon-eu-ro
airline
(domestic) gung nae-seon
(international) guk-je~seon
airplane bi-haeng-gi
airplane ticket i f bi-haeng-gi-pyo
airport gong-hang, bi-haeng-jang
as eo-hu
ail da mo-du, jeon-bu
all done da doe-da
all together da ga-chi
-
almost geo-ui
alone hon-ja
already beol-sseo
although ] geu-rae-do
alumni dong-chang
alumni assembly " dong-chang-hoe
always 11 eon-je-na, hang-sang
A p p e n d ix 3: E n g lish -K o rea n Vocabulary 469
ambulance gu-geup-cha,
aem-byul-leon-seu
A.M. o-jeon
America mi-guk .
American mi-guk>sa-ram mi-gug-in
American citizen mi-guk>si-min
and geu-ri-go
anger ' hwa
angry h: L} (hwa-ga na-da)
animal dong-mul
answering machine ja:dong eung-dap-gi
anthropology il-lyu-hak .
any a-mu eo-tieu
anyone a-mu bun-i-na a-mu-na
apartment 01! a-pa-teu
apartment complex a-pa-teu dan-ji
appear E} L| L} na-ta-na-da
application sin-cheong-seo
appointment yak-sok
appointment time yak-sok-si-gan
approximately dae-x-yak, dae-chung
April sa~wol
architecture geon-chuk~hak
arm pal
arrive do-cha-ka-da
art gallery III I nii-sul-gwan
art school ( mi-sul-dae-hak (mi-dae)
as soon as possible ba-ro
(a.s.a.p.)
Asian studies dong-yang-hak
ask mul-eo-bo-da
yeo-jju-eo bo-da
at last ma-ji-mag-eu-ro
at latest nuj-eo-do
ATM card hyeon-geum-ka-deu
ATM machine hyeon-geum-gi-geup-gi
attach bu-chi-da
attached ' but-da
attend L| da-ni-da
August pal-wol
470 * B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
aunt go-mo i-mo, 1 oe-sung-mo,

jag-eun eo-meo-ni,
keun-eo-meo-ni
Australia ho-ju
Australian Al1" ho-ju sa-ram, ho-ju-in
automobile ja-ga-yong ! ja-dong-cha
autumn I-
= ga
eul
B
back . deung, i dwi y
bad . na-ppeu-da
baggage jim
bakery ppang-jjip, je-gwa-jeom :
bald dae-meo-ri
banding machine ja-pan-gi
bank eun-haeng
bank account tong-jang, eun-haeng-gu-jwa
bank account application eun-haeng-geo-rae-sin-
cheong-seo
barber i-bal-ssa
baseball ya-gu
play baseball = [! ya-gu-reul ha-da
basement ji-ha ji-ha-sil
basketball nong-gu
play basketball nong-gu-reul ha-da
bath mog-yok
take a bath mog-yog-eul ha-da
battery bH bae-teo-ri
be 0J Gi-da; 0 it-da | gye-si-da
tu>I iiii be 0:y 3 a
h o . m i i l ' u l l y Oil M Ml ye-ppeu-ge
become doe~da
beef so-go-gi
beer mack-ju
before a meal ( I) sik-jeon-(e)
behind dwi
belly bae
below a-rae
below zero yeong-ha
A p p e n d ix 3: E n g lish -K o rean Vocabulary 471
belt bel-teu
beneath mit
beside yeop
better nat-da
beverage eum nyo-su
bicycle !ja-jeon-geo
big keu-da, keu-ge
bill gye-san-seo
biology saeng-mul-hak
birthday saeng-sin, saeng-il
bite mul-da '
bitten mul-li-da
black . kka-man-saek kka-man
. kka-ma-ta .
bleed ' ' ' pi-ga na-da,
| pi-reul heul-li-da
blend ' S ' sing-geop-da
block mak-da
blocked ma-ki-da
blouse beul-la-u-seu
blow bul-da
blow-dry deu-ra-i
(have a) blow-dry deu-ra-i-ha-da
blue pa-ran-saek, HF&h pa-ran,
. ! pa-ra-ta
navy blue cheong-saek
boarding pass S bo-ding-pae-sseu
boat bae
boil kkeul-ta
boil something kkeul i-da
book chaek
bookstore seo-jeom, c_haek-bang
bored ji-m -ha da sim-sim-ha-da
bom tae-eo-na-da
bottle byeong
box " sang-ja
(to) box gwcm-tu-reul ha-da
boxing gweon-tu
breakfast a-chim
(have) breakfast a-chim-eul meok-da'

breast ga-seum
breath sum-eul swi-da
breathing - ' ho-heum, I I sum-swi-gi
(have difficulty)
breathing sum-swi-gi-ga him-deul-da
bright 1 C-l- balk-da
bring someone A| 1=mo-si-go o_da
de-ri-go o-da
bring something ga-ji-go o-da '
British yeong-guk sa-ram,
yeong-gug-in
broken C| go-jang-na-da, H kkae-ji-da
brother
older - M[ o-ppa, hyeong
younger nam-dong-saeng
brown
light brown gal-saek
brush SJ bit-da, dak-da
brush hair Si meo-ri-reul bit-da
brush teeth i-reul dak-da,
yang-ch ha-da
build jit-da *
building geon-mul
bum Ef- ta-da
bum something tae-u-da
bus beo-sseu
(express) bus go-sok-beo-seu
busily U} S9JI ba-ppeu-ge
[Jiisinc^s jang-sa sa-eop
inisinos^ m aiuiyanent gyeong-yeong-hak
husinos> school ( ) sang-gyeong-dae-hak
(sang-dae)
businessman :H sa-eop-ga
busy ba-ppeu-da bok-ja-pa-da
but I geu-reo-chi-man
geu-reon-de
buttocks eong-deong-i
buy A[L\ sa-da
A p p e n d ix 3: E ng lish -K o rea n Vocabulary 473
c
cafe da-bang ka-pe
Canada kae-na-da
Canadian 9H L|- Q kae-na-da sa-ram,
kae-na-da-in
car ja-ga-yong !' ja-dong-cha
rental car " ren-1u-ka
card f 3 [H ka-deu
card game
play a card game ka-deu nol-i-reul ha-da,
teu-reom-peu-reul cBi-da
cash hyeon-geum
casual kde-ju-eol
catch jap-dg
caught ja-pi-da
cello M chel-lo-reul kyeo-da
cellular phone haen-deu-pon
Celsius seop-ssi
cent sen-teu
central jung-ang
certain . eo-tteon
(by any) chance hok-si
change geo-seu-reum-tton jan ion,
chapter !' gwa
charge su-su-ryo
chase S
chased jjot-gi_da
check 1 gye-san-seo, supyo
official check ja-gi-ap su-pyo
checkered pattern che-keu-mu-nui che-keu-mu-ni
chemistry hwa-hak
chest : ga-seum
chicken dak-go-gi -
child a-i
chilly ssal-ssal-ha-da
chin teok
China jung-guk
Chinese M jung-guk sa-ram
jung-gug-in
Chinese food 4 jung-gug-eum-sik
Chinese language jung-gug-eo

Chinese restaurant jung-guk-sik-dang
civil servant gong-mu-won
clarinet keul-la-ri-net
play clarinet keul-la-ri-nes-eul bul-da
clean kkae-kkeu-ta-da
(become) clean malg-a-ji-da
kkae-kkeu-ta-ji-da
climate nal-ssi
climb ol-la-ga-da
climb a mountain / deung-san-eul ha-da/ga-da
clinic byeong-won
clock si-ge
close ) ' ga-kkap-da CF dat-da
closed da-chi-da
clothes ot
clothing store ot-ga-ge
cloudy ' gu-reum-i kki-da,
heu-ryeo-ji-da
coat o-ba co-teu
coffee shop da-bang ka-pe keo-pi-syop
coffee - keo-pi
cola kol-la
cold (noun) gam-gi
have a cold gam-gi-e geol-li-da
cold {adjective) cha da, cha-gap-da chup-da
get cold chu-wo ji-da
cold noodle naeng-myeoa
colti ntunilc soup g mul-laeng-myeon
colti ihkhIIo with bi-bim-naeng-myeon
hot pa.stc
cold w liter chan-mul, naeng-su
college o f pharmacy ( dl) yak-hak-dae-hak (yak-dae)
college o f physical ( ) che-yuk-dae-hak (che-dae)
education
college dae-hak^ dae-hak-gyo
college student dae-hak-saeng
color saek-kkal
color and shape saek-sang
come -da
A p p e n d ix 3: E ng lish -K o rean Vocabulary 475
come down nae-ryeo-o-da

come out !:!na-o-da
come to see Oh [h chaj-a o-da,
Lf- 2 . df- man^na-reo o-da
come up ol-la-o-da
company hoe-sa
completely kkam-ppak, wan-jeon-hi
computer keom-pu-teo
play a _ _
computer game keom-pyu-i
ge-im-eul ha-da
concert " emn-a-koe
condition sang-tae
congestion ma-kim
(have nasal) congestion ko-ga ma-ki-da
construction gong-sa
on the con
struction site gong-sa-jung
contact yeol-lak, yeol-la-ka-da
convenience store ga-ge pyeon-ui-jeom
convenient pyeol-li-ha-da
cook eum-sig-eul man-deul-da
cooked rice bap
cool si-won-ha-da
correct mat-da
cough J 1 gi-chim, gi-chiiTeul ha-da
couple of myeot ga-j i
course ( gwa-mok
cousin sa-chon, 1AF oe-sa-chon
cousin (younger) sa-chon dong-saeng
credit card sin-yong-ka-deu
cross geon-neo-da
crosswalk hoeng-dan-bo-do
crowd bok-ja-pa-da
cry ul-da
(make someone) cry ul-li-da
cup jan
curly 3 gop-seui-gop-seul-han
curly hair gop-seul meo-ri
customer son-nim
regular customer dan-gol
cut XF^ p- j a-reu-da
D
damaged s a n g -h a -d a
dance - c h u m -e u l c h u -d a
dark jin - h a - d a eo ~ d u p -d a
jit-d a
date n a l, n a l-jja , il
daughter tta
daughter-in-law * m y e o -n e u -ri
dawn - 1 sa e -b y e o k
day n a t, n a l
" per day h a -ru -e '
December . sib -i-w o l
decent ' m u -n a n -h a -d a , je o m - ja n - ta
deduct g o n g -j e -h a -d a
delicious m a s-i it-d a
dental school ( ) c h i-k k w a -d a e -h a k (c h i-d a e )
dentistry 1c h i-k k w a
depart c h u l-b a W ia -d a
department manager g w a ja n g -n im
department store b a e -k w a -je o m
departure c h u l-b a l-h a -n e u n g o t
deposit - 1' je o -g e u m -h a -d a ,
' y e -g e u m -h a -d a
deposit slip ip -g e u m -p y o
depositvithdrawai record to n g -ja n g
design d i-ja -in
designer P O I M di-ja i-n eo
destiny in -y e o n 5 u n -m y e o n g
diarrhea M M a e o l-ssa
(have) diarrhea s e o l-s s a -h a -d a
die ju k - d a
difficult e o -ry e o p -d a
dinner je o -n y e o k
(have) dinner je o -n y e o g -e u l m e o k -d a
direct jik - h a e n g
directly jik -je o p
discount kkakk-a-ju-da .
disease byeong, jil-byeong
dislike sil-ta sil-eo
ha-da
dizzy ' eo-ji-reop-da
do o \ [ I ha-da
doctor ui-sa, ' ui-sa seon-saeng-nim
dollar dal-la, bul
per dollar dal-leo-dang
down 0 a-rae *
go down LH H=l nae-ryeo-ga-da, H nap-ri-da
downtown si-nae
draw a picture geu-rim-eul geu-ri-da
dress " won-pi-seu, ip-da
dress someone i-pi-da .
drink eum-nyo-su, Oh [ j ma-si-da
something
to drink ma-sil kkeot
drive un-jeon-ha-da
driver gi-sa urL-jeon-gi-sa
(by) driving un-jeon-hae-seo
drugstore yak-guk yak-bang
drum deu-reom
play drums deu-reom-eul chi-da
dry mal-li-da
dry-clean ' deu-ra-i-ha-da
dry cleaning deu-ra-i,
deu-ra-i-keul-li-ning
during the time geu-dong-an
dye yeom-sae-ka-da
dyeing yeom-saek
E
ear gwi
early il-jjik
earn money don eul beol-da
eat meok_da deu-si-da
jap_su si da
try to eat meog-eo bo-da
economics gyeong-je-hak
education study gyo-yuk-hak
Ep-jEq/Ep-Tjq ina-iBqo-mf /
|g m M R (fejidsoq ux) 0UIUIBX9
]n9J-BS-tu 9g-deq-gaof
/ f '/ _!1 S
nop lÛI X3
(|BJ9U9g B J9)
Bp-^q/Bp-^n inoj-BS-moog
^ / >| / UOpBUIUIBXS UB J9
s-aiogg-dBiSxiof ggg UOIJT3UIUXT3X9 (p3J3U99)
[n3p- ) ûoAjdao
noaXn- BUi jjQ jt sq A A lQ A 9
nf bui []i] >[30M 3 9
IOM-OBUI qûoui 3
I 3BUX HO Av,p J A3
ôÂu-oof [ gUIUOAO
p-9BJ-n9 E: q^noqi usas
op-uinsg-tf |y AVOU U9A9
Op-3BJ-n3 ^ []^|3 901 SI JI U3A9
[03 - 1 |g g X||BI03dS9
ri4-Buoq-if-uosAd |Y^: 9d | AU9
nS-d? 90UBJU9
-o-os-psp
^p-BS-os-insp n -IC lO S J9JU9
03-U09A |^J g qsiiSua
^ng-HuosX ^ g puBigua
(s^p-BuoS)
JlBq-SBp-BM^pt-guog ] ) ]5 H] I H S BUU99UIBU9
^ q -B u o ^ g BUU99UIBU9
Bff-ps-iS Ic ^S-lU-rf-US | J99UIBU9
Bp-d 3 i-un-ig : 10 I AEI9U9 (UI SlippBI)
Bp-d 3 I-un-ig | I AJ9U9 ( U 9A^q)
ui g ^ n - i g ^ i ^ XJ9U9
' pui-uosA . jbs A sq i jo pus
: PUl-IOAV ^ Hjnoui sip jo pus
1 3 I S * pU9
uom-Bi Tjg (u Av-q 9-Buof j g g g 99A |dui9
Hii3bs-BH-Htmsp-oqo luspnis
I q S AjBlU9Ul9p
oAB-^n-Bunap-oqo |OOIl S AjBlU9Ul9p
nnsp-osA ^ (^)
I^d i 9p- 9A g
ai-nsp-osA |H l O - sApp jqB p
Mvarao ScâNHioaa 2Lf

Bp-dnf ins-uop Aauoui pug
pl PUT
UIAVS f
uinsj-oq sAep uosyy
-BU [03A
! | J9A3J (B 9ABq)
1 3 ro J9A9J
up-i-Soaui | P
oX.i-tis-ns ::
1^-! m\o Xxeraqs
uiiu-osq-B-is RH=H0IY
cUn9J-09-UI-U^r g | f o g
if- 3q-B [fH J
n-_[Bdd 12 p-TOJ-Bdd B JSBJ
uinsS-oA ai
Bp-I 9UI g
ig-Bund-uoss |g p UBJ
5J r-B n3-?ns sjoquism A]iuibj
jpf-Bg ^ \ C n->ns Aipmj
ps-Bg \m
iss-BMq |Y(-|S |X9qU3Jl|B^
ura-ns-Bs (ui)
Subs-ui uoissojduii
in-I 3 J
A
unu
BAV5PI-90 lUaUIJJBdsp IBXU3JX9
uosAd-n-pp-ôs g
u 9Ad-n imai-Bdd g (] jIBUI SS0jdX9
^p-^ss-xq y |A 9AlSU9dx9
cj H unsu-^g-BU ^ _|(=| 51X9
up-is-sXg |Y |t lBP-JT a To JSIX9
UBUi-if-sAHis | \ x |(2 ova ssnoxg
Bp-BU-UIS ^3-lniY pSJlOXQ
iB-Bq-u 9f-uBAvq |( ! Aousiino BuiBu^qoxs
^nXu-UBAvq sBubijoxq
Bp-^q-uosf-UBAvq ]'| g *g AquouisBu^qoxa
Bp-nf- AV3pi-Bq ftHfq
Fi -TOpi-Bq
cBp-Bq-UBAvq-oAB |
6 iOvjnqvoO/i u v B u o ^ -y s jjS u ^ x ip u d d d y
fine arts L mi-sul

finger son-kka-rak
fire bul
fire station so-bang-seo
fire truck ' so-bang-cha
first meon-jeo, cheot-beon-jjae
the first je-il
first-class mail hang-gong u-pyeon
(for the) first time * cheo-eum !
fish saeng-seon, S mul-kko-gi
fishing nak-si ,
go fishing / nak-si-reul ga-da/ha-da
fit mat-da
make
something fit ' mat-chu-da '
fit someones taste 01 M ma-eum-e deul-da,
ib-e mat-da
fitting room tal-ui-sil
five da-seot, o
five days SAH tat-sae
floor cheung
florist hwa-won
floss chi-sil, peul-lo-seu
flower pattern kkon-mu-ni
flower shop hwa-won, kkot-jip
flute S peul-lut
play flute peul-lus-eul bul-da
follow dl- Q. C(- tta-ra-o-da
food eum-sik
foot bai
on foot geol-eo-seo
football mi-sik-chuk-gu, put-bol
play football mi-sik-chuk-gu-reul ha-da
forget ij-eo-beo-ri-da
form saeng-gi-da
forty ma-heun
four net, sa
four days na-heul
four-way intersection sa-geo-ri
France peu-rang-sseu
A p p en d ix 3: E n g lish -K o rea n Vbcabulary 481
fre e z e C[ eol-da, 01 eol-eum-i eol-da

fre e z e s o m e th in g eol-li-da
F re n c h peu-rang-sseu sa-ram,
peu-rang-sseu-in
F re n c h la n g u a g e peu-rang-sseu-eo
F rid a y geum-yo-il
fro n t ap
fu ll ^ UH bae-ga bu-reu-da,
ga-deuk-cha-da
fu n jae-mi-it-da
G
gam e ge-im nol-i
g a te ge-i-teu
( in )'g e n e ra l S bo-tong
G e rm a n dog-il-ssa-ram, dog-il-in
G e rm a n la n g u a g e dog-il-eo
G e rm a n y dog-il
g et o ff LH2-1 Cf- nae-ri-da
get up il-eo-na-da
g iv e ' ju-da, ' deu-ri-da
g iv e a p re s e n t . seon-mul-ha-da
g iv e m o n e y don-eul ju-da
g la d ban-gap-da
g la ss jan
g la sse s an-gyeong
g lo v e s jang-gap
go Df-Cj ga-da
go back doe-dol-a ga-da
go d ire c tly dl ba-ro ga-da
go out na ga-da
go over Ct neom-tta
go stra ig h t ^ ! ttok-ba-ro ga-da,
jik>jin-ha-da
g o in g o n w e ll jal doe-da
g o lf S S gol-peu
p la y g o lf I ' gol-peu-reul chi-da
good jo-ta gwaen-chan-ta
g ra d u a lly jeom-jeom
g ra d u a te sc h o o l dae-hag-won
graduate student dae-hag-won-saeng

grandchildren son-ju
granddaughter son-nyeo
grandfather hal-a-beo
ji
grandmother hal-meo-ni
grandson son-ja
gray hoe-saek
green cho-rok-saek
(light) green yeon-du-saek
ground mail il-ban u-pyeon
ground transportation
Et cha ta-neun got
ground ttang
grow Bf- ja-ra-da
guest son-nim
guitar I gi-ta
play guitar gi-ta-reul chi-da
gum in-mom
gum disease I chi-ju-yeom
H
hair meo-ri
(back of head) dwin-meo-ri
(front of head) am-meo-ri
(side of head) yeom-meo-ri
long hair gin meo-ri
short hair jjalb-eun meo-ri
shoulder-length dan-bal meo-ri
hair
soft hair bu-deu-reo-un meo-ri
thick hair ppeot-ppeo-tan meo-ri
volume o f hair GH1 ^ meo-ri sut
hair color EH S ' meo-ri-saek-kkal
hair cream II he-eo keu-rim
hair mousse/gel / rmi-sseu/jel-li
put on hair
mousse/gel / mu-sseu/jel-li-reul
ba-reu-da
hair quality meo-ri kkyeol
hair spray
put on hair spray seu-peu-re-i-reul ha-da
hair straightening ill' seu-teu-re-i-teu pa-ma
A p p en d ix 3: E n glish-K orean Vocabulary 483
hairstylist mi-yong-sa,
he-eo di ja-i-neo
(get a) haircut / meo-ri-r ul
kkak-da/ja-reu-da, 1 keo-teu-ha-da
hairpin meo-ri-pin
hand son
happy gi-ppeu da, S jeul-geop-da,
,
hard S [! him-deul-da, } [ I ttak-tta-ka-da
hard work : go-saeng ,
hat mo-ja
have it-da, ga-ji da
(to) not have eop-da
"head nieo-ri
headache du-tong
(have a) headache meo-ri-ga a-peu-da
health geon-gang
health insurance geon-gang-bo-heom
health insurance card ! ui-ryo-bo-heom-ka-deu
hear deut-da
heard deul-li-da
heavy mu-geop-da '
held an-gi-da
help do-wa-ju-da,
do-wa deu-ri-da
cannot help hal sue op-da
here J 1 yeo-gi
high nop-da
high school go-deung-hak-go
high school student g -deung-hak-saeng
hip eong-deong-i
history yeok-sa-hak
hold an-tta
home daek (hon.), S jip
hospital byeong-won
hospitalized ib-won-ha-da
hot S deop-da, maep-da
become hot [f deo-wo-ji da
get hot | deo-wo-ji-da
hot day deo-un nal
hour si-gan
house daek (hon.), jip
how eo-tteo-ke
How about ? eo-tteo-se-yo
How is it? ? eo-tteo-se-yo
how long/much/many? eol-ma-na
how many items? Hmyeot-gae
how much? eol-ma
humanities, school of ( ) in-mun-dae-hak
(in-mun-dae)
humid kkeun-kkeun-ha-da
humidity seup-do
hundred baek
hundred million eok
hungry bae-ga go-peu-da
hurry geu-pa-da, seoo-du-reu-da
in a hurry geu-pi
hurt da-ch-da, a-peu-da
husband nam-pyeon
I
I na, jeo {hum.)
ice eol-emn
ice coffee naeng-keo-pi
ice water naeng-su, can-mul
ID card sin-bun-jjeung
if geu-reo-myeon
if not a-ni-myeon
imagine, unable to sang-sang-i an-doe-da
in sok, an
increase in-sang-ha-da
increased in-sang-doe-da
indigestion so-hwa-bul-lyang
have indigestion [: ' C} so-hwa-ga an-doe-da
indoor sil-lae
(get) injected ju-sa-reul mat-da
injured Q X\ [: da-chi-da
inside sok an
put inside neo-ta
insurance card bo-heom-ka-deu
A p p e n d ix 3: E n g lish -K o ean Vocabulary 485
interesting . jae-mi-it-da
interestingly jae-mi-it-ge
internal department nae-kkwa
intestine jang
(have) intestinal trouble jang-yeom-e geol-li-da
iron da-ri-mi, da-rim-jil-ha-da
item hang-mok, gae
J . i
jacket !!\ja-ket
jammed ma-ki da
January il-wol
Japan il-bon _
Japanese * il-bon sa-rafn, il-bon-in
Japanese food il-ssik il-bon-eum-sik
Japanese language il-bon-eo
Japanese restaurant il-ssik-dang il-bon-sik-dang
jaywalk mu-dan hoeng-dan-eul ha-da
job il, jig-eop
j g \ jo-ging-eul ha-da
jogging jo-ging
journalist 1!' gi-ja
juice ju-seu
July chil-wol
June yu-wol
junior high school jung-hak-gyo
junior high school jung-hak-saeng
student
just geu-nyang
just in case hok-si
just in time ma-chim
K
karaoke room no-rae-bang
kid a-i
kill C\ jug-i-da
kimchi gim-chi
kindergarten yu-chi-won
kindergarten student yu-chi-won-saeng
knee mu-reup
485* B EG IN N ER S KOREAN
know al-da
(to) not know mo-reu-da
Korea han-guk
Korean han-guk sa-ram, han-gug-in
Korean- han-guk-gye
Korean food han-sik, han-gug-eum-sik
Korean language han-gug-eo ,
Korean restaurant han-sik-dang, han-sik-jip
Korean won - won
L
language ma eon-eo '
late . - neut-da, nut-ge *
later - na-jimg-e .
laugh ut-da
(make someone) laugh ut-gi-da
laundry ppal-lae -
law school ( ) beop-gwa-dae-hak (beop-dae)
law study b eo p ak
lawyer byeon-ho-sa
lay down Q nup-da
lay someone down nu-pi-da
layer cheung, le-i-eo,
le-i-eo-reul ju-da
leave : nam-gi-da, tteo-na-da
left oen-jjok "
left turn jwa-hoe-jeon
leg Cj- da-ri
lend bil-lyeo-ju-da
length a gn-i
lets do that geu-reo-ja
letter pyeon-ji
letter paper- @ X\ Jl pyeon-ji-ji
light ga-byeop-da balk-da,
yeon-ha-da
like jo-ta jo-a-ha-da
ma-eum-e deul-da
(to) not like ma-eum-e an deul-da
like that geu-reo-ke
like this i-reo-ke
linguistics eon-eo-hak
listen deut-da
literature mun-hak
little jo-geum, jo-geum-man, join
live sal-da
long gil-da
long time no see o-rae-gan-man-i-da
look around gu-gyeong-ha-da
look for chaj-a-bo-da, chat-da
look good ) gwaen-chan-a bo-i-da
look heavy dap-dap-hae bo-i-da .
look soft bu-deu-reo-wo bo-i-da .
loose H [I* pul-da, ID.^. CF kkeu-reu-da
lose il-ta, ji-da
lose money don-eul il-ta
(a) lot man-i '
loud HI P* si-kkeu-reop-da
loudly ! ! si-kkeu-reop-ge, keu-ge
low nat-da
(make something) low " nat-chu-da
lucky da-haeng-i-da
lunch jeom-sim
lunch time jeom-sim-si-gan
M
magazine jap-ji
mail u-pyeon-mul
registered mail deung-gi-u-pyeon
regular mail bo-tong u-pyeon,
il-ban u-pyeon
mailbox u-che-tong
make man-deul-da
mall sang-ga
man nam-ja
manner ye-ui
many man-ta
March sam-wol
marry gyeol hon-ha
da
match well eo-ul-li-da
mathematics su-hak
(does not) matter sang-gwan-eop-da

May o-wol
me Ll-na, .jeo (hum.)
meal bap, sik-sa, jin-ji
medical school * ( ) ui-kkwa-dae-hak (ui-dae)
medical study ui-hak
medical treatment I chi-ryo
medicine yak
(liquid) mul-lyak 1
.* (powdered) ga-ru-yak
take medicine yag-eul meok-da
medium bo-tong
meet man-na-da boep-da
- S man-na-boep-da :
staff meeting jig-won-hoe-ui
menu me-nyu
message .: me-se-ji
Mexican mek-si-ko sa-ram, '
mek-si-ko-in
Mexico mek-si-ko
Michigan [A |2i mi-si-gan
middle ga-un-de
(in the) middle jung-gan-e
middle age jung-nyeon
mile ma-il
mileage ma-il4i-ji -
military personnel gun-in
minute bun
(for a) minute 2 j am-kkan-man
misplace money don-eul il-eo-beo~ri-da
mix seok-da
Monday wol-yo-il
money don
month S wol dal
last month ji-nan dal
next month da-eum-ttal
this month i-beon-ttal
more deo
(much) more hwol ssin
morning 01 a-chim
A p p en d ix 3: E ng lish -K o rea n Vocabulary 489
most, the je-il

mother eo-meo-ni
mother-in-law jang-mo-nim si-eo-meo-nim
motorcycle o-to-ba-i
mountain san *
mountain side sanjjok
mouth ip
mouthwash ma-u-seu-wo-si
move i-sa-ha-da
movie ' yeong-hwa
moving i-sa t
muffler mok-do-ri
muggy kkeun-kkeun-ha-da
museum bang-mul-gwan
music eum-ak
music school ( ) eum-ak-dae-hak (eum-dae)
my nae je
N
name seong-myeong seong-ham,
i-reum
near 3 geun-cheo
nearby geun-cheo, yeop
neat and fresh san_tteu-ta-da
neck mok
necktie nek-ta-i
need pil-yo-ha-da
need money S C|- don-i deul-da
nephew " F nam-j a-j o-ka
New Zealand nyu-jil-laen-deu
New Zealander nyu-jil-laen-deu-in
nyu-jil-laen-deu sa-ram
newly ] sae-ro
newly released H U sae-ro na-o-da
niece 0=1 XI- 5&3 (yeo~ja-jo-ka
night bam
for all night ] bam-sae-do-rok
nine gu 0 \M a-hop
nine days a-heu-re
ninety a-heun
no a-ni-o
no other choice hal sue op-da
non-stop jik-haeng
nose ko '
not an
November sib-il-wol
now 1 i-je, ji-geum
from now on ap-eu-ro
number beon, beon-ho
nurse gan-ho-sa, gan-ho-won
o -
oclock si .
October si-wol
o f course geu-reom-yo
office sa-mu-sil
office employee hoe-sa-won
often !ja-ju
oh a-i-gu, a-cham
ointment ba-reu-neun nyak, yeon-go
OK S!! SCF gwaen-chan~ta, _ Q jo-ta
old neulk-da,
' [ yeon-se-ga man-eu-si
nalk-da, o-rae-doe-da,
na-i-ga man-ta
old people na-i-deu-sin bun-deul,
no-in-deul
once han-beon
one ha-na, il
one cup han jan
one day ha-ru
one pair han-beol
(by) oneself hon-ja
only geu-nyang
open yeol-da
opened yeol-li-da
opening a bank account tong-jang man-deul gi
(in my) opinion ! je-ga bo-gi-e-neun
opthalmology an-kkwa
A p p e n d ix 3: E nglish -K o rean Vocabulary 491
or a-ni-my.eon
orange ju hwang-saek, o-ren-ji
order : si-ki-da, ju mun-ha-da,
organize | S Cljeong-ri-ha-da
other people nam-deul
our u-ri, jeo-hi
out ba-kkat, bak
outside ba-kkat, bak
oval : ta-won-hyeong
overlapped ' gyeop-chi-da
overpass yuk-gyo
owner ju-in -
F
package so-po
pants ba-ji
dress pants jeong-jang ba-ji
panty hose seu~ta-king
parents bu-mo, bu-mo-nim
particularly teuk-byeol-hi
not particularly byeol-lo
pass away dol-a-ga-si-da
passer-by haeng-in
passport yeo-kkwon
pastor mok-sa, mok'sa-nim
patient cham-tta, )' hwan-ja
peacefully an-nyeong-hi
pediatrics so-a-kkwa
be in a period I 6FCF saeng-ri-ha-da
permanent pa-ma
permanent wave
(hair) F pa-ma meo-ri
get a permanent pa-ma-ha-da
person bun, sa-ram, myeong
pharmacist yak-sa
photo developing shop 5! 5!" sa-j in-gwan
physics M E-l " mul-li-hak
piano pi-a-no
play piano ' pi-a-no-reul chi-da
picture geu-rim sa-jin

take a picture sa-jin-eul jjik-da
pill al-lyak
PIN number bi-mil-beop-ho
ping-pong tak-gu
play ping-pong tak>gu-reul chi-da
pink bun-hong-saek
place jang-so
other places Q da-reun de
platform peul-laet-pom
play - nol-da, yeon-geuk
play for someones n o l - a - j u - d a *
benefit
please eo-seo, jom
P.M. o-hu
police gyeong-chal
police station gyeong-chal-sseo
political science jeong-chi-hak
pork 1 dwae-ji-go-gi
post office u-che-guk
post office employee u-che-guk jig-won
postage S u-pyeon-yo-geum
postal charge u-pyeon-yo-geum
postcard yeop-seo
postman u-che-bu
pound 1 pa-un-deu
powder ga-ru
prescription cheo-bang-jeon
present seon-mul
p r o s i d o n t ( n t '; i iM in p .- m y ) sa-jang
p r e t t y ye-ppeu-da
( l o r ) p r o v o n ( i !i S ye-bang-nyong
price (' ga-gyeok gap
original price :H jeong-kka
product je-pum
professor gy -su
psychology sim-ni-hak
pull out ppop-da
purple bo-ra-saek
- A p p e n d ix 3: E n g lish -K o rea n Vocabulary 493
Pusan bu-san
(going to) Pusan bu-san-haeng
put on neo-ta, bal-la ju-da,

ba-reu-da
Q
quickly eo-seo, ppal-li ..
R
rain ^ bi, ) ' HF bi-ga o-da
read ilk-da, ilg-eo-ju-da
really jeong-mal, cham
receipt . yeong-su-jeung '
receive - bat-da ' _
receiver bad-eu-sil bun,
. ban-neun sa-ram
recipient ban-neun sa-ram -
rectangle jik-sa-ga-kyeong
red ppal-gan-saek, ppal-gan,
S: ppal-ga-ta
relatively bi-gyorjeok
release na-o-da
released (from a hospital) toe-won-ha-da
relieved pul-li-da
request bu-ta-ka-da
rice ssal, bap "
rice with mixed bi-bim-ppap
vegetables
ride ta-da
place to ride 1ta-neun de
riding ta-gi
right o-reun-jjok
right behind ba-ro dwi
right side o-reun-jjok
right turn u-hoe-jeon
ring ban-ji
ring ring tta-reu-reuag
rinse out rin-seu ha-da, heng-gu-da
road
roughly dae-chung
round dong-geu-ra-mi, won-hyeong

(by) running ttwi
eo-seo
runny nose kon-mul
have a runny
nose kon-mul-i na-da
Russia reo-si-a
Russian reo-si-a sa-ram
!!
Russian language reo-si-a-eo
S
sad seul-peu-da
safely * an-nyeong-hi,
(an-je u~ha-ge)
sale period se-il-gi-gan
salesperson jeom-won
salty - jja-da
same gat-da, ttok gat-da
San Diego saen-di-e-i-go
Saturday to-yo-il
save money don-eul mat-gi-da
\ jeo-geum-ha-da,
[ ' ye-geum-ha-da
scallion pa
.scallion pancake 1! pa-jeon
scared mu-seop-da
scarf ' mok-do ri( seu~ka-peu
school year hang-nyeon
sciences, school o f ( ) ja-yeon~dae-hak
(ja-yeon-dae)
b|- DF ba-da
seaside b ba-da jj ok
seal do-jang
seat ja-ri jwa-seok
seat number jwa-seok-beon-ho
seat someone an-chi-da
secretary bi-seo
see bo-da boep-da
seen bo-i-da
sell pal-da
A p p e n d ix 3: E nglish .K orean Vocabulary 495
send I bu chi-da, [[ bo-nae-da

sender ' bo-nae-neun sa-ram
sending mail pyeon-ji bu-chi~gi
Seoul - seo-ul
September gu-wol
serious sim-ha-da
service sseo-bi-sseu
set mat-chu-da
seven il-g P chil
seven days i-re
seventy rl-heun
7-up (beverage) sa-i-da
several !' myeot ga-ji, myeot
several days myeo-chil
severe do-ka-da sim-ha-da
shake heun-deul-da
shake off teol-da
shampoo meo-ri-reul gam-tta,
syam-pu-ha-da
shape mo-yang
share ham-kke sseu da
ga-chi sseu-da
share a ride hap-seung-ha da
sheet jang
ship bae
shirt syeo-cheu
dress shirt ( wa-i-syeo-cheu
tennis/golf shirt nam-bang
shoe store sin-bal-kka-ge
' yang-hwa-jeom
shoes sin-bal
put on shoes sin-gi-da
shop ga-ge
shopping syo-ping
go shopping syo-ping-ga-da
short jj alp-da
shortly jjalp-ge
shoulder H eo-kkae
show b o-yeoju-da
shower 1 sya~wo
take a shower = ' sya-wo-reul ha-da
sibling (younger) dong-saeng
sick a-peu-da
side yeop
this side jj k
side dishe ban-chn
signal } sin-ho *
signature sa-in
similar , bi-seu-ta-da
sing no-rae-ha-da r
sing a song . no-rae-reul bu-reu-da
singer ga-su
sister
older nu-na, eon-ni '
younger yeo-dong-saeng
sit an-tta
six yeo-seot, yuk
six days H yeot-sae
sixty ye-sun
size . A( sa-i-jeu
skate seu-ke-i-teu
ski seu-ki
skirt chi-ma
sleep [ j ju-mu-si-da, X\ C[- ja-da,
am-eulja-da
make someone
sleep IH jae-u-da
snow nun, nun-i o-da
so jeong-mal; geu-rae-seo
soccer chuk-gu
play soccer chuk-gu-reul ha-da
sociology sa-hoe-hak
socks yang-mal
soft bu-deu-reop-da
soju so-ju
sold pal-li-da
some kind of mu-seun
somehow eo-tteo-ke
A p p e n d ix 3; E n g lish K o rea n Vocabulary 497
someone nu-gu, nu-ga

something nu-eot, mwo
sometime eon-je
somewhere eo-di .
son a-deul
song no rae
son-in-law sa-wi
soon geum-bang, got
sore throat, have a mok-gam-gi-e geol-li-da,
5 mog-i but-da
sorry , joe-song-ha-da
mi-an-ha-da
soup guk, gung-mul
sour si-da
Spain seu-pe-jn
Spanish seu-pe-in sa-ram,
seu-pe-in-in
Spanish language seu-pe-in-eo
speak mal-ha da,
mal-sseum-ha-si-da,
special teuk-byeol-han
special care teuk-byeol-dae-u
special day m u-seunnal,
teuk-byeol-han nal
spend sseu-da, sa-yong-ha-da
spend money don-eul sseu-da
spend time ji-nae-da
spicy maep-da
sports un-dong
sportsman un-dong-seon-su
spring bom
spy movie cheop-bo-yeong-hwa
squ re jeong-sa-ga-kyeong
stamp u-pyo, do-jang
put on a stamp S u-pyo-reul bu-chi-da
start si-ja-ka-da
stay gye-si-da
sticky kketm-kkeun-ha-d
still a jik
stomach bae '

have stomach
pain ^ 0Fi CF bae-ga a-peu-da
- on an empty
stomach gong-bog-e '
stop seo-da se-wo ju-da
se-wo deu-ri-da,
stop by deul-leo-bo-da
store ga-ge
story cheung
straight ttok-ba-ro, jjuk
strange i-sang-ha-da
street *
stressed / seu-teu
re-ssbu-ga
man-ta /ssa-i-da
stripe pattern jul-m u ni
strong gang-ha-da him-i se-da,
do-ka-da
student hak-saeng
subway ji-ha-cheol
suit jeong-jang
summer yeo-reum
Sunday il-yo-il
supermarket syu-peo-ma-ket
sure, for kkok, hav/k-sil-hi
Su-won su-won
sweat ttam, ' ttam-i na-da
sweater seu-we-teo
sweet dal-da
swim su-yeong-eu] ha-da
swimming su-yeong
swimming pool su-yeong-jang
switch ba-kku-da, ' ba-kkwo-ju-da
swollen bul>da
symptom jeung-sang
T
tablet al-lyak
take a-ây ppaet-da
taê care mo-si-da
son-jil-ha-da
A p p en d ix 3: E n g lish -K o rea n Vocabulary 499
take off . I beot-da, WH ppae-da, S C} pul-da

take someone ' ' mo-syeo-da deu-ri-da,
Al !mo-si-go ga-da,
de-ri-go ga-da
take something ! M ga-ji-go ga-da
taken away ! 1[K paet-gi-da
talk Cvtifel-ha~da mal-sseum
deu-ri-da
tart I sseu-da
tastily mas-it-ge
tasty . mass-it-da:
taxi tafek>si
teacher ^ seon-saeng, d @ y seon-saeng-nim
teacher education school ( ) sa-beom
dae-hak (sa-dae)
telephone jeon-hwa *
make a
telephone call ' jeon-hwa-ha-da,
' jeon-hwa geol-da
telephone number jeon rwa-beon-ho
television (TV) tel-le-bi-jeon
temperature on-do, gi-on
ten sip, yeol
ten days yeol-heul
ten thousand man
tender yeon-ha-da
tennis te-ni-sseu
play tennis 1C[ te-ni-sseu-reul chi-da
thank gam-sa-ha-da, glGj go-map-da
thanks to (you) deok-bun-e
that gcu
that one geu-geol-lo
that over there jeo
that side geujjok
that side over there jeo-jjok
thats right geu-reo-ku-na, maj-a-yo
then geu-reom
there 1 geo-gi
over there jeo-gi
these days ag y ^ u m ^
thick gulk-da ,
thin ga-neul-da
things mul-geon
things for elderly people no-in-yong
things that are needed pil-yo-han geot
thirsty mog-i ma-reu-da
thirty seo-reun
this i
this and that i-geot jeo-geot
thousand cheon .
three - sam set
three days sa-heul
throat . ' mok
Thursday mog-yo-il.
ticket pyo
tie ' mae-da
tile ta-il
time si-gan
have time ( ) si-gan(-i) it-da
next time da-eum-beon, Oil da-eum-e
take time geol-li-da
time to leave the office toe-geun-si-gan
times beon
tired pi-gon-ha-da
today o-neul
toe bai-kka-rak
together ga-chi
tomorrow nae-il
day after
tomorrow I mo-re
too Uf :rieo-mu
tooth
toothache, have a QP 1 1-ga a-peu-da
toothpaste 1 chi-yak
top wi
tough ppeot-ppeo-ta da
towel su-geon
have a towel-dry meo-ri-reul mal-li-da
town dong-ne
toy jang-nan-kkam
A p p e n d ix 3: E figlish-K orean Vocabulary 501
toy store ' j ang-nan-kkam ga-ge

traffic signal sin-ho-deung
train 1 gi-cha
transfer gal-a-ta-da
place to transfer gal-a-ta-neun got
travel yeo-haeng, /
yeo-haeng-eul ha-da/ga-da
triangle jeong-sam-ga-kyeong
trillion j
trim [ I da-deum-tta?
da-deum-eo ju-da
trouble mun-je *
have trouble keun-il na-da
trumpet teu-reom-pet
play trum pet. . ' teu-reom-pes-eul bul-da
try hae bo-da
try on (clothes) ib-eo-bo-da
Tuesday - hwa-yo-il
turn S [!! dol-li-da
make a left turn ! ' jwa-hoe-j eon-ha-da
make a right turn u-hoe-j eon-ha-da,
. turn left oen-jjog-eu-ro g da
turn on teul-eo no-ta
turn right o-reun-jjog-eu-ro ga-da
twenty seu-mul
twenty days seu-mu-nal
two dul, 01 i
two days han i-teul jeon
U
uh uh (no) eo-meo
uncle sam-chon, keun-a-beo-ji,
1jag-eun a-beo-ji,
1 oe-sam-chon, go-mo-bu,
i-mo-bu
under a-rae mit
underneath mit
underpass ji-ha-do
underwear sog-ot
undress 5! beot-da
undress someone beot-gi-da

university dae-hak-gyo
university street I dae-hang-no
untie pul-da, kkeu-reu-da
unusual 01 i-sang-ha-da
up wi
go up ol-la-ga-da, o-reu-da
us u-ri,. jeo-hi
use ' [h sa-yong-ha-da, [[sseu-da
used sseu-i-da
V
vacation bang-hak, hyu-ga
very . a-ju
videotape bi-di-o
village dong-ne
viola ' vi-ol-la-reul kyeo-da
violin va-i-ol-in
play violin va-i-ol-in-eul kyeo-da
visa bi-ja
visitor son-nim
volleyball bae-gu
play volleyball bae-gu-reul ha-da
volume gwon
vomit to-ha-da
W
waist heo-ri
wait : gi-da-ri-da
waiter jong-eob'won.
waitress yeo-jong-eob-won
wake someone up M ^ C(- kkae-u-da
wake up il-eo-na-da, kkae-da
walk geot-da
by walking 2 geol-eo-seo
go for a walk san-chaeg-eul ha-da
wall byeok
warm tta-tteu-ta-da
wash ssit-da, ppal-da
wash dishes seol-geo-ji-reul ha-da
A p p e n d ix 3: E nglish-K orean Vocabulary 503
wash hair ' meo-ri gam-tta

wash ones face ' se su-reul ha-da .
wash ones hands/feet / son/bal-eul ssit-da
wash out rin-seu ha-da, 8 heng-gu-da
washing machine se-tak-gi
watch (noun) si~ge
watch (verb) bo-da
watch a movie yeong-liwa bo-da
watch a videotape vi-di-o-reul bo-da
watch repair store si-ge ppang
watch TV tel-le-bi jeorf"eul bo-da
water mul
watermelon su-bak .
way
by the way geu-reon-de
on the way jung-gan-e, do-jung-e .
this way i-ri
we u-ri, jeo-hi
weak ya-ka-da
wear ip-da, ib-eo-bo-da
kkop-da, kki-da,
du-reu-da, sin-tta
weather M| nal-ssi
weather forecast il-gi-ye-bo
Wednesday su-yo-il
week J11
last week j i-nan ju
next week da-eum-jju
this week i-beon-jju
weekday ju-jung
weekend ju-mal
welcome party hwan-yeong-hoe
well an-nyeong-ha-da,
jal it-da, jal
done well jal doe-da
Western food yang-sik
Western liquor yang-ju
Western restaurant yang-sik-dang
wet jeot-da
wet towel mul-ssu-geon
what nu-eot, mwo

what date myeo-chil(noun)
what day mu-seunyo-il
what kind of mu-seun, eo-tteon
what thing wen-il
what time myeot-si
when eon-je
whenever eon-je-deun-ji, eon-je-na
where ' eo-di
which eo-neu, eo-tteon
which one 0)_) eo-tteon geo
which person * eo-neu-bun
which way eo-neujjok
which year bom myeon-nyeon-saeng
(a) while ago eol-m ajeon
white ha-yan-saek, ha-yan,
- ha-ya-ta
who nu-gu, nu-ga
why wae
widely keu-ge
wife a-nae, jip-sa-ram, bu-in
win i_gi-da
win money don-eul tta-da
wind ba-ram
window side chang-cheuk
wine - po-do-ju
winter geo-wul
withdraw money don-eul chat-da
withdrawal slip cliul-geum-pyo
woman yed-j
middle-aged
woman : Qf
neo-ni
word m al-sseum, mal, dan-eo
work {noun) il
work (verb) il-ha-da, geun-mu-ha-da
work hard su-go-ha-da
worldwide jeon se-gye-jeog-eu-ro
worn out da doe-da, dal
worry geok-jeong-ha-da
wow wa, eo-hu
A p p e n d ix 3: E ng lish -K o rea n Vocabulary 5 5
wrestle (ver ) 61- C} re-seul-ling-eul ha-da

wrestling re-seul-ling
write sseu-da, sseoju-da
write a reply dap-jang-eul sseu-da
writer jak-ga
written sseo it-da
Y
year nyeon .
. last year jang-nyeon
next year nae-nyeon
this year geum-nyeon, ol-hae
year after
next year nea-hu-nyeon

year before
last year ^ jae-jang-nyeon
yellow no-ran-saek, no-ran,
no-ra-ta
(light) yellow gyeo-ja-saek
yes ne, ye
yesterday eo-je
day before
yesterday geu-jeo-kke, II geu-je
yet a-jik-do, a-jik
young " eo-ri-da, [ jeom-tta
Z
zero gong, yeong
zip code u-pyeon-beon-ho
CD TR A C K LIST
D ISC O NE
1. A lphabet and Pronunciation G uide
L esson O ne
2. Patterns
3. M odel C onversations 1
6. V ocabulary
L esson Two
7. Patterns
12. V ocabulary
L esson T hree
13. P atterns
17. V ocabulary
L esson F our '
18. Patterns
22. V ocabulary ,
L esson Five '
23. Patterns
27. V ocabulary
L esson Six
28. Patterns
32. V ocabulary
L esson Seven
. W P a l i c r n s
V1-. M odel ( o m v rsu u o n s 1

35. M odel (.' uions 2
37. V ocabulary
CD Track L ist 509
D IS C T W O
L esson E ight
1. Patterns
6. V ocabulary '
L esson N ine
7. Patterns
11. V ocabulary
L esson Ten
12. Patterns
16. V ocabulary
L esson E leven
17. Patterns
21. V ocabulary
510 BEGIWvTERS KOREAN
L esson Tw elve
22. Patterns
26. V ocabulary

Beginner&#39;s Korean

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Beginner&#39;s Korean

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

E IPPOCRENE BEGINNER'S SERIES

seoo & K ang j in Lee

Interm ediate C hinese {with 1 e n clo sed CD)

Korean with 2 A udio C D s

J eyseon L ee & K a n g jin L ee

Hippocrene Books, Inc.

Second printing, 2008.

All rights reserved.

Original audio recorded at the University o f California at San Diego

For inform ation, address:

Library o f Congress Cataloging-in-Publication D ata

Printed in the United States o f America.

In tro d u c tio n : A bout the K orean L anguage 1

T he K orean A lphabet & P ronunciation G uide 5

A ppendix 1: A B rie f K orean G ram m ar 375

A ppendix 2: K orean-E nglish Index 425

A ppendix 3: E nglish-K orean Index 467

GD T rack List 507

K orean is the native language o f 67 m illion people living on the

T he K orean vocabulary has three com ponents: native w ords and

form s are used w ith an adult o f equal or greater status, such as an

D ynasty, created w ith his court scholars. has continued to

The L etters o f the (H angul/han-geul)

T he current alphabet has 40 characters: 19 consonants, 8 vowels,

K orean allow s a three-w ay voiceless contrast (plain, aspirate, and

T here are four kinds o f consonants in K orean: plosive, fricative,

Gum Hard Soft

Plain [p/b] [t/d] [ch/j] [k/g]

Plain [s/sh] [h]

C onsonants change sounds depending on their position in a w ord.

Tongue Front Back

I f the vow el letter in the syllable block contains one or tw o long

contains only a long horizontal stroke, the vow el letter is w ritten

To dem onstrate the construction o f a w ord in w ritten K orean, let us

1. B a sic p rin c ip le s o f rom an iz tioft

( 1) R om anization is based on standard K orean pronunciation.

2: S u m m ary o f the rom anization system

( 1) Vow els are transcribed as follow s:

N ote 2: L ong vow els are not reflected in rom anization.

(2) C onsonants are transcribed as follow s:

A ffricates and Fricatives

N asals and L iquids

N ote 1: The sounds 1, [ and are transcribed respectively as g,

N ote 2: is transcribed as r w hen -followed by a vow el, and l w hen

3. S p ecia l provision s f o r rom anization

1) T he case o f assim ilation o f adjacent consonants

H m vever. aspirated sounds arc not reflected in case o f nouns w here

(2) W hen there is the possibility o f confusion in pronunciation, a

(3) T he first letter is capitalized in p roper nam es.

(4) Personal nam es are w ri en by fam ily nam e first, follow ed by a

1) A ssim ilated sound changes betw een syllables in given nam es

(5) A dm inistrative units, such as , si, gun, g u eup,

(6) N am es o f geographic features, cultural properties, and m anm ade

(8) W hen it is necessary to convert ro m anized K orean back to

R u le 2. F in a l closure in syllable pron u n cia tio n

A t the end o f a w ord or before a consonant, all K orean consonants

A ll plosive and fricative consonants becom e corresponding nasal con

W hen a plain plosive consonant ( ^ (p/b), ^ (t/d ) (ch/j ) (k/g))

W hen the fricative consonant (h) is preceded or follow ed by a

sonant (: : [p ] ^ [t ] [c h ] [k 6]), as in the w ords for

R u le 7. D ou ble con son an t reduction

A s indicated in R ule 1 the second o f the tw o consonants at the end o f

W hen a word ending in [ (t/d) or e (t5) is follow ed by a suffix begin

u stem verb stem

Beginner's Korean

Beginner's Korean